-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, PhauX5JV8Lk2p3u5iPZejlt3tnKJqH1zDUXOgreOAe/C+50CDDKczBFWzfjD9Wrg OrMSh4HYXU1badMQt9podg== 0001104659-04-034477.txt : 20041109 0001104659-04-034477.hdr.sgml : 20041109 20041109091837 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-04-034477 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-Q PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 9 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20040930 FILED AS OF DATE: 20041109 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20041109 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: CSC HOLDINGS INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000784681 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: CABLE & OTHER PAY TELEVISION SERVICES [4841] IRS NUMBER: 112776686 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-09046 FILM NUMBER: 041127568 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1111 STEWART AVENUE CITY: BETHPAGE STATE: NY ZIP: 11714 BUSINESS PHONE: 5138032300 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1111 STEWART AVENUE CITY: BETHPAHE STATE: NY ZIP: 11714 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORP /NY CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001053112 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: CABLE & OTHER PAY TELEVISION SERVICES [4841] IRS NUMBER: 112776686 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-Q SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-14764 FILM NUMBER: 041127567 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1111 STEWART AVENUE CITY: BETHPAGE STATE: NY ZIP: 11714 BUSINESS PHONE: 5163806230 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1111 STEWART AVENUE CITY: BETHPAGE STATE: NY ZIP: 11714 10-Q 1 a04-12386_110q.htm 10-Q

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

 

ý

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2004

 

OR

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                 to               

 

Commission File
Number

 

Registrant; State of Incorporation;
Address and Telephone Number

 

IRS Employer
Identification No.

 

 

 

 

 

1-14764

 

Cablevision Systems Corporation
Delaware
1111 Stewart Avenue
Bethpage, New York 11714
(516) 803-2300

 

11-3415180

 

 

 

 

 

1-9046

 

CSC Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
1111 Stewart Avenue
Bethpage, New York 11714
(516) 803-2300

 

11-2776686

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to file such reports), and (2) have been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Cablevision Systems Corporation

Yes ý

No o

CSC Holdings, Inc.

Yes ý

No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).

 

Cablevision Systems Corporation

Yes ý

No o

CSC Holdings, Inc.

Yes ý

No o

 

Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of November 1, 2004:

 

Cablevision NY Group Class A Common Stock  -

220,474,258

 

Cablevision NY Group Class B Common Stock  -

66,752,531

 

CSC Holdings, Inc. Common Stock  -

6,429,987

 

 

 



 

PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

For information required by Item 1 and Item 2, refer to Index to Financial Statements on page 10.

 

Item 3.                                                             Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

The Company is exposed to market risks from changes in certain equity security prices and interest rates.  Our exposure to changes in equity security prices stems primarily from the Comcast Corporation, AT&T Corp., Charter Communications, Inc., AT&T Wireless Services, Inc., General Electric Company, Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc., and Adelphia Communications Corporation common stock held by us.  We have entered into prepaid forward contracts consisting of a collateralized loan and an equity collar to hedge our equity price risk and to monetize the value of these securities.  These contracts, at maturity, are expected to offset declines in the fair value of these securities below the hedge price per share, while allowing us to retain upside appreciation from the hedge price per share to the relevant cap price.  The contracts’ actual hedge prices per share vary depending on average stock prices in effect at the time the contracts were executed.  The contracts’ actual cap prices vary depending on the maturity and terms of each contract, among other factors.  In the event of an early termination of any of these contracts, we would be obligated to repay the fair value of the collateralized indebtedness less the sum of the fair value of the underlying stock and the fair value of the equity collar, calculated at the termination date.  The underlying stock and equity collars are carried at fair value on our consolidated balance sheet and the collateralized indebtedness is carried at its accreted value.

 

As of September 30, 2004, the fair value and the carrying value of our holdings of Comcast, AT&T, Charter Communications, AT&T Wireless, General Electric, Leapfrog and Adelphia Communications common stock aggregated $1,219.5 million.  Assuming a 10% change in price, the potential change in the fair value of these investments would be approximately $122.0 million.  As of September 30, 2004, the net fair value and the carrying value of the equity collar component of the prepaid forward contracts entered into to hedge the equity price risk of certain of these securities aggregated $516.0 million, a net receivable position.

 

The maturity, number of shares deliverable at the relevant maturity, hedge price per share, and the lowest and highest cap prices received for each security monetized via a prepaid forward contract are summarized in the following table:

 

2



 

Security

 

# of Shares
Deliverable

 

Maturity

 

Hedge Price
per Share*

 

Cap Price  **

 

Low

 

High

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comcast

 

7,159,205

 

2005

 

$35.90 - $38.47

 

$

46.62

 

$

63.91

 

 

 

7,159,206

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AT&T

 

4,426,093

 

2005

 

$34.39 - $42.08

 

$

44.71

 

$

61.21

 

 

 

4,426,093

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charter Communications

 

1,862,229

 

2005

 

$22.35 - $22.92

 

$

32.24

 

$

38.33

 

 

 

5,586,687

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,724,460

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AT&T Wireless  ***

 

7,121,583

 

2005

 

$16.84 - $18.65

 

$

27.62

 

$

33.15

 

 

 

7,121,583

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Electric

 

12,742,033

 

2006

 

$23.14 - $25.67

 

$

27.76

 

$

30.81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adelphia Communications

 

1,010,000

 

2005

 

$39.04 - $40.04

 

$

62.57

 

$

63.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leapfrog

 

800,000

 

2007

 

$23.55 - $24.55

 

$

29.87

 

$

30.87

 

 


*                             Represents the ranges of prices below which we are provided with downside protection and above which we retain upside appreciation.  Also represents the ranges of prices used in determining the cash proceeds payable to us at inception of the contracts.

**                      Represents the ranges of prices up to which we receive the benefit of stock price appreciation.

***               On October 28, 2004, the Company received $213.6 million in cash in exchange for all 14.2 million shares it owned of AT&T Wireless common stock, representing the $15 share price paid in consideration of the merger between AT&T Wireless and Cingular Wireless LLC.  As a result of that exchange, the Company’s prepaid forward contracts relating to its shares of AT&T Wireless were terminated.  The termination events require the Company to repay the fair value of the collateralized indebtedness less the sum of the fair value of the underlying stock and equity collars.

 

Our exposure to interest rate movements results from our use of floating and fixed rate debt to fund our working capital, capital expenditures, and other operational and investment requirements.  To manage interest rate risk, from time to time we have entered into interest rate swap contracts to adjust the proportion of total debt that is subject to variable and fixed interest rates.  Such contracts fix the borrowing rates on floating rate debt to provide an economic hedge against the risk of rising rates and/or convert fixed rate borrowings to variable rates to provide an economic hedge against the risk of higher borrowing costs in a declining interest rate environment.  In addition, from time to time we may utilize short-term interest rate lock agreements to hedge the risk that the cost of a future issuance of fixed rate debt may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.  We do not enter into interest rate swap contracts for speculative or trading purposes.

 

Fair Value of Debt:  Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at September 30, 2004, the fair value of our fixed rate debt of $8,102.1 million exceeded its carrying value of $7,771.4 million by approximately $330.7 million.  The fair value of these financial instruments is estimated based on reference to quoted market prices for these or comparable securities.  Our floating rate borrowings bear interest in reference to current LIBOR-based market rates and thus approximate fair value.  The effect of a hypothetical 100 basis point decrease in interest rates prevailing at September 30, 2004 would increase the estimated fair value of our fixed rate debt by approximately $367.8 million to $8,469.9 million.  This estimate is based on the assumption of an immediate and parallel shift in interest rates across all maturities.

 

3



 

Interest Rate Derivative Contracts:  As of September 30, 2004, we had outstanding interest rate swap contracts to convert fixed rate debt to floating rate debt covering a total notional principal amount of $450 million.  As of September 30, 2004, the fair market value and carrying value of these interest rate swap contracts was approximately $0.8 million, a net payable position, as reflected under derivative contracts in our consolidated balance sheet.  Assuming an immediate and parallel shift in interest rates across the yield curve, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates from September 30, 2004 prevailing levels would increase the fair value of these contracts to a net liability of $15.1 million.

 

In addition, we had outstanding prepaid interest rate swap contracts with a notional value of $1,115.0 million entered into in connection with our monetization transactions to convert fixed rate obligations to floating rates of interest.  As of September 30, 2004, such contracts had a fair market value and carrying value of $50.0 million, a net payable position, reflected as liabilities under derivative contracts in our consolidated balance sheet.  Assuming an immediate and parallel shift in interest rates across the yield curve, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates from September 30, 2004 prevailing levels would increase the fair market value of our liabilities under derivative contracts by approximately $12.5 million to a liability of $62.5 million.

 

Item 4.                                                             Controls and Procedures

 

An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of Cablevision’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined under Securities and Exchange Commission rules).  Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

 

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP has completed its investigation of improper expense recognition and has made recommendations with respect to improvements in internal controls.  The Company had already begun implementing new policies and procedures that covered the same subjects as certain of the Wilmer Cutler recommendations including:

 

                  adoption of vendor payment guidelines, signature and password protection, and communication of information to those responsible for the preparation of financial statements;

 

                  enhancements and reinforcements of existing policies and procedures, including those related to expense recognition and accruals and required support for payments and accruals; and

 

                  additional required support and approval for certain types of payments and accruals.

 

The Company continues to reinforce existing policies and procedures and adopt new policies and procedures as other recommendations made by Wilmer Cutler are in the process of being implemented.  In April 2004, the Company adopted a Code of Ethics for directors, officers and employees (which includes a code of ethics for senior financial officers) and procedures for any person who has a concern with respect to accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters to communicate those concerns in a confidential or anonymous manner to the Company’s

 

4



 

Audit Committee by contacting a designated confidential contact organization.  Other recommendations in the process of being implemented by the Company are as follows:

 

                  additional internal audit procedures were implemented commencing in the second quarter of 2004;

 

                  additional training and education of employees of the operating units responsible for accumulating information for and used in the preparation of financial statements are expected to be implemented commencing in the fourth quarter of 2004; and

 

                  reassessment and improvement of the structure and accountability of employees responsible for accumulating information for and used in the preparation of financial statements are expected to be implemented commencing in the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

 

PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

Item 1.                                                             Legal Proceedings

 

The Company is party to various lawsuits, some involving substantial amounts.  Although the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the resolution of these lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

 

At Home

 

On April 25, 2001, At Home Corporation commenced a lawsuit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware alleging that Cablevision had breached its obligations under certain agreements with At Home.  The suit sought a variety of remedies including:  rescission of the agreements between At Home and Cablevision and cancellation of all warrants held by Cablevision, damages, and/or an order prohibiting Cablevision from continuing to offer its Optimum Online service and requiring it to convert its Optimum Online customers to the Optimum@Home service and to roll out the Optimum@Home service.  On September 28, 2001, At Home filed a petition for reorganization in federal bankruptcy court.  In connection with the liquidation of At Home, the claims in this lawsuit, among others, were assigned to the General Unsecured Creditors Liquidated Trust (“GUCLT”).

 

On June 26, 2003, the GUCLT initiated a separate action against Cablevision in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California.  The California action stems from a May 1997 agreement between Cablevision and At Home that is no longer in effect.  The GUCLT seeks monetary damages of “at least $12.5 million” due to the claimed failure by Cablevision to make alleged required payments to At Home during the 2001 calendar year.  Cablevision has denied the material allegations of the complaint and sought a declaration that its potential liability, if any, is limited to payments for services actually provided by At Home net of all appropriate offsets.

 

On July 29, 2003, based on an agreed Stipulation filed jointly by Cablevision and the GUCLT, the Court dismissed the Delaware action with prejudice, other than solely with respect to the specific claims brought by the GUCLT in the California action.

 

5



 

In August 2004, Cablevision filed a motion for summary judgment seeking a declaration as to certain matters of contractual interpretation.  On October 26, 2004, the federal district court denied the motion on the ground that disputed issues of material fact exist that could not be resolved at the summary judgment stage.

 

YES Network

 

On April 29, 2002, Yankees Entertainment & Sports Network, LLC (the “YES Network”) filed a complaint and, on September 24, 2002, an amended complaint against the Company in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York.  The lawsuit arose from the failure of the YES Network and the Company to reach agreement on the carriage of programming of the YES Network (primarily New York Yankees baseball games and New Jersey Nets basketball games) on the Company’s cable television systems.  The amended complaint alleged a variety of anticompetitive acts and sought declaratory judgments as to violations of laws, treble damages and injunctive relief, including an injunction requiring the Company to carry the YES Network on its cable television systems.  The Company believes that the claims set forth in the complaint were without merit.  On June 28, 2004, a stipulated Order was entered dismissing all claims with prejudice.

 

On March 31, 2003, YES Network and Cablevision reached an agreement pursuant to which Cablevision began carrying programming of the YES Network.  Under this agreement, Cablevision agreed to carry the YES Network programming for one year under interim arrangements while the parties sought to finalize the terms of a definitive long-term affiliation agreement and/or submitted the matter to arbitration.  The matter was ultimately submitted to arbitration.  The hearing before the arbitration panel ended in March 2004 and, through the arbitrators’ decision and a new written agreement by the parties, established the terms for a definitive long-term affiliation agreement that is effective retroactively to March 31, 2003.

 

As part of the original March 31, 2003 agreement, Cablevision agreed to pay YES Network for certain revenue reductions and expenses that YES Network experienced while the interim agreement was in place, under the “most favored nations” provisions of YES Network’s affiliation agreements with certain other distributors.  In light of the arbitration decision, no further indemnification payments are being made and appropriate refunds as to amounts already paid are expected.

 

Tracking Stock Litigation

 

In August 2002, purported class actions naming as defendants the Company and each of its directors were filed in the Delaware Chancery Court.  The actions, which allege breach of fiduciary duties and breach of contract with respect to the exchange of the Rainbow Media Group tracking stock for Cablevision NY Group common stock, were purportedly brought on behalf of all holders of publicly traded shares of Rainbow Media Group tracking stock.  The actions sought to (i) enjoin the exchange of Rainbow Media Group tracking stock for Cablevision NY Group common stock, (ii) enjoin any sales of “Rainbow Media Group assets,” or, in the alternative, award rescissory damages, (iii) if the exchange is completed, rescind it or award rescissory damages, (iv) award compensatory damages, and (v) award costs and disbursements.  The actions were consolidated into one action on September 17, 2002, and on October 3, 2002, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated action.  The action was stayed by agreement of the parties pending resolution of a related action brought by one of the

 

6



 

plaintiffs to compel the inspection of certain books and records of the Company.  On October 26, 2004, the parties entered into a stipulation dismissing the related action, and providing for the Company’s production of certain documents.  The parties also entered into a stipulation setting the schedule for the filing of an amended consolidated complaint and also setting forth a schedule for the filing of an answer or a motion to dismiss.  The Company anticipates that the plaintiff will file a consolidated amended complaint on December 13, 2004.  The Company believes the claims are without merit and intends to contest the lawsuits vigorously.

 

In August 2003, a purported class action naming as defendants the Company, directors and officers of the Company and certain current and former officers and employees of the Company’s Rainbow Media Holdings and American Movie Classics subsidiaries was filed in New York Supreme Court by the Teachers Retirement System of Louisiana.  The actions relate to the August 2002 Rainbow Media Group tracking stock exchange and allege, among other things, that the exchange ratio was based upon a price of the Rainbow Media Group tracking stock that was artificially deflated as a result of the improper recognition of certain expenses at the national services division of Rainbow Media Holdings.  The complaint alleges breaches by the individual defendants of fiduciary duties.  The complaint also alleges breaches of contract and unjust enrichment by the Company.  The complaint seeks monetary damages and such other relief as the court deems just and proper.  The Company intends to contest the lawsuit vigorously.  On October 31, 2003, the Company and other defendants moved to stay the action in favor of the previously filed actions pending in Delaware or, in the alternative, to dismiss for failure to state a claim.  On June 10, 2004, the court stayed the action until a review by the court at the earlier of a decision in the previously filed actions in Delaware on the pending motion to dismiss in those actions or at a conference before the court on November 10, 2004.

 

Time Warner Litigation

 

On November 14, 2003, American Movie Classics Company filed an action against Time Warner Entertainment, L.P. in New York State Supreme Court for declaratory relief and damages caused by Time Warner’s anticipatory repudiation of its cable television affiliation agreement with American Movie Classics.  American Movie Classics filed that action as a result of Time Warner’s notice purporting to terminate the contract based upon their allegation that American Movie Classics had changed its programming.  The Company believes the notice was improper.  American Movie Classics is seeking a declaratory judgment that it is entitled to full performance of the agreement, and, at its option, is entitled to rescind the agreement and recover damages.  Time Warner filed an answer and counterclaims in December 2003 that, among other things, seeks a declaratory judgment as to its right to terminate the affiliation agreement, an injunction requiring American Movie Classics to deliver a classic films channel and damages for an alleged breach of contract.

 

Accounting Related Investigations

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York continue to conduct investigations into matters related to the improper expense recognition previously reported by the Company.  In July 2004, in connection with the Company’s response to the comments of the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities and Exchange Commission on the Company’s filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company provided information with respect to certain of its previous

 

7



 

restatement adjustments relating to the timing of recognition of launch support, marketing and other payments under affiliation agreements.

 

Item 6.                                                             Exhibits

 

 

4.1

Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2004, relating to Rainbow National Services LLC’s and RNS Co-Issuer Corporation’s $300,000,000 8 3/4%% Senior Notes due 2012.

 

 

 

 

4.2

Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2004, relating to Rainbow National Services LLC’s and RNS Co-Issuer Corporation’s $500,000,000 10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014.

 

 

 

 

10.1

Loan Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2004, among Rainbow National Services LLC, the Guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as Syndication Agent, Credit Suisse First Boston, Citicorp North America, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, National Association as Co-Documentation Agents, JP Morgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties thereto.

 

 

 

 

10.2

Letter Agreement, dated August 2, 2004, between Cablevision Systems Corporation and Michael Huseby.

 

 

 

 

10.3

Letter Agreement, dated October 11, 2004, between Cablevision Systems Corporation and Wm. Keith Harper.

 

 

 

 

31.1

Section 302 Certification of the CEO

 

 

 

 

31.2

Section 302 Certification of the CFO

 

 

 

 

32

Section 906 Certification of the CEO and CFO

 

8



 

SIGNATURES

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION

 

 

 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 November 9, 2004

 

 

/s/ Michael P. Huseby

 

 

 

By:

Michael P. Huseby as Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer
of Cablevision Systems Corporation
and CSC Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 November 9, 2004

 

By:

/s/ Wm. Keith Harper

 

 

 

 

Wm. Keith Harper as Senior Vice
President and Controller and Principal
Accounting Officer of Cablevision
Systems Corporation and CSC
Holdings, Inc.

 

9



 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Page

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets – September 30, 2004 (unaudited) and December 31, 2003

 

I-1

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations - Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)

 

I-3

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)

 

I-4

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

I-5

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

I-22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets – September 30, 2004 (unaudited) and December 31, 2003

 

II-1

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations – Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)

 

II-3

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)

 

II-4

 

 

 

 

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

II-5

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

II-22

 

10



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

922,924

 

$

326,962

 

Accounts receivable trade (less allowance for doubtful accounts of $38,039 and $44,941)

 

368,372

 

355,835

 

Notes and other receivables, current

 

90,532

 

61,586

 

Note receivable, affiliate

 

5,102

 

12,877

 

Investment securities, current

 

3,770

 

5,874

 

Inventory

 

27,840

 

9,419

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

130,450

 

98,652

 

Feature film inventory, net

 

115,055

 

92,362

 

Deferred tax asset, current

 

55,654

 

66,649

 

Advances to affiliates

 

1,858

 

31,600

 

Investment securities pledged as collateral

 

256,627

 

 

Derivative contracts

 

207,786

 

 

Total current assets

 

2,185,970

 

1,061,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

4,413,563

 

4,593,210

 

Investments in affiliates

 

26,320

 

25,449

 

Investment securities pledged as collateral

 

959,184

 

1,224,498

 

Notes and other receivables

 

78,940

 

95,815

 

Derivative contracts

 

389,515

 

586,894

 

Other assets

 

53,267

 

63,272

 

Long-term feature film inventory, net

 

400,126

 

303,393

 

Deferred carriage fees, net

 

113,184

 

119,225

 

Franchises

 

731,848

 

731,848

 

Affiliation, broadcast and other agreements, net of accumulated amortization of $382,225 and $314,723

 

566,378

 

630,523

 

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $46,929 and $34,979

 

259,365

 

164,311

 

Excess costs over fair value of net assets acquired

 

1,471,114

 

1,471,114

 

Deferred financing and other costs, net of accumulated amortization of $58,559 and $61,783

 

146,051

 

117,831

 

 

 

$

11,794,825

 

$

11,189,199

 

 

See accompanying notes to

condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

I-1



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

366,605

 

$

334,283

 

Accrued liabilities

 

829,229

 

853,026

 

Accounts payable to affiliates

 

14,768

 

10,231

 

Deferred revenue, current

 

153,098

 

117,709

 

Feature film and contract obligations

 

107,777

 

92,206

 

Liabilities under derivative contracts

 

8,530

 

38,968

 

Current portion of bank debt

 

13,708

 

111,039

 

Current portion of collateralized indebtedness

 

455,700

 

 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

 

13,669

 

15,636

 

Total current liabilities

 

1,963,084

 

1,573,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Feature film and contract obligations, long-term

 

333,292

 

286,955

 

Deferred revenue

 

14,304

 

16,322

 

Deferred tax liability

 

104,655

 

289,055

 

Liabilities under derivative contracts

 

123,486

 

127,751

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

251,625

 

264,906

 

Bank debt, long-term

 

2,467,000

 

2,246,000

 

Collateralized indebtedness

 

1,203,565

 

1,617,620

 

Senior notes and debentures

 

5,991,265

 

3,692,699

 

Senior subordinated debentures

 

746,134

 

599,203

 

Notes payable

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

Capital lease obligations, long-term

 

61,783

 

69,220

 

Series H Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock

 

 

434,181

 

Series M Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock

 

 

1,110,113

 

Deficit investment in affiliates

 

53,973

 

41,111

 

Minority interests

 

659,882

 

580,766

 

Total liabilities

 

14,124,048

 

13,099,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock of CSC Holdings, Inc.

 

 

80,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficiency:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

CNYG Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, 800,000,000 shares authorized, 241,977,657 and 241,408,518 shares issued and 220,161,430 and 219,592,291 shares outstanding

 

2,420

 

2,414

 

CNYG Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, 320,000,000 shares authorized, 67,024,781 and 67,217,427 shares issued and outstanding

 

670

 

672

 

RMG Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, 600,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

RMG Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, 160,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

Paid-in capital

 

1,167,627

 

1,136,786

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(3,139,238

)

(2,768,972

)

 

 

(1,968,521

)

(1,629,100

)

Treasury stock, at cost (21,816,227 shares)

 

(359,750

)

(359,750

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(952

)

(952

)

Total stockholders’ deficiency

 

(2,329,223

)

(1,989,802

)

 

 

$

11,794,825

 

$

11,189,199

 

 

See accompanying notes

to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

I-2



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

1,169,029

 

$

975,766

 

$

3,568,430

 

$

2,949,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technical and operating (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

508,982

 

412,639

 

1,664,317

 

1,303,734

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

313,865

 

262,150

 

960,773

 

780,968

 

Other operating expense (income)

 

83

 

(9,036

)

(95,757

)

(9,036

)

Restructuring charges (credits)

 

(1,203

)

8,004

 

2,186

 

11,423

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

277,189

 

282,013

 

817,292

 

785,048

 

 

 

1,098,916

 

955,770

 

3,348,811

 

2,872,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

70,113

 

19,996

 

219,619

 

77,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(174,720

)

(171,496

)

(533,253

)

(435,399

)

Interest income

 

2,658

 

3,826

 

4,866

 

14,089

 

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

 

(6,234

)

(2,918

)

(7,349

)

437,780

 

Loss on sale of cable assets

 

 

(13,644

)

 

(13,644

)

Write-off of deferred financing costs

 

(12,694

)

 

(18,961

)

 

Gain (loss) on investments, net

 

6,280

 

52,810

 

(9,906

)

210,858

 

Gain (loss) on derivative contracts, net

 

21,623

 

(39,531

)

(34,049

)

(165,782

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

(72,495

)

 

Minority interests

 

(13,966

)

(15,638

)

(64,834

)

(128,334

)

Miscellaneous, net

 

(23

)

(115

)

(89

)

(2,307

)

 

 

(177,076

)

(186,706

)

(736,070

)

(82,739

)

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(106,963

)

(166,710

)

(516,451

)

(5,012

)

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

43,788

 

51,432

 

159,436

 

(81,533

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

(63,175

)

(115,278

)

(357,015

)

(86,545

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

8,316

 

(5,815

)

(13,392

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before extraordinary item

 

(63,175

)

(106,962

)

(362,830

)

(99,937

)

Extraordinary loss on investment, net of taxes

 

 

 

(7,436

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(63,175

)

$

(106,962

)

$

(370,266

)

$

(99,937

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(0.22

)

$

(0.40

)

$

(1.24

)

$

(0.30

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 

$

 

$

0.03

 

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.05

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Extraordinary loss

 

$

 

$

 

$

(0.03

)

$

 

Net loss

 

$

(0.22

)

$

(0.37

)

$

(1.29

)

$

(0.35

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares (in thousands)

 

287,173

 

286,716

 

287,006

 

285,054

 

 

See accompanying notes to

condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

I-3



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(357,015

)

$

(86,545

)

Adjustments to reconcile loss from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

817,292

 

785,048

 

Non-cash other operating income

 

(41,788

)

 

Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates

 

7,349

 

(437,780

)

Loss on sale of cable assets

 

 

13,644

 

Minority interests

 

64,834

 

41,075

 

Unrealized loss (gain) on investments, net

 

10,435

 

(210,858

)

Write-off of deferred financing costs and discounts on indebtedness

 

19,733

 

 

Unrealized loss on derivative contracts

 

25,217

 

142,064

 

Amortization and write-off of feature film inventory

 

82,788

 

51,156

 

Amortization of deferred financing, discounts on indebtedness and other deferred costs

 

84,081

 

66,709

 

Compensation expense related to issuance of restricted stock

 

25,376

 

16,330

 

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

 

(164,217

)

94,117

 

Changes in other assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions

 

(148,886

)

(196,068

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

425,199

 

278,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(554,641

)

(661,937

)

Payment for acquisitions

 

(84,738

)

(250,406

)

Proceeds from sale of equipment

 

1,039

 

7,090

 

Decrease (increase) in investment securities and other investments

 

(237

)

3,105

 

Additions to intangible assets

 

(14,660

)

(1,750

)

Decrease in investments in affiliates, net

 

32,615

 

445,426

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(620,622

)

(458,472

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from bank debt

 

3,188,208

 

1,314,082

 

Repayment of bank debt

 

(3,064,539

)

(1,357,287

)

Repayment of note payable

 

 

(7,500

)

Issuance of senior notes

 

2,793,922

 

 

Redemption of preferred stock

 

(1,694,622

)

 

Redemption of senior subordinated debentures

 

(350,000

)

 

Net proceeds from collateralized indebtedness

 

 

330,728

 

Issuance of common stock

 

3,352

 

1,898

 

Issuance of preferred stock of CSC Holdings

 

 

75,000

 

Distribution to minority partner

 

(1,748

)

 

Payments on capital lease obligations and other debt

 

(12,356

)

(12,677

)

Additions to deferred financing

 

(70,832

)

(6,016

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

791,385

 

338,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

 

595,962

 

158,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net effect of discontinued operations on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(32,284

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

326,962

 

125,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

922,924

 

$

252,304

 

 

See accompanying notes to

condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

I-4



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1.                                                 BUSINESS

 

Cablevision Systems Corporation and its majority-owned subsidiaries (“Cablevision” or the “Company”) owns and operates cable television systems and, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Rainbow Media Holdings LLC, has ownership interests in companies that produce and distribute national and regional entertainment and sports programming services, including Madison Square Garden, L.P.  The Company also owns companies that provide advertising sales services for the cable television industry, provide switched telephone service, operate motion picture theaters and provide direct broadcast satellite service. The Company classifies its business interests into four segments: Telecommunications Services, consisting principally of its cable television, telephone, high-speed data and Voice over Internet Protocol services operations; Rainbow, consisting principally of interests in national and regional cable television programming networks; Madison Square Garden, which owns and operates professional sports teams, regional cable television networks, live productions and entertainment venues; and Rainbow DBS, which consists of our direct broadcast satellite service and the 21 high definition channels currently carried exclusively by this service.

 

NOTE 2.                                                 BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X for interim financial information.  Accordingly, these statements do not include all the information and notes required for complete financial statements.

 

The financial statements as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 presented in this Form 10-Q are unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, such statements include all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods presented.

 

The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for future interim periods or for the full year ending December 31, 2004.

 

The interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s and CSC Holdings, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

I-5



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 3.                                                 RECLASSIFICATIONS

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2003 financial statements to conform to the 2004 presentation.

 

NOTE 4.                                                 COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

Comprehensive loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 equals the net loss for the respective periods.

 

NOTE 5.                                                 LOSS PER SHARE

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share are computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.  Potential dilutive common shares are not included in the computation as their effect would be antidilutive.

 

NOTE 6.                                                 CASH FLOWS

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers short-term investments with a maturity at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, the Company’s non-cash investing and financing activities and other supplemental data were as follows:

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

$

2,952

 

$

10,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Data:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash interest paid, net – continuing operations

 

447,848

 

371,055

 

Cash interest paid, net – discontinued operations

 

 

525

 

Income taxes paid, net

 

5,289

 

6,772

 

Restricted cash

 

35,924

 

7,256

 

 

NOTE 7.                                                 TRANSACTIONS

 

In January 2004, Rainbow DBS, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, invested $100 for a 49% interest in DTV Norwich, an entity that acquired licenses at auction from the FCC to provide multichannel video distribution and data service (“MVDDS”) in 46 metropolitan areas in the United States.  In connection with the equity investment, the Company loaned DTV Norwich an additional $84,600 for the acquisition of these licenses (the “DTV Norwich Transaction”).  Under the terms of the promissory note with DTV Norwich, the loan was forgiven when the FCC granted the MVDDS licenses to DTV Norwich on July 27, 2004 and September 23, 2004.

 

I-6



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

Rainbow DBS also agreed to a put/call option with the other investor in DTV Norwich.  Rainbow DBS had a call option to purchase an additional 41% membership interest in DTV Norwich at an exercise price of $4,230.  Rainbow DBS exercised its call option on October 29, 2004.  Rainbow DBS will need FCC approval to acquire the 41% membership interest because the acquisition would give Rainbow DBS control of this entity.  The other investor has the right, for ten years, to put its remaining 10% interest to Rainbow DBS at fair value to be determined by a process involving independent valuation experts.

 

Pursuant to FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, this entity was consolidated with the Company as of the date of the transaction since it does not have sufficient equity to demonstrate that it can finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.  The acquired licenses have been recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as other intangible assets and are deemed to have an indefinite life.  Since this variable interest entity is not considered a business pursuant to FIN 46, the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid and the newly consolidated non-controlling interest over the fair value of the newly consolidated identifiable assets, of $7,436 net of taxes of $5,384, was recorded as an extraordinary loss in the first quarter of 2004.

 

NOTE 8.                                                 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

The Company applies APB 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans.  The table below sets forth the pro forma net loss as if compensation cost was determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 for options granted in 1995 through 2004:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss, as reported

 

$

(63,175

)

$

(106,962

)

$

(370,266

)

$

(99,937

)

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net loss, net of taxes

 

3,867

 

837

 

10,156

 

12,540

 

Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value-based method, net of taxes

 

(4,635

)

(2,216

)

(13,459

)

(21,037

)

Pro forma net loss

 

$

(63,943

)

$

(108,341

)

$

(373,569

)

$

(108,434

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

(0.22

)

$

(0.37

)

$

(1.29

)

$

(0.35

)

Pro forma

 

$

(0.22

)

$

(0.38

)

$

(1.30

)

$

(0.38

)

 

I-7



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company estimated the fair value of each option grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.  The following assumptions were used in calculating the fair values of options granted in 2004 and 2003:

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk –free interest rate

 

3.7

%

2.8

%

Volatility

 

55.7

%

60.5

%

Dividend yield

 

0

%

0

%

Average fair value

 

$

9.56

 

$

6.59

 

 

NOTE 9.                                                 NET ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

In accordance with the provisions of FIN 46, the assets and liabilities attributable to the Company’s 49.9% interest in Northcoast Communications, LLC (a wireless personal communications business) were consolidated and classified as assets and liabilities held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2004.  Northcoast Communications’ consolidated net assets consisted solely of the net assets of its Cleveland PCS subsidiary.  Vendor financing for the Cleveland PCS business consisted of a $75,000 credit facility at Cleveland PCS, LLC.  This facility had no recourse to the Company or to Northcoast Communications, other than pursuant to a pledge by Northcoast Communications of the stock of Cleveland PCS and a guarantee of the payment by Northcoast Communications and the Company of the FCC indebtedness of the Cleveland PCS subsidiary which held the Cleveland PCS license.  In March 2004, Northcoast Communications agreed to sell its Cleveland PCS business to an unaffiliated entity.  The FCC indebtedness was fully repaid by Cleveland PCS in the second quarter of 2004.  The sale of Cleveland PCS was consummated in July 2004 and the obligations of Cleveland PCS under the vendor financing were satisfied.  The Company did not record any gain or loss in connection with the sale.   The net assets sold consisted of the following:

 

Cash, receivables, inventory, prepaid and other assets

 

$

15,245

 

Property, equipment and PCS licenses

 

46,825

 

Total assets sold

 

$

62,070

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

15,212

 

Other liabilities

 

46,858

 

Total liabilities sold

 

$

62,070

 

 

The operating results and adjustments to the gains on the transfer of the retail electronics stores in March 2003 and the sale of the Bravo programming business in December 2002, have been classified as discontinued operations, net of taxes, in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for all periods presented.  Operating results of discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 are summarized as follows:

 

I-8



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

 

 

Retail
Electronics

 

Bravo

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(5,678

)

$

(1,823

)

$

(7,501

)

Income tax benefit

 

920

 

766

 

1,686

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(4,758

)

$

(1,057

)

$

(5,815

)

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, the Company recorded losses, net of taxes, of approximately $1,057, representing the finalization of film asset adjustments that relate to the sale of the Bravo programming business in December 2002.  In addition, the Company recorded losses, net of taxes, of approximately $4,758 for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 that related primarily to estimated legal and payroll tax settlements in connection with the transfer of the retail electronics business in March 2003.

 

 

 

Retail Electronics

 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

 

$

30,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(198

)

$

(19,560

)

Income tax benefit

 

8,514

 

6,168

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

8,316

 

$

(13,392

)

 

The net income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003, includes income (loss) on the disposal of the retail electronics business, net of taxes, of $8,316 and $(6,292), respectively.

 

NOTE 10.                                          RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.  FIN 46, as revised in December 2003, addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities, which are entities that either (a) do not have equity investors with characteristics of a controlling financial interest, (b) equity investors do not have voting rights that are proportionate to their economic interest, or (c) have equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities.  For all variable interest entities created prior to February 1, 2003, the Company was required to apply the provisions of FIN 46 by March 31, 2004.  For variable interest entities created subsequent to January 31, 2003, FIN 46 was effective in 2003.  The Company consolidated its investment in Northcoast Communications at March 31, 2004 and its investment in DTV Norwich as of the date of the DTV Norwich Transaction.  In addition, the Company consolidated its investment in PVI Virtual Media Services LLC in the second quarter of 2004 in connection with an amendment to the LLC agreement which caused the Company to reconsider whether PVI Virtual Media was a variable interest entity.  PVI Virtual Media markets a real time video insertion system that through patented technology places

 

I-9



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

computer generated electronic images into television broadcasts of sporting events and other programming.  PVI Virtual Media’s total assets and liabilities consolidated in the second quarter of 2004 amounted to approximately $15,000 and $4,000, respectively.

 

In the second quarter of 2004, the Company implemented Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128.  EITF 03-6 requires convertible participating securities to be included in the computation of earnings per share using the “two-class” method.  The Company’s Series A Exchangeable Participating Preferred Stock was considered a convertible participating security.  When applicable, basic and diluted earnings per share would be restated to reflect the impact of utilizing the two-class method required by EITF 03-6.  The implementation of EITF 03-6 had no impact on earnings per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003.

 

In March 2004, the EITF ratified its consensus related to the application guidance within EITF Issue No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. EITF 03-1 applies to investments in debt and equity securities within the scope of FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and equity securities that are not subject to the scope of Statement No. 115 and not accounted for under the equity method under APB Opinion 18 and related interpretations. EITF 03-1 requires that a three-step model be applied in determining when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary and the measurement of an impairment loss.  The adoption of EITF 03-1 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004.

 

In March 2004, the EITF reached a consensus regarding Issue No. 03-16, Accounting for Investments in Limited Liability Companies.  EITF 03-16 requires investments in limited liability companies that have separate ownership accounts for each investor to be accounted for similar to a limited partnership investment under Statement of Position No. 78-9, Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures.  Investors would be required to apply the equity method of accounting to their investments at a much lower ownership threshold than the 20% threshold applied under Accounting Principles Board No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.  EITF 03-16 is effective for the first period beginning after June 15, 2004.  The adoption of EITF 03-16 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004.

 

NOTE 11.                                          DEBT

 

In March 2004, borrowings under the Madison Square Garden (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regional Programming Partners) credit facility were repaid in full and the credit facility was terminated with proceeds from an equity contribution from Regional Programming Partners, a 60% owned subsidiary of Rainbow Media Holdings.  The Company wrote off approximately $1,187 of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the termination of the credit facility.

 

I-10



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

In April 2004, Cablevision issued $1,000,000 face amount of 8% senior notes due 2012 and $500,000 face amount of floating rate senior notes due 2009.  In addition, CSC Holdings, Inc. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) issued $500,000 face amount of 6-3/4% senior notes due 2012.

 

In May 2004, CSC Holdings redeemed all of the following securities: its 11-3/4% Series H Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock; its 11-1/8% Series M Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock; its 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2013; and its 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2023.  In connection with the redemptions, the Company recognized a loss of $72,495 representing primarily the redemption premiums paid.  In addition, the Company wrote off $5,080 of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with these redemptions.

 

In August 2004, Rainbow National Services LLC (“RNS”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Rainbow Media Enterprises (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rainbow Media Holdings) which owns the common equity interests in the Company’s three national programming services — AMC, WE: Women’s Entertainment and The Independent Film Channel (“IFC”), entered into a $950,000 senior secured credit facility ($350,000 of which is a revolving credit facility and $600,000 of which is a term loan facility) and issued $300,000 aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior notes due 2012 and $500,000 aggregate principal amount of 10 3/8% senior subordinated notes due 2014.  The RNS credit facility is secured by the assets and stock of AMC, WE and IFC and guaranteed by AMC, WE and IFC, and Rainbow Programming Holdings, RNS’s direct parent.  The RNS credit facility contains certain covenants that require the maintenance of financial ratios (as defined in the credit facility) as well as restrictions on distributions, additional indebtedness, and liens.  The maximum total leverage ratio per the credit facility is 6.75 times the cash flow (as defined) of AMC, IFC and WE through 2006.  The revolving credit facility requires commitment reductions beginning December 31, 2009 through September 30, 2011.  The term loan requires quarterly amortization payments beginning June 30, 2005 through March 31, 2012.  Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin based upon the leverage ratio.  Amounts under the term loan bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%.  There were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2004.

 

In connection with the RNS financing, RNS distributed approximately $704,900 to Rainbow Media Holdings which it used to repay all outstanding amounts under its credit facility and collateralize outstanding letters of credit.  The Company wrote off approximately $12,694 of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the termination of the credit facility.

 

The Company has outstanding guarantees of $23,400 consisting primarily of guarantees by CSC Holdings in favor of certain financial institutions in respect of ongoing interest expense obligations and potential early termination events in connection with the monetization, by certain of its subsidiaries that are not included in the Restricted Group, of the Company’s holdings of Charter Communications, Inc., General Electric Company, and Adelphia Communications Corporation common stock. Amounts payable under such monetization guarantees are estimated as of a particular point in time by the financial institution counterparty and are based upon the

 

I-11



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

current price of the underlying common stock and various other assumptions, including stock market volatility and prevailing interest rates. Such guaranteed amounts approximate the fair value of the monetization indebtedness less the sum of the fair values of the underlying stock and the equity collar as reflected in the Company’s accompanying balance sheet, plus accrued interest.

 

NOTE 12.                                          INCOME TAXES

 

The income tax benefit attributable to continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 of $159,436 differs from the income tax benefit derived from applying the statutory federal rate to the pretax loss due principally to the impact of non-deductible preferred stock dividends, the non-deductible premiums paid upon the redemptions of preferred stock, a non-deductible expense related to the exchange right and put option related to the Series A Preferred Stock of CSC Holdings, an increase in the valuation allowance of $3,483, and state taxes.

 

The income tax expense attributable to continuing operations of $81,533 for the nine months ended September 30, 2003, differs from the income tax benefit derived from applying the statutory federal rate to the pretax loss due principally to the impact of non-deductible preferred stock dividends, a non-deductible expense related to the exchange right and put option related to the Series A Preferred Stock of CSC Holdings, an adjustment to the deferred tax rate, and state taxes.

 

NOTE 13.                                          RESTRUCTURING

 

The following table summarizes the accrued restructuring liability related to the 2001 restructuring plan for continuing operations:

 

 

 

Employee
Severance

 

Facility
Realignment
and Other Costs

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

$

3

 

$

19,212

 

$

19,215

 

Additional credits

 

 

(4,143

)

(4,143

)

Payments

 

(3

)

(5,938

)

(5,941

)

Balance at September 30, 2004

 

$

 

$

9,131

 

$

9,131

 

 

The following table summarizes the accrued restructuring liability related to the 2002 restructuring plan for continuing operations:

 

 

 

Employee
Severance

 

Facility
Realignment
and Other Costs

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

$

207

 

$

39,623

 

$

39,830

 

Additional charges (credits)

 

(14

)

765

 

751

 

Payments

 

(139

)

(8,210

)

(8,349

)

Balance at September 30, 2004

 

$

54

 

$

32,178

 

$

32,232

 

 

I-12



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the accrued restructuring liability related to the 2003 restructuring plan for continuing operations:

 

 

 

Employee
Severance

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

$

2,258

 

Additional charges

 

138

 

Payments

 

(2,105

)

Balance at September 30, 2004

 

$

291

 

 

In connection with the acquisition of Fox Sports Networks’ 50% interest in Fox Sports Net Chicago in December 2003, the Company consolidated a restructuring liability of $380 relating to facility realignment costs.  As of September 30, 2004, no payments were made against this liability.

 

During 2004, the Company recorded restructuring charges aggregating $5,440, associated with the elimination of certain positions in various business units of the Company.  As of September 30, 2004, approximately $3,364 of these charges was paid.

 

At September 30, 2004, approximately $42,228 of the total restructuring liability was classified as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

NOTE 14.                                          INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The following table summarizes information relating to the Company’s acquired intangible assets at September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003:

 

 

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

Gross carrying amount of amortizable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliation agreements

 

$

786,901

 

$

794,186

 

Broadcast rights

 

152,944

 

142,302

 

Player contracts

 

8,758

 

8,758

 

Other intangibles

 

212,278

 

197,391

 

 

 

1,160,881

 

1,142,637

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliation agreements

 

305,648

 

248,595

 

Broadcast rights

 

68,122

 

58,507

 

Player contracts

 

8,455

 

7,621

 

Other intangibles

 

46,929

 

34,979

 

 

 

429,154

 

349,702

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Franchises

 

731,848

 

731,848

 

FCC licenses and other intangibles

 

94,016

 

1,899

 

Excess costs over the fair value of net assets acquired

 

1,471,114

 

1,471,114

 

 

 

2,296,978

 

2,204,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total intangibles

 

$

3,028,705

 

$

2,997,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate amortization expense

 

 

 

 

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2004 and year ended December 31, 2003

 

$

79,469

 

$

82,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated amortization expense

 

 

 

 

 

Year ending December 31, 2004

 

 

 

$

103,039

 

Year ending December 31, 2005

 

 

 

90,129

 

Year ending December 31, 2006

 

 

 

86,393

 

Year ending December 31, 2007

 

 

 

84,543

 

Year ending December 31, 2008

 

 

 

83,600

 

 

I-13



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the 2004 period to reflect changes to the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to intangible assets acquired in connection with Regional Programming Partners’ acquisition of Fox Sports Networks’ 50% interest in each of Fox Sports Net Chicago and Fox Sports Net Bay Area in December 2003.

 

Rainbow DBS does not have funding available for the construction and launch of the five Ka-band satellites for which Rainbow DBS has FCC authorization, or for the two Ku-band satellites necessary to exploit the Ku-band DBS frequencies for which it was the high bidder at a July 2004 FCC auction, or for the build-out of the infrastructure to exploit the MVDDS licenses acquired by DTV Norwich.  The Company expects to use a portion of the proceeds from the August 2004 RNS debt financings or borrowings under the revolving credit facility of RNS to pay for the early stage development costs for these projects.  However, Rainbow DBS does not currently have any funding available to construct and launch the Ka-band or Ku-band satellites or to build-out the MVDDS infrastructure and there can be no assurance that Rainbow DBS will be able to obtain any funding for these purposes.  It is possible that funding might come from, among other sources, (i) vendor or other third party financings; (ii) the proceeds from the August 2004 RNS debt financings or borrowings under the revolving credit facility of RNS; (iii) additional borrowings or debt issuances by RNS; (iv) third party cash investments; and (v) asset sales, or a combination of some or all of these sources. 

 

NOTE 15.                                          BENEFIT PLANS

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to Statement No. 132 (“Statement 132R”), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.  Statement 132R requires additional disclosure regarding certain aspects of pension plans including, but not limited to, asset and investment strategy, expected employer contributions and expected benefit payments.  Statement 132R also requires certain disclosures for interim periods.  The disclosure requirements of Statement 132R were effective for financial statements of periods ending after December 15, 2003; therefore, the Company has modified its disclosures as required.

 

The Company has a Cash Balance Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) for the benefit of employees other than those of the theater business.  The Retirement Plan is a defined benefit plan, under which participants earn benefits related to their compensation during their career.  Benefits earned each year will grow annually at a nominal rate of interest.  Components of the net periodic pension cost for the Retirement Plan for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

6,219

 

$

5,737

 

$

18,687

 

$

17,211

 

Interest cost

 

1,266

 

1,025

 

3,804

 

3,073

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(1,521

)

(1,052

)

(4,559

)

(3,154

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

5,964

 

$

5,710

 

$

17,932

 

$

17,130

 

 

The Company previously disclosed in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003, that it expected to contribute approximately $26,900 to its Retirement Plan in 2004.  As of September 30, 2004, contributions of approximately $20,800 have been made.

 

I-14



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 16.                                          SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that are managed separately.  The Company evaluates segment performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is business segment adjusted operating cash flow (defined as operating income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, stock plan income or expense and restructuring charges or credits).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revenues, net from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications Services

 

$

788,256

 

$

693,515

 

$

2,303,501

 

$

1,992,338

 

Rainbow

 

280,253

 

190,424

 

835,337

 

555,643

 

Madison Square Garden

 

110,227

 

107,780

 

480,564

 

449,380

 

Rainbow DBS

 

5,920

 

 

9,621

 

 

All other

 

25,811

 

20,955

 

62,687

 

61,700

 

Intersegment eliminations

 

(41,438

)

(36,908

)

(123,280

)

(109,197

)

Total

 

$

1,169,029

 

$

975,766

 

$

3,568,430

 

$

2,949,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating cash flow from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications Services

 

$

317,438

 

$

274,159

 

$

901,784

 

$

773,328

 

Rainbow

 

86,096

 

52,592

 

245,357

 

127,309

 

Madison Square Garden

 

15,173

 

16,238

 

115,217

 

39,543

 

Rainbow DBS

 

(60,376

)

(29,448

)

(177,152

)

(34,590

)

All Other

 

(5,477

)

(2,100

)

(29,210

)

(9,772

)

Total

 

$

352,854

 

$

311,441

 

$

1,055,996

 

$

895,818

 

 

I-15



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

A reconciliation of reportable segment amounts to the Company’s consolidated balances is as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revenues, net from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue for reportable segments

 

$

1,184,656

 

$

991,719

 

$

3,629,023

 

$

2,997,361

 

Other revenue and intersegment eliminations

 

(15,627

)

(15,953

)

(60,593

)

(47,497

)

Total consolidated revenue

 

$

1,169,029

 

$

975,766

 

$

3,568,430

 

$

2,949,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating cash flow to loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total adjusted operating cash flow for reportable segments

 

$

358,331

 

$

313,541

 

$

1,085,206

 

$

905,590

 

All other adjusted operating cash flow

 

(5,477

)

(2,100

)

(29,210

)

(9,772

)

Items excluded from adjusted operating cash flow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(277,189

)

(282,013

)

(817,292

)

(785,048

)

Stock plan expense

 

(6,755

)

(1,428

)

(16,899

)

(21,620

)

Restructuring credits (charges)

 

1,203

 

(8,004

)

(2,186

)

(11,423

)

Interest expense

 

(174,720

)

(171,496

)

(533,253

)

(435,399

)

Interest income

 

2,658

 

3,826

 

4,866

 

14,089

 

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

 

(6,234

)

(2,918

)

(7,349

)

437,780

 

Loss of sale of cable assets

 

 

(13,644

)

 

(13,644

)

Write-off of deferred financing costs

 

(12,694

)

 

(18,961

)

 

Gain (loss) on investments, net

 

6,280

 

52,810

 

(9,906

)

210,858

 

Gain (loss) on derivative contracts, net

 

21,623

 

(39,531

)

(34,049

)

(165,782

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

(72,495

)

 

Minority interests

 

(13,966

)

(15,638

)

(64,834

)

(128,334

)

Miscellaneous, net

 

(23

)

(115

)

(89

)

(2,307

)

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

(106,963

)

$

(166,710

)

$

(516,451

)

$

(5,012

)

 

Substantially all revenues and assets of the Company’s reportable segments are attributed to or located in the United States.

 

The Company does not have a single external customer which represents 10 percent or more of its consolidated revenues.

 

NOTE 17.                                          LEGAL MATTERS

 

The Company is party to various lawsuits, some involving substantial amounts.  Although the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the resolution of these lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

 

I-16



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

At Home

 

On April 25, 2001, At Home Corporation commenced a lawsuit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware alleging that Cablevision had breached its obligations under certain agreements with At Home.  The suit sought a variety of remedies including:  rescission of the agreements between At Home and Cablevision and cancellation of all warrants held by Cablevision, damages, and/or an order prohibiting Cablevision from continuing to offer its Optimum Online service and requiring it to convert its Optimum Online customers to the Optimum@Home service and to roll out the Optimum@Home service.  On September 28, 2001, At Home filed a petition for reorganization in federal bankruptcy court.  In connection with the liquidation of At Home, the claims in this lawsuit, among others, were assigned to the General Unsecured Creditors Liquidated Trust (“GUCLT”).

 

On June 26, 2003, the GUCLT initiated a separate action against Cablevision in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California.  The California action stems from a May 1997 agreement between Cablevision and At Home that is no longer in effect.  The GUCLT seeks monetary damages of “at least $12,500” due to the claimed failure by Cablevision to make alleged required payments to At Home during the 2001 calendar year.  Cablevision has denied the material allegations of the complaint and sought a declaration that its potential liability, if any, is limited to payments for services actually provided by At Home net of all appropriate offsets.

 

On July 29, 2003, based on an agreed Stipulation filed jointly by Cablevision and the GUCLT, the Court dismissed the Delaware action with prejudice, other than solely with respect to the specific claims brought by the GUCLT in the California action.

 

In August 2004, Cablevision filed a motion for summary judgment seeking a declaration as to certain matters of contractual interpretation.  On October 26, 2004, the federal district court denied the motion on the ground that disputed issues of material fact exist that could not be resolved at the summary judgment stage.

 

YES Network

 

On April 29, 2002, Yankees Entertainment & Sports Network, LLC (the “YES Network”) filed a complaint and, on September 24, 2002, an amended complaint against the Company in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York.  The lawsuit arose from the failure of the YES Network and the Company to reach agreement on the carriage of programming of the YES Network (primarily New York Yankees baseball games and New Jersey Nets basketball games) on the Company’s cable television systems.  The amended complaint alleged a variety of anticompetitive acts and sought declaratory judgments as to violations of laws, treble damages and injunctive relief, including an injunction requiring the Company to carry the YES Network on its cable television systems.  The Company believes that the claims set forth in the complaint were without merit.  On June 28, 2004, a stipulated Order was entered dismissing all claims with prejudice.

 

I-17



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

On March 31, 2003, YES Network and Cablevision reached an agreement pursuant to which Cablevision began carrying programming of the YES Network.  Under this agreement, Cablevision agreed to carry the YES Network programming for one year under interim arrangements while the parties sought to finalize the terms of a definitive long-term affiliation agreement and/or submitted the matter to arbitration.  The matter was ultimately submitted to arbitration.  The hearing before the arbitration panel ended in March 2004 and, through the arbitrators’ decision and a new written agreement by the parties, established the terms for a definitive long-term affiliation agreement that is effective retroactively to March 31, 2003.

 

As part of the original March 31, 2003 agreement, Cablevision agreed to pay YES Network for certain revenue reductions and expenses that YES Network experienced while the interim agreement was in place, under the “most favored nations” provisions of YES Network’s affiliation agreements with certain other distributors.  In light of the arbitration decision, no further indemnification payments are being made and appropriate refunds as to amounts already paid are expected.

 

Tracking Stock Litigation

 

In August 2002, purported class actions naming as defendants the Company and each of its directors were filed in the Delaware Chancery Court.  The actions, which allege breach of fiduciary duties and breach of contract with respect to the exchange of the Rainbow Media Group tracking stock for Cablevision NY Group common stock, were purportedly brought on behalf of all holders of publicly traded shares of Rainbow Media Group tracking stock.  The actions sought to (i) enjoin the exchange of Rainbow Media Group tracking stock for Cablevision NY Group common stock, (ii) enjoin any sales of “Rainbow Media Group assets,” or, in the alternative, award rescissory damages, (iii) if the exchange is completed, rescind it or award rescissory damages, (iv) award compensatory damages, and (v) award costs and disbursements.  The actions were consolidated into one action on September 17, 2002, and on October 3, 2002, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated action.  The action was stayed by agreement of the parties pending resolution of a related action brought by one of the plaintiffs to compel the inspection of certain books and records of the Company.  On October 26, 2004, the parties entered into a stipulation dismissing the related action, and providing for the Company’s production of certain documents.  The parties also entered into a stipulation setting the schedule for the filing of an amended consolidated complaint and also setting forth a schedule for the filing of an answer or a motion to dismiss.  The Company anticipates that the plaintiff will file a consolidated amended complaint on December 13, 2004.  The Company believes the claims are without merit and intends to contest the lawsuits vigorously.

 

In August 2003, a purported class action naming as defendants the Company, directors and officers of the Company and certain current and former officers and employees of the Company’s Rainbow Media Holdings and American Movie Classics subsidiaries was filed in New York Supreme Court by the Teachers Retirement System of Louisiana.  The actions relate to the August 2002 Rainbow Media Group tracking stock exchange and allege, among other things, that the exchange ratio was based upon a price of the Rainbow Media Group tracking stock that was artificially deflated as a result of the improper recognition of certain expenses at the national services division of Rainbow Media Holdings.  The complaint alleges breaches by the individual

 

I-18



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

defendants of fiduciary duties.  The complaint also alleges breaches of contract and unjust enrichment by the Company.  The complaint seeks monetary damages and such other relief as the court deems just and proper.  The Company intends to contest the lawsuit vigorously.  On October 31, 2003, the Company and other defendants moved to stay the action in favor of the previously filed actions pending in Delaware or, in the alternative, to dismiss for failure to state a claim.  On June 10, 2004, the court stayed the action until a review by the court at the earlier of a decision in the previously filed actions in Delaware on the pending motion to dismiss in those actions or at a conference before the court on November 10, 2004.

 

Time Warner Litigation

 

On November 14, 2003, American Movie Classics filed an action against Time Warner Entertainment, L.P. in New York State Supreme Court for declaratory relief and damages caused by Time Warner’s anticipatory repudiation of its cable television affiliation agreement with American Movie Classics.  American Movie Classics filed that action as a result of Time Warner’s notice purporting to terminate the contract based upon their allegation that American Movie Classics had changed its programming.  The Company believes the notice was improper.  American Movie Classics is seeking a declaratory judgment that it is entitled to full performance of the agreement, and, at its option, is entitled to rescind the agreement and recover damages.  Time Warner filed an answer and counterclaims in December 2003 that, among other things, seeks a declaratory judgment as to its right to terminate the affiliation agreement, an injunction requiring American Movie Classics to deliver a classic films channel and damages for an alleged breach of contract.

 

Accounting Related Investigations

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York continue to conduct investigations into matters related to the improper expense recognition previously reported by the Company.  In July 2004, in connection with the Company’s response to the comments of the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities and Exchange Commission on the Company’s filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company provided information with respect to certain of its previous restatement adjustments relating to the timing of recognition of launch support, marketing and other payments under affiliation agreements.

 

NOTE 18.                                          PREFERRED STOCK OF CSC HOLDINGS

 

In February 2003, Quadrangle Capital Partners LP, a private investment firm, invested $75,000 in CSC Holdings, in the form of 10% Series A Exchangeable Participating Preferred Stock convertible into Cablevision NY Group Class A common stock.  In connection with the issuance of the Series A preferred stock to Quadrangle, CSC Holdings entered into an agreement with Quadrangle which granted Quadrangle the right to require CSC Holdings to purchase the preferred stock (“put option”) for cash or through the issuance of registered equity securities of Cablevision, at CSC Holdings’ option.  The exchange right and the put option had been accounted for as a derivative.  In October 2003, Quadrangle exercised its “put option” to require CSC Holdings to purchase all of its Series A preferred stock.  The parties entered into an

 

I-19



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

agreement that the put price was $150,328.  The put price was paid in cash by CSC Holdings in August 2004.

 

The change in the fair value of the exchange right and put option of $31,709 for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 has been reflected as a loss on derivative contracts in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

NOTE 19.              DISCLOSURES ABOUT THE FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The fair value of the Company’s debt instruments are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2004

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Debt instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

Bank debt

 

$

2,480,708

 

$

2,480,708

 

Collateralized indebtedness

 

1,659,265

 

1,699,547

 

Senior notes and debentures

 

5,991,265

 

6,224,380

 

Senior subordinated notes and debentures

 

746,134

 

803,450

 

Notes payable

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

$

11,027,372

 

$

11,358,085

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2003

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Debt instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

Bank debt

 

$

2,357,039

 

$

2,357,039

 

Collateralized indebtedness

 

1,617,620

 

1,699,530

 

Senior notes and debentures

 

3,692,699

 

3,879,551

 

Senior subordinated notes and debentures

 

599,203

 

649,293

 

Redeemable exchangeable preferred stock

 

1,544,294

 

1,611,615

 

Notes payable

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

$

9,960,855

 

$

10,347,028

 

 

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

NOTE 20.                                          OTHER MATTERS

 

In the second quarter of 2004, Madison Square Garden received $54,052 in cash in connection with the New York Mets’ termination of their broadcast rights agreement with Madison Square Garden.  The termination of the rights agreement will be effective after the 2005 baseball season. As a result of the termination notice, the Company recorded a reversal of a purchase accounting liability of $41,788 related to this broadcast rights agreement.  These items have been reflected as other operating income in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

I-20



 

CABLEVISION SYSTEMS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

Effective September 16, 2004, the National Hockey League (“NHL”) commenced a lockout of players in support of its attempt to reach a new collective bargaining agreement.  There can be no assurance that the NHL and the NHL Player’s Association will reach an agreement on a new collective bargaining agreement.  The Collective Bargaining Agreement (“CBA”) between the National Hockey League and the National Hockey League Players Association expired on September 15, 2004 and the NHL Board of Governors imposed a lockout of NHL players beginning on September 16, 2004, which continues.  We can give no assurance as to when this labor dispute will be resolved and therefore can not determine the extent to which our operating results will be negatively impacted.  We do not expect the lockout to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated operating results, however if the entire season were cancelled, the effect on the operating results of the Madison Square Garden segment would be significant.

 

In October 2004, Fox Sports Chicago’s agreements with two major suppliers of distribution rights to certain live sporting events were terminated.  Fox Sports Chicago is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regional Programming Partners.  Fox Sports Chicago expects to continue its operations with content from its partners and their affiliates.  Fox Sports Chicago’s revenues will decline in future periods as a result of the termination by the cable television services that decline to carry Fox Sports Net Chicago without these distribution rights agreements.

 

NOTE 21.              SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On October 28, 2004, the Company received approximately $213,600 in cash in exchange for all 14.2 million shares it owned of AT&T Wireless common stock, representing the $15 share price paid in consideration of the merger between AT&T Wireless and Cingular Wireless LLC.  As a result of that exchange, the Company’s prepaid forward contracts relating to its shares of AT&T Wireless were terminated.  The termination provisions under the prepaid forward contracts require the Company to repay the fair value of the collateralized indebtedness less the sum of the fair value of the underlying stock and equity collars.  The Company does not expect any material cash payment to be required as a result of the early terminations.  The Company expects to recognize a loss representing the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the collateralized indebtedness in the fourth quarter.

 

On August 20, 2004, our subsidiary, American Movie Classics Company LLC (“AMC LLC”) which owns our AMC and WE programming services, issued redeemable preferred membership interests with an initial liquidation preference of $350,000 in the aggregate to Rainbow Media Holdings LLC in exchange for common membership interests in AMC LLC.  Distributions on the redeemable preferred membership interests were to accrue commencing upon the spin off of Rainbow Media Enterprises at an annual rate to be established immediately prior to the spin off.  It was intended that Rainbow Media Holdings would transfer those interests to Cablevision at the time of the spin off and the interests would not be included in the spin off.  On November 5, 2004, the Board of Directors of Cablevision decided to modify the terms of the spin off to eliminate the retained redeemable preferred membership interest in AMC LLC.  This decision was made in light of expected increases in Rainbow Media Enterprises’ financing requirements.  The elimination will be accomplished by having the redeemable preferred membership interests recontributed to a subsidiary of Rainbow Media Enterprises and converted back to common membership interest in AMC LLC prior to the spin off.

 

I-21



 

Item 2.                    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

This Quarterly Report contains statements that constitute forward looking information within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including restructuring charges, availability under credit facilities, levels of capital expenditures, sources of funds and funding requirements, among others.  Investors are cautioned that such forward looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or results and involve risks and uncertainties and that actual results or developments may differ materially from the forward looking statements as a result of various factors.  Factors that may cause such differences to occur include but are not limited to:

 

      the level of our revenues;

 

      video and high speed data subscriber demand and growth;

 

      demand for and growth of our digital cable and Voice over Internet Protocol services, which are impacted by competition from other services and the other factors set forth below;

 

      the cost of programming and industry conditions;

 

      the regulatory environment in which we operate;

 

      developments in the government investigations relating to improper expense recognition;

 

      the outcome of litigation and other proceedings, including the matters described under “Legal Proceedings”;

 

      general economic conditions in the areas in which we operate;

 

      demand for advertising time and space;

 

      our ability to obtain programming for our programming business and maintain and renew affiliation agreements for those businesses;

 

      the level of capital expenditures;

 

      the level of our expenses, including costs of our new services, such as expenses related to the roll out of our digital cable service and the development of our Voice over Internet Protocol voice and data services;

 

      pending and future acquisitions and dispositions of assets;

 

      market demand for new services;

 

      whether any pending uncompleted transactions are completed on the terms and at the times set forth (if at all);

 

      competition from existing competitors and new competitors entering our franchise areas;

 

      other risks and uncertainties inherent in the cable television business, the programming and entertainment businesses and our other businesses;

 

      financial community and rating agency perceptions of our business, operations, financial condition and the industry in which we operate;

 

      the health and performance of our Rainbow 1 DBS satellite;

 

      the ability of Rainbow DBS to acquire and retain large numbers of subscribers to its VOOMSM service at a reasonable subscriber acquisition cost;

 

      our ability to obtain adequate financing at a reasonable cost to cover the funding needs of our Rainbow DBS business;

 

I-22



 

      our ability to successfully and timely complete our planned spin off of an entity owning our Rainbow DBS business, certain of Rainbow Media Holdings’ national entertainment services and Clearview Cinemas; and

 

      the factors described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained therein.

 

We disclaim any obligation to update or revise the forward-looking statements contained herein, except as otherwise required by applicable federal securities laws.

 

Summary

 

Our future performance is dependent, to a large extent, on general economic conditions including capital market characteristics, the effectiveness of direct competition, our ability to manage our businesses effectively, and our relative strength and leverage in the marketplace, both with suppliers and customers.

 

Telecommunications

 

In our Telecommunications segment we derive revenues principally through monthly payments by subscribers to our cable television systems.  These monthly payments include charges for cable television, as well as, in many cases, equipment rental, pay-per-view charges, high-speed Internet access and charges for Internet protocol voice service.  Revenue increases are derived from price increases, increases in the number of subscribers to our cable television systems, and increases in the number and changes in the type of programming and services sold to our existing subscribers.  We also derive revenues from the sale of advertising time available to cable television systems.  Revenues from advertising vary based upon the number and demographics of our subscribers who view the programming carried on our cable television systems.

 

By far the most serious challenge we face in our provision of cable television services, which accounted for 50% of our revenues in 2003 and 47% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, comes from competition from the direct broadcast satellite business.  There are two major providers of DBS service in the United States, each with significantly higher numbers of subscribers than we have.  We intend to compete with these DBS competitors by “bundling” our service offerings with products that the DBS companies cannot efficiently provide at this time, such as high-speed Internet access and Internet protocol voice service carried over the cable distribution plant, as well as by providing “on demand” services that are currently unavailable to a DBS subscriber.

 

I-23



 

Our high-speed Internet access business, which accounted for 10% of our revenues in 2003 and 12% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, faces competition from DSL providers.  These providers have become increasingly aggressive in their pricing strategies in recent years, and customers may decide that a reduced price is more important to them than the superior speed that cable modems provide.  In addition, with 43% of our basic subscribers now subscribing to our high-speed Internet service, opportunities to expand that base at the current pace may be limited.  The recent gains in cable modem penetration may therefore not be indicative of the results we achieve in the future.

 

Our consumer Voice over Internet Protocol voice and data offering, which is in its initial rollout stage, is competitive with incumbent offerings primarily on the basis of pricing, where unlimited continental long distance, regional and local calling, together with certain features for which the incumbent providers charge extra, are offered at one low price.  To the extent the incumbents, who have financial resources that exceed those of the Company, decide to meet our pricing and/or features or reduce their pricing, future growth and success of this business may be impaired.  The regulatory framework for cable modem service and Voice over Internet Protocol service is being developed and differing regulatory alternatives will be considered, including increased regulation, which may affect our competitive position.

 

Lightpath, our commercial telephone and broadband business, operates in the most competitive business telecommunications market in the country and competes against the very largest telecommunications companies — both incumbent local exchange companies, other competitive local exchange companies and long distance companies.  To the extent that dominant market leaders decide to reduce their prices, future success of the Company may be impaired.  The trend in business communications has been shifting from a wired voice medium to a wireless, data medium.  Should this trend accelerate dramatically, future growth of Lightpath may be impaired.

 

In addition, the telephone companies may find technological or other solutions to upgrade their service offering, providing additional competition for our video, data and voice service offerings.

 

Rainbow

 

In our Rainbow segment, which accounted for 18% of our 2003 revenues and 23% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, we earn revenues in two principal ways.  First, we receive payments from operators of cable television systems and direct broadcast satellite operators.  These revenues are earned under multi-year affiliation agreements with those companies.  The specific affiliate fees we earn vary from operator to operator and also vary among our networks.  The second principal source of revenues in this segment is from advertising.  Under our agreements with cable and satellite operators we have the right to sell a specific amount of advertising time on our programs.  Our advertising revenues are more variable than affiliate fees. This is because most of our advertising is sold on a short-term basis, not under long-term contracts.  Also, our advertising revenues vary based upon the popularity of our programming as measured by rating services.

 

We seek to grow our revenues in the Rainbow segment by increasing the number of cable systems and satellite providers that carry our services and the number of subscribers to cable systems and satellite services that receive our programming.  We refer to this as our

 

I-24



 

 “penetration.”  AMC, which is widely distributed, has less ability to increase its penetration than newer, less penetrated services.  Cable television operators and satellite providers are increasingly interested in obtaining financial payments in return for carrying new services.  These payments take the form of marketing support or direct payments for carriage.  We seek to increase our advertising revenues through intensified marketing and by airing an increased number of minutes of national advertising but, ultimately, the level of our advertising revenues are directly related to the penetration of our services and the popularity (including within desirable demographic groups) of our services as measured by rating services.

 

The principal goals in this segment are to increase our affiliation fees and advertising revenues through increasing penetration of our national services.  To do this we must continue to contract for and produce high-quality, attractive programming.  Our greatest challenge arises from the increasing concentration of subscribers in the hands of a few cable television and satellite operators.  This increased concentration increases the power of those operators and providers and could adversely affect our ability to increase the penetration of our services or even result in decreased penetration.  In addition, this concentration gives those distributors greater leverage in negotiating the pricing and other terms of affiliation agreements.  Moreover, as a result of this concentration the impact from a loss of any one of our major affiliate relationships becomes more severe.

 

In December 2003, Regional Programming Partners completed the acquisition of the 50% interests in Fox Sports Net Bay Area and Fox Sports Net Chicago that it did not already own in a transaction that was accounted for as a purchase.  As a result, as of December 18, 2003, we have begun to consolidate the results of Fox Sports Net Bay Area and Fox Sports Net Chicago.  The consolidation will increase the revenues and expenses in our Rainbow segment, although the amount of revenues that the Rainbow segment will receive from Fox Sports Net Chicago will decline in future periods as a result of the termination by the cable television services that decline to carry Fox Sports Net Chicago without these distribution rights agreements.

 

Madison Square Garden

 

Madison Square Garden, which accounted for 18% of our 2003 revenues and 13% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, consists of professional sports teams (principally the New York Knicks of the National Basketball Association (“NBA”), the New York Rangers of the National Hockey League (“NHL”)) and the New York Liberty of the Womens National Basketball Association), the MSG Networks sports programming business, and an entertainment business, which operates the Madison Square Garden arena, Radio City Music Hall, the Hartford Civic Center and Rentschler Field (entertainment venues), and faces competitive challenges unique to these activities.  We derive revenues in this segment primarily from the sale of tickets, including luxury box rentals, to sporting and entertainment events, from rental rights fees paid to this segment by promoters that present events at our entertainment venues and the sports teams’ share of league-wide distributions of national television rights fees and royalties.  We also derive revenue from the sale of advertising at our entertainment venues, from food, beverage and merchandise sales at the venues and from the licensing of our trademarks.  MSG Networks derives its revenues from affiliate fees paid by cable television and satellite providers, sales of advertising, and from rights fees paid to this segment by television broadcasters and programming services that telecast events of sports teams which are under contract with MSG Networks.  MSG Networks carries

 

I-25



 

Knicks and Ranger games, so that, like the rest of this segment, its performance is related to the performance of the teams.  All of these revenues are ultimately dependent upon the quality of our sporting and entertainment events.

 

Our sports teams’ financial success is dependent on their ability to generate advertising sales, paid attendance, luxury box rentals, and food, beverage and merchandise sales.  To a large extent, the ability of the team to build excitement among fans and therefore produce higher revenue streams, depends on the teams’ winning performance, which generates regular season and playoff attendance, and which supports increases in prices charged for tickets, luxury box rentals, and advertising placement.  Each teams’ success is dependent on its ability to acquire highly competitive players.  Although players are most often highly compensated, future successful performance is not certain.  The governing bodies of the NBA and the NHL have the power and authority to take certain actions that they deem to be in the best interest of their respective leagues, which may not necessarily be consistent with maximizing MSG’s results of operations.

 

The Collective Bargaining Agreement (“CBA”) between the National Hockey League and the National Hockey League Players Association expired on September 15, 2004 and the NHL Board of Governors imposed a lockout of NHL players beginning on September 16, 2004, which continues.  Through November 7, 2004, 7 New York Rangers scheduled home games have not been played. In addition a total of 30 NHL games scheduled to be broadcast by our networks were cancelled as a result of the lockout.  We can give no assurance as to when this labor dispute will be resolved and the extent to which our operating results will be negatively impacted.  We do not expect the lockout to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated operating results, however if the entire season were cancelled, the effect on the operating results of the Madison Square Garden segment would be significant.

 

Our MSG Networks sports programming business’ success is affected by our ability to secure desired programming of a variety of professional sports teams in addition to our proprietary programming. The continued carriage and success of the teams that are telecast by us will impact our revenues from distribution and from the rates charged for affiliation and advertising.  In the second quarter of 2004, the New York Mets’ terminated their broadcast rights agreement with Madison Square Garden.  The termination of the rights agreement will be effective after the 2005 baseball season.

 

Our entertainment business is largely dependent on the continued success of our Radio City Christmas Spectacular and our touring Christmas shows, as well as availability of, and our venues’ ability to attract, concerts, family shows and events.

 

I-26



 

Rainbow DBS

 

Rainbow DBS launched its VOOMSM service on October 15, 2003.  It had not produced any revenues and incurred operating expenses of $57.7 million during 2003.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, Rainbow DBS’ net revenues amount to $9.6 million and operating losses amounted to $211.6 million.  The principal challenge for this business is to attract a sufficient subscriber base to reach and exceed a break-even point and to do so with subscriber acquisition and other costs that are within its funding capabilities.  There can be no assurance that it will be able to meet this challenge.  In addition, Rainbow DBS faces challenges in developing its infrastructure and processes to meet the demand of its evolving business.  As of September 30, 2004, this business had approximately 26,000 activated customers.  In the period from June through September 2004, there was a slow down in the rate at which Rainbow DBS added new customers.  The business has also experienced an increase in customer deactivations.  As a result, Rainbow DBS experienced a reduction in the number of subscribers from July to September 2004.  Rainbow DBS increased its marketing efforts in mid-September and plans to continue to test a variety of pricing, promotion and marketing plans to develop the most effective strategy to attract and retain subscribers to the DBS service.

 

Recent Transactions

 

2004 Transactions.  In 2004, Rainbow DBS invested approximately $85,000 in exchange for a substantial interest in an entity that recently acquired licenses from the FCC to provide multichannel video distribution and data service in 46 metropolitan areas in the United States.

 

In July 2004, Northcoast Communications, a subsidiary of the Company, completed its sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cleveland PCS to an unaffiliated entity.  The Company did not record any gain or loss in connection with the sale.

 

2003 Transactions.  In March 2003, the Company transferred the stock of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cablevision Electronics Investments, Inc. to GBO Electronics Acquisition, LLC.

 

In May 2003, Northcoast Communications, a subsidiary of CSC Holdings, completed its sale of PCS licenses to Verizon Wireless for approximately $763.0 million in cash.  Of the proceeds, approximately $51.0 million was used by Northcoast Communications to retire debt.  The remaining proceeds, after payment of expenses, were distributed to the partners of Northcoast Communications, including the Company.

 

In July 2003, the Company repurchased MGM’s 20% interest in each of AMC, The Independent Film Channel (“IFC”) and WE: Women’s Entertainment for $500 million.

 

In December 2003, Regional Programming Partners acquired Fox Sports Networks’ 50% interest in each of Fox Sports Net Chicago and Fox Sports Net Bay Area pursuant to Fox Sports Networks’ exercise of its contractual put right for $150 million.

 

I-27



 

Results of Operations - Cablevision Systems Corporation

 

The following table sets forth on a historical basis certain items related to operations as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated.

 

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Increase)

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

Decrease
in Net Loss

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

1,169,029

 

100

%

$

975,766

 

100

%

$

193,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technical and operating (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

508,982

 

44

 

412,639

 

42

 

(96,343

)

Selling, general and administrative

 

313,865

 

27

 

262,150

 

27

 

(51,715

)

Other operating expense (income)

 

83

 

 

(9,036

)

(1

)

(9,119

)

Restructuring charges (credits)

 

(1,203

)

 

8,004

 

1

 

9,207

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

277,189

 

24

 

282,013

 

29

 

4,824

 

Operating income

 

70,113

 

6

 

19,996

 

2

 

50,117

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(172,062

)

(15

)

(167,670

)

(17

)

(4,392

)

Equity in net loss of affiliates

 

(6,234

)

(1

)

(2,918

)

 

(3,316

)

Loss on sale of cable assets

 

 

 

(13,644

)

(1

)

13,644

 

Write-off of deferred financing costs

 

(12,694

)

(1

)

 

 

(12,694

)

Gain on investments, net

 

6,280

 

1

 

52,810

 

5

 

(46,530

)

Gain (loss) on derivative contracts, net

 

21,623

 

2

 

(39,531

)

(4

)

61,154

 

Minority interests

 

(13,966

)

(1

)

(15,638

)

(2

)

1,672

 

Miscellaneous, net

 

(23

)

 

(115

)

 

92

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

 

(106,963

)

(9

)

(166,710

)

(17

)

59,747

 

Income tax benefit

 

43,788

 

4

 

51,432

 

5

 

(7,644

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

(63,175

)

(5

)

(115,278

)

(12

)

52,103

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

8,316

 

1

 

(8,316

)

Net loss

 

$

(63,175

)

(5

)%

$

(106,962

)

(11

)%

$

43,787

 

 

I-28



 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

(Increase)

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

Decrease
in Net Loss

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

3,568,430

 

100

%

$

2,949,864

 

100

%

$

618,566

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technical and operating (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

1,664,317

 

47

 

1,303,734

 

44

 

(360,583

)

Selling, general and administrative

 

960,773

 

27

 

780,968

 

26

 

(179,805

)

Other operating income

 

(95,757

)

(3

)

(9,036

)

 

86,721

 

Restructuring charges

 

2,186

 

 

11,423

 

 

9,237

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

817,292

 

23

 

785,048

 

27

 

(32,244

)

Operating income

 

219,619

 

6

 

77,727

 

3

 

141,892

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(528,387

)

(15

)

(421,310

)

(14

)

(107,077

)

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

 

(7,349

)

 

437,780

 

15

 

(445,129

)

Loss on sale of cable assets

 

 

 

(13,644

)

 

13,644

 

Write-off of deferred financing costs

 

(18,961

)

(1

)

 

 

(18,961

)

Gain (loss) on investments, net

 

(9,906

)

 

210,858

 

7

 

(220,764

)

Loss on derivative contracts, net

 

(34,049

)

(1

)

(165,782

)

(6

)

131,733

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

(72,495

)

(2

)

 

 

(72,495

)

Minority interests

 

(64,834

)

(2

)

(128,334

)

(4

)

63,500

 

Miscellaneous, net

 

(89

)

 

(2,307

)

 

2,218

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

 

(516,451

)

(14

)

(5,012

)

 

(511,439

)

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

159,436

 

4

 

(81,533

)

(3

)

240,969

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

(357,015

)

(10

)

(86,545

)

(3

)

(270,470

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

(5,815

)

 

(13,392

)

 

7,577

 

Loss before extraordinary item

 

(362,830

)

(10

)

(99,937

)

(3

)

(262,893

)

Extraordinary loss on investment, net of taxes

 

(7,436

)

 

 

 

(7,436

)

Net loss

 

$

(370,266

)

(10

)%

$

(99,937

)

(3

)%

(270,329

)

 

I-29



 

Comparison of Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2004 Versus Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003

 

Consolidated Results – Cablevision Systems Corporation

 

Revenues, net for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $193.3 million (20%) and $618.6 million (21%), respectively, as compared to revenues for the same periods in the prior year.  The net increases were attributable to the following:

 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine Months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2004

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increased revenue in Rainbow Media Holdings’ programming services excluding those of Madison Square Garden and Rainbow DBS

 

$

89.8

 

$

279.7

 

Increase in net revenue from high-speed data services

 

32.3

 

125.7

 

Higher revenue per cable television subscriber attributable primarily to rate increases and digital subscriber growth, net of changes in the average number of subscribers

 

35.0

 

104.8

 

Increase in Madison Square Garden’s revenue

 

2.4

 

31.2

 

Increased revenues from video on demand, subscription video on demand and pay-per view

 

6.1

 

30.3

 

Increased net revenue from VoIP business

 

14.8

 

29.5

 

Other net increases

 

12.9

 

17.4

 

 

 

$

193.3

 

$

618.6

 

 

Technical and operating expenses include primarily:

 

      cable programming costs which are costs paid to programmers, net of amortization of any launch support received, for cable content and are generally paid on a per-subscriber basis;

 

      network management and field service costs which represent costs associated with the maintenance of our broadband network, including costs of certain customer connections;

 

      contractual rights payments to broadcast certain live sporting events and contractual payments pursuant to employment agreements with professional sports teams personnel;

 

      programming and production costs of our Rainbow businesses;

 

      costs associated with our direct broadcast satellite business, including programming and production costs, costs to operate the uplink and broadcast facility, and subscriber related costs; and

 

      interconnection, call completion and circuit fees relating to our telephony business.

 

Technical and operating expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $96.3 million (23%) and $360.6 million (28%), respectively, as compared to the same periods in the prior year.  The net increases are attributable to the following:

 

I-30



 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine Months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2004

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Increase in Rainbow and Madison Square Garden programming and production costs, including contractual rights

 

$

32.9

 

$

161.8

 

Increase in programming costs incurred by cable operations

 

16.3

 

81.1

 

Increased costs incurred in connection with our direct broadcast satellite service

 

17.0

 

62.1

 

Increase in network management and field service costs

 

15.1

 

36.9

 

Other net increases

 

15.0

 

18.7

 

 

 

$

96.3

 

$

360.6

 

 

As a percentage of revenues, technical and operating expenses increased 2% and 3% during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively, as compared to the same periods in 2003.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses include primarily sales, marketing and advertising expenses, administrative costs, costs of facilities and costs of customer call centers.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $51.7 million (20%) and $179.8 million (23%) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively, as compared to the same periods in the prior year.  The net increases are attributable to the following:

 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine Months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2004

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Increased costs incurred in connection with marketing and administrative costs of our direct broadcast satellite service

 

$

19.9

 

$

89.7

 

Increase in sales and marketing costs

 

9.3

 

31.4

 

Increase in customer service costs

 

7.1

 

19.0

 

Reinstatement of management bonuses and increase in employee bonuses in certain divisions

 

6.2

 

24.0

 

Decrease in expenses relating to a long-term incentive plan

 

(9.9

)

(3.0

)

Increase in general and administrative costs

 

8.3

 

21.9

 

Increase (decrease) in stock plan expenses (includes the effects of changes in stock price, the vesting of restricted stock and employee terminations)

 

5.3

 

(4.7

)

Other net increases

 

5.5

 

1.5

 

 

 

$

51.7

 

$

179.8

 

 

As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses remained constant for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and increased 1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, as compared to the same periods in 2003.  Excluding the effects of the stock plan, as a percentage of revenues such costs decreased 1% for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and remained constant for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 as compared to the same periods in 2003.

 

Other operating income of $95.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 includes a $54.0 million cash payment received in connection with the New York Mets’ termination of the broadcast rights agreement with Madison Square Garden which will be effective after the 2005 baseball season and a $41.8 million reversal of a purchase accounting liability related to this broadcast rights agreement.  Other operating income of $9.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 resulted from the sale of trade accounts receivable from a cable operator in bankruptcy for which a reserve had previously been recorded.

 

I-31



 

Restructuring charges (credits) amounted to $(1.2) million and $2.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively, as compared to $8.0 million and $11.4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively.  The credit for the three months ended September 30, 2004 consisted of adjustments to provisions previously recorded in connection with the 2001, 2002 and 2003 restructuring plans of $2.1 million, partially offset by severance costs of $0.9 million.  The charge for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 resulted from severance costs of $5.4 million, partially offset by a $3.2 million credit as a result of adjustments to provisions previously recorded in connection with the 2001, 2002 and 2003 restructuring plans.  The 2003 amounts resulted primarily from adjustments to provisions previously recorded in connection with the 2001 and 2002 restructuring plans due primarily to changes in estimates of lease termination costs and to severance costs incurred in connection with the elimination of certain staff positions in 2003.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $4.8 million (2%) for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and increased $32.2 million (4%) for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, as compared to the same periods in 2003.  The net decrease for the three months ended September 30, 2004 resulted from a decrease in the write-off and disposal costs of fixed assets, partially offset by increases in depreciation expense of the satellite and new plant assets and increases resulting from the amortization of acquired intangibles.  The net increase for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 resulted from increases due to the amortization of acquired intangibles and increases in depreciation expense of the satellite and new plant assets, partially offset by a decrease in the write-off and disposal costs of fixed assets compared to the prior year period.

 

Net interest expense increased $4.4 million (3%) and $107.1 million (25%) during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively, as compared to the same periods in 2003.  The net increases are attributable to the following:

 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine Months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2004

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Higher average debt balances, partially offset by lower average interest rates

 

$

39.9

 

$

68.4

 

Lower interest income

 

1.2

 

9.2

 

Classification of dividends on CSC Holdings’ Series H and Series M Redeemable Preferred Stock as interest expense in connection with the implementation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150 as of July 1, 2003.

 

 

60.4

 

Decrease in dividends on CSC Holdings’ Series H and Series M Redeemable Preferred Stock due to their redemption in May 2004

 

(43.6

)

(43.6

)

Other net increases

 

6.9

 

12.7

 

 

 

$

4.4

 

$

107.1

 

 

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates amounted to $(6.2) million and $(7.3) million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $(2.9) million and $437.8 million, respectively, in the same periods in 2003.  Such amounts consist of the Company’s share of the net income or loss of certain businesses in which the Company has varying minority ownership interests.  The amount for the nine month period in 2003 includes $434.6 million representing our equity in the net income of Northcoast Communications, LLC which resulted primarily from

 

I-32



 

Northcoast Communications’ sale of certain of its personal communications services licenses to Verizon Wireless.

 

Write-off of deferred financing costs of $12.7 million and $19.0 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively, consisted of costs written off in connection with the redemption of CSC Holdings’ Series H and Series M Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock and CSC Holdings’ 9-7/8% senior subordinated debentures aggregating $5.1 million in the second quarter of 2004 and termination of certain of the Company’s credit agreements aggregating $13.9 million ($1.2 million in the first quarter and $12.7 million in the third quarter).

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt of $72.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 represents premiums of $58.2 million on the early redemption of CSC Holdings’ Series H and Series M Redeemable Preferred Stock and $14.3 million on the early redemption of CSC Holdings’ 9-7/8% senior subordinated debentures.

 

Gain (loss) on investments, net for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 of $6.3 million and $(9.9) million, respectively, as compared to $52.8 million and $210.9 million in the same periods in 2003, consists primarily of the net increase (decrease) in the fair value of Charter Communications, Adelphia Communications, AT&T, AT&T Wireless, Comcast, General Electric, and Leapfrog common stock.

 

Loss on derivative contracts, net for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 consists of the following:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Unrealized gain (loss) due to the change in fair value of the Company’s prepaid forward contracts relating to the AT&T, AT&T Wireless, Comcast, Charter Communications, General Electric, Leapfrog and Adelphia Communications shares

 

$

3.9

 

$

(51.4

)

$

(8.9

)

$

(155.9

)

Unrealized gain (loss) on exchange right and put option related to CSC Holdings’ Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

14.3

 

(31.7

)

(23.6

)

Unrealized and realized gain (loss) on interest rate swap contracts

 

17.7

 

(2.4

)

6.5

 

13.7

 

 

 

$

21.6

 

$

(39.5

)

$

(34.1

)

$

(165.8

)

 

Minority interests represent other parties’ shares of the net income (loss) of entities which are not entirely owned by us but which are consolidated in our financial statements.  For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 minority interests consists of the following:

 

I-33



 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Fox Sports Networks’ 40% share of the net income of Regional Programming Partners

 

$

(13.7

)

$

(11.6

)

$

(63.8

)

$

(18.0

)

MGM’s 20% share of the net income of AMC, WE and IFC

 

 

(1.6

)

 

(17.0

)

CSC Holdings’ Series H and Series M Preferred Stock dividend requirements through June 30, 2003*

 

 

 

 

(87.3

)

CSC Holdings’ Series A Preferred Stock dividend requirements

 

 

(2.0

)

 

(5.0

)

Other

 

(0.3

)

(0.4

)

(1.0

)

(1.0

)

 

 

$

(14.0

)

$

(15.6

)

$

(64.8

)

$

(128.3

)

 


*          Beginning July 1, 2003, these dividend requirements are recorded as interest expense.

 

Income tax benefit attributable to continuing operations amounted to $43.8 million and $159.4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively.  The income tax benefit in the three month period ended September 30, 2004 resulted primarily from the pretax loss and state taxes and was partially offset by an increase in the valuation allowance of $0.3 million.  The income tax benefit in the nine month period resulted primarily from the pretax loss, partially offset by the impact of non-deductible preferred stock dividends, the non-deductible premiums paid upon redemptions of preferred stock, a non-deductible expense related to the exchange right and put option related to the Series A Preferred Stock of CSC Holdings, an increase in the valuation allowance of $3.5 million and state taxes.

 

The income tax benefit attributable to continuing operations was $51.4 million and income tax expense was $81.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively.  The income tax benefit for the three months ended September 30, 2003 resulted primarily from a pretax loss, a non-taxable adjustment related to the exchange right and put option related to the Series A Preferred Stock of CSC Holdings and state taxes, partially offset by the impact of non-deductible preferred stock dividends.  The income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 resulted primarily from non-deductible preferred stock dividends, a non-deductible expense related to the exchange right and put option related to the Series A Preferred Stock of CSC Holdings, an adjustment to the deferred tax rate, and state taxes.

 

I-34



 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 reflects the following items associated with assets held for sale:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Loss on sale of Bravo programming service

 

$

 

$

 

$

(1.0

)

$

 

Net operating results of the retail electronics business

 

 

 

 

(7.1

)

Gain (loss) on sale of the retail electronics business

 

 

8.3

 

(4.8

)

(6.3

)

 

 

$

 

$

8.3

 

$

(5.8

)

$

(13.4

)

 

Extraordinary loss, net of taxes of $7.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 resulted from Rainbow DBS’s investment in DTV Norwich, LLC and represents the excess of the purchase price over fair market value of the acquired assets.

 

Business Segments Results - Cablevision Systems Corporation

 

The Company classifies its business interests into four segments:

 

      Telecommunications Services, consisting principally of our cable television, telephone and high-speed data services operations;

 

      Rainbow, consisting principally of interests in national and regional cable television programming networks;

 

      Madison Square Garden, which owns and operates professional sports teams, regional cable television networks, live productions and entertainment venues; and

 

      Rainbow DBS, which consists of our direct broadcast satellite service (VOOMSM) and the 21 high definition channels currently carried exclusively by this service.

 

The Company allocates certain costs to each segment based upon their proportionate estimated usage of services.  The financial information for the segments does not include inter-segment eliminations.

 

I-35



 

Telecommunications Services

 

The table below sets forth, for the periods presented, certain historical financial information and the percentage that those items bear to net revenues for the Company’s Telecommunications Services segment.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

788,256

 

100

%

$

693,515

 

100

%

Technical and operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

320,908

 

41

 

282,802

 

41

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

153,194

 

19

 

137,192

 

20

 

Restructuring charges (credits)

 

(62

)

 

39

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

199,395

 

25

 

208,322

 

30

 

Operating income

 

$

114,821

 

15

%

$

65,160

 

9

%

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of Net Revenues

 

Amount

 

% of Net Revenues

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

2,303,501

 

100

%

$

1,992,338

 

100

%

Technical and operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

941,936

 

41

 

804,930

 

40

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

466,195

 

20

 

426,048

 

21

 

Restructuring charges

 

550

 

 

1,564

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

585,330

 

25

 

585,152

 

29

 

Operating income

 

$

309,490

 

13

%

$

174,644

 

9

%

 

Revenues, net for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $94.7 million (14%) and $311.2 million (16%) as compared to revenues for the same periods in the prior year.  The net increases were attributable to the following:

 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine Months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2004

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in net revenue from high-speed data services

 

$

32.3

 

$

125.7

 

Higher revenue per cable television subscriber attributable primarily to rate increases and digital subscriber growth, net of changes in the average number of subscribers

 

35.0

 

104.8

 

Increased revenues from video on demand, subscription video on demand and pay-per view

 

6.1

 

30.3

 

Increased net revenue from VoIP business

 

14.8

 

29.5

 

Increase in Lightpath revenues, net of intersegment eliminations

 

4.0

 

11.0

 

Other net increases

 

2.5

 

9.9

 

 

 

$

94.7

 

$

311.2

 

 

I-36



 

Technical and operating expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $38.1 million (13%) and $137.0 million (17%) compared to the same periods in 2003.  The net increases were attributable to the following:

 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine Months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2004

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in programming costs

 

$

17.9

 

$

86.6

 

Increase in network management and field service costs

 

15.1

 

36.9

 

Increase in technical management and employee bonuses

 

0.7

 

2.1

 

Other net increases

 

4.4

 

11.4

 

 

 

$

38.1

 

$

137.0

 

 

As a percentage of revenues, technical and operating expenses remained constant for the three months ended September 30, 2004 and increased 1% during the nine months ended September 30, 2004 as compared to the same periods in 2003.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $16.0 million (12%) and $40.1 million (9%) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 as compared to the same periods in 2003.  The net increases were attributable to the following:

 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine Months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2004

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in customer service costs

 

$

7.1

 

$

19.0

 

Increase in sales and marketing costs

 

8.2

 

18.4

 

Reinstatement of management bonuses and increase in employee bonuses

 

2.2

 

7.9

 

Lower expenses relating to a long-term incentive plan

 

(4.3

)

(1.1

)

Increase (decrease) in stock plan expenses (includes the effects of changes in stock price, the vesting of restricted stock and employee terminations)

 

2.6

 

(5.6

)

Other net increases

 

0.2

 

1.5

 

 

 

$

16.0

 

$

40.1

 

 

As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 1% in each of the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2004, as compared to the same periods in 2003.  Excluding the effects of the stock plan, as a percentage of revenues such costs decreased 1% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 as compared to the same periods in 2003.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $8.9 million (4%) and increased $0.2 million for the three and nine months ended September 2004, respectively, as compared to the same periods in 2003.  The net decrease in the three month period resulted primarily from lower disposal costs, partially offset by depreciation of new subscriber devices, headend upgrades and new plant assets.

 

I-37



 

Rainbow

 

The table below sets forth, for the periods presented, certain historical financial information and the percentage that those items bear to net revenues for the Rainbow segment.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

280,253

 

100

%

$

190,424

 

100

%

Technical and operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

115,766

 

41

 

73,546

 

39

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

80,370

 

29

 

73,025

 

38

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

(8,539

)

(4

)

Restructuring charges

 

842

 

 

117

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

31,599

 

11

 

29,129

 

15

 

Operating income

 

$

51,676

 

18

%

$

23,146

 

12

%

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

835,337

 

100

%

$

555,643

 

100

%

Technical and operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

348,067

 

42

 

225,701

 

41

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

244,144

 

29

 

216,628

 

39

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

(8,539

)

(2

)

Restructuring charges

 

834

 

 

330

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

98,377

 

12

 

70,749

 

13

 

Operating income

 

$

143,915

 

17

%

$

50,774

 

9

%

 

Revenues for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $89.8 million (47%) and $279.7 million (50%), respectively, as compared to revenues for the same period in 2003.  Approximately $58.1 million and $173.1 million, respectively, of the increase was due to the acquisition of the remaining interests in Fox Sports Net Chicago and Fox Sports Net Bay Area in December 2003.  Approximately $16.1 million and $44.4 million, respectively, of the increase was attributed primarily to growth in programming network subscribers and rate increases, approximately $12.5 million and $43.8 million, respectively, of the increase was due primarily to higher advertising revenue and the remaining increases of $3.1 million and $18.4 million, respectively, were from other revenue sources.

 

Technical and operating expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $42.2 million (57%) and $122.4 million (54%) compared to the same periods in 2003.  Approximately $36.2 million and $108.5 million, respectively, of the increase resulted from the acquisition of the remaining interests in Fox Sports Net Chicago and Fox Sports Net Bay Area in December 2003.  The remaining increase was primarily due to higher programming costs.  As a

 

I-38



 

percentage of revenues, technical and operating expenses increased 2% and 1% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively, as compared to the 2003 periods.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $7.3 million (10%) and $27.5 million (13%) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively, as compared to the same periods in 2003.  Approximately $7.1 million and $21.4 million, respectively, of the increase resulted from the acquisition of the remaining interests in Fox Sports Net Chicago and Fox Sports Net Bay Area in December 2003.  The net increase in the nine month period ended September 30, 2004 further reflected increases of $11.5 million which resulted from higher sales, marketing and advertising costs and a $0.4 million increase from higher administrative costs, partially offset by a decrease of $2.9 million in charges related to a stock plan and a decrease $2.9 million in charges related to a long-term incentive plan.  As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 9% and 10% in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2003 including and excluding the effects of the stock plan.

 

Other operating income of $8.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 resulted from the sale of trade accounts receivable from a cable operator in bankruptcy for which a reserve had previously been recorded.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.5 million (8%) and $27.6 million (39%) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, respectively, as compared to the same periods in 2003.  The net increase resulted primarily from the amortization of acquired intangibles.

 

Madison Square Garden

 

The table below sets forth, for the periods presented, certain historical financial information and the percentage that those items bear to revenue for Madison Square Garden.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

110,227

 

100

%

$

107,780

 

100

%

Technical and operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

60,977

 

55

 

60,500

 

56

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

35,131

 

32

 

31,275

 

29

 

Other operating income

 

 

 

(497

)

 

Restructuring charges

 

143

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

11,197

 

10

 

12,262

 

11

 

Operating income

 

$

2,779

 

3

%

$

4,240

 

4

%

 

I-39



 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

Amount

 

% of Net
Revenues

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

480,564

 

100

%

$

449,380

 

100

%

Technical and operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

362,181

 

75

 

313,289

 

70

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

100,189

 

21

 

100,298

 

22

 

Other operating income

 

(95,840

)

(20

)

(497

)

 

Restructuring charges

 

4,101

 

1

 

3,696

 

1

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

34,252

 

7

 

39,457

 

9

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

75,681

 

16

%

$

(6,863

)

(2

)%

 

Revenues for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $2.4 million (2%) and $31.2 million (7%), respectively, as compared to revenues for the comparable periods in 2003.

 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine Months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2004

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Increases (decreases) from:

 

 

 

 

 

National Basketball Association expansion revenue received

 

$

 

$

10.3

 

Net higher revenues from venue rentals

 

5.8

 

3.2

 

Higher (lower) Knicks, Rangers and Liberty related revenues

 

(1.8

)

6.5

 

Net higher revenues from entertainment and other sporting events at Madison Square Garden and Radio City Music Hall

 

0.2

 

3.4

 

Higher (lower) revenues at MSG Networks

 

(2.8

)

2.0

 

Other net increases

 

1.0

 

5.8

 

 

 

$

2.4

 

$

31.2

 

 

Technical and operating expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $0.5 million (1%) and $48.9 million (16%), respectively, over the same 2003 periods.  The three month increase was driven primarily by higher net costs for venue rentals noted above and higher Liberty operating expenses due to the presentation of certain games at Radio City Music Hall. These increases were partially offset by lower Ranger player provisions related to player transactions in 2003 and lower venue and MSG Network operating costs.

 

The nine month increase was driven primarily by a $32.4 million increase resulting from higher team compensation and Knicks luxury tax.  The nine month increase also reflected a $18.2 million net increase resulting from higher provisions for certain team transactions, a credit recorded in the first quarter of 2003 reflecting the reversal of a luxury tax provision attributable to a certain player who was previously waived due to a career ending injury, and Knick playoff expenses in 2004.  It also reflects higher Liberty operating expenses due to the presentation of certain games at Radio City Music Hall, and costs associated with a boxing event in 2004 with no comparable event in 2003.  These increases were partially offset by a net decrease in costs associated with the large scale events referred to above, and lower operating costs for MSG Networks and lower venue operating costs.

 

I-40



 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $3.9 million (12%) and decreased $0.1 million, respectively, over the same 2003 periods.  The three month increase was driven primarily by higher professional fees and promotional costs and higher severance costs, partially offset by other net savings across the company.

 

The nine month decrease was primarily associated with a decrease in expenses related to employee stock and long term incentive plans and net cost savings across all divisions of Madison Square Garden, substantially offset by an increase in professional fees, severance costs and promotional costs.

 

Other operating income of $95.8 million in 2004 results from the termination of Madison Square Garden’s broadcasting rights agreement with the New York Mets.  In the second quarter of 2004, the New York Mets gave notice of termination of their rights agreement with Madison Square Garden, and with the notice paid Madison Square Garden a contractually obligated termination fee of $54.0 million.  The termination of the rights agreement will be effective after the 2005 baseball season.  In addition, Madison Square Garden recorded a $41.8 million credit reflecting the reversal of a purchase accounting liability related to this rights agreement.

 

Restructuring charges of $4.1 million in 2004 represent severance costs associated with the elimination of certain staff positions in the first and second quarters of 2004.  Restructuring charges of $3.7 million in 2003 primarily represent severance costs associated with the elimination of certain staff positions in the second quarter of 2003.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 decreased $1.1 million (9%) and $5.2 million (13%) as compared to the same 2003 periods due primarily to certain intangibles and fixed assets becoming fully amortized and depreciated, respectively.

 

Rainbow DBS

 

The table below sets forth, for the periods presented, certain historical financial information for the Rainbow DBS segment.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

5,920

 

$

 

$

9,621

 

$

 

Technical and operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

30,573

 

13,615

 

75,999

 

13,865

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

36,140

 

15,848

 

113,779

 

20,901

 

Depreciation

 

14,480

 

 

31,444

 

 

Operating loss

 

$

(75,273

)

$

(29,463

)

$

(211,601

)

$

(34,766

)

 

Revenues for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 consist primarily of programming service fees of $4.7 million and $6.5 million, respectively, equipment rental fees and amortized up-front deferred installation charges of $1.2 million and $1.6 million,

 

I-41



 

respectively, and equipment sales of $0.3 million and $2.0 million, respectively, partially offset by $0.3 million and $0.5 million of subscriber credits.  The Company recognizes revenues from programming services and equipment rental as those services are provided to subscribers.  Up-front fees collected for installation of the equipment under the rental program are deferred over the estimated average customer life.  The Company recognizes revenues from the sale of equipment upon installation, with an appropriate provision for returned merchandise.  No revenues were recorded for the same periods in 2003 as the service did not launch until October 2003.

 

Technical and operating expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 consist of $16.6 million and $44.4 million of costs to license and develop content for the VOOM high definition channels, $12.2 million and $27.7 million of costs primarily to operate the uplink and broadcast facility and the customer call center and $1.8 million and $3.9 million of costs of equipment sold and related installation, respectively, which includes an adjustment in the three and nine month periods in 2004 for inventory shrink resulting from a physical inventory taken in September 2004.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 increased $20.3 million and $92.9 million, respectively, as compared to the prior year periods primarily due to the launch of the service in October 2003.  The increases consist principally of $13.5 million and $62.0 million, respectively, of increased marketing and subscriber acquisition costs, including installation costs for customers who rent equipment; an increase in general and administrative expenses of $6.4 million and $27.7 million, respectively, due to increases in various costs including corporate overhead, field operations, including costs to retrieve disconnected set top boxes, information technology costs and salaries resulting from additional manpower; and an increase of $0.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, in stock plan and long term incentive plan expenses.  The 2003 costs consist primarily of general administrative costs incurred prior to the launch of the service.  Selling, general and administrative expenses were lower in the three month period ended September 30, 2004 as compared with the three months ended June 30, 2004 reflecting the Company’s decision to scale back its marketing efforts in light of installation problems.  The Company expects to increase its advertising expenses in the fourth quarter of 2004.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 of $14.5 million and $31.4 million, respectively, represents primarily depreciation of the satellite which was placed in service in October 2003 of $8.5 million and $23.5 million, respectively and depreciation of equipment rented to customers of $4.7 million and $5.3 million, which includes the write-off of customer equipment not required to be returned by deactivated customers, including satellite dishes, over-the-air antennas and wiring and a related provision based on estimated customer life.

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $425.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $278.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. The 2004 cash provided by operating activities resulted from $574.1 million of income before depreciation and amortization and non-cash items, a $66.2 million increase in accrued interest, a

 

I-42



 

$60.5 million increase in feature film rights payable, a $29.6 million increase in accounts payable, partially offset by decreases in cash resulting from a $202.2 million increase in feature film inventory resulting from new film licensing agreements, a $71.5 million increase in current and other assets (including an $18.4 million increase in Rainbow DBS inventory) and a $31.5 million decrease in accrued and other liabilities.

 

The 2003 cash provided by operating activities resulted primarily from $475.0 million of income before depreciation and amortization and non-cash items, a $110.5 million decrease in accounts receivable from affiliates.  Partially offsetting these increases were decreases in cash resulting from a $123.4 million decrease in accounts payable, a $89.4 million decrease in accrued and other liabilities, a $52.8 million decrease in feature film rights payable, a $22.1 million increase in feature film inventory and a $18.9 million increase in current and other assets.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 was $620.6 million compared to $458.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003.  The 2004 investing activities consisted primarily of $554.6 million of capital expenditures, an $84.7 million payment for the acquisition of our interest in DTV Norwich and its acquisition of FCC licenses to provide multichannel video distribution and data service, and other net cash payments of $11.4 million, partially offset by $30.1 million received in connection with Northcoast Communications’ sale of PCS licenses, representing the release of funds held in escrow to provide for post-closing adjustments and any potential indemnification claims.

 

Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 consisted primarily of $661.9 million of capital expenditures, $250.4 million of payments for acquisitions and $1.8 million in other cash payments, partially offset by $445.4 million of cash distributions from affiliates resulting primarily from the Northcoast Communications sale of spectrum licenses, $7.1 million in proceeds from the sale of equipment, and a $3.1 million decrease in other investments.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $791.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 compared to $338.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. In 2004, the Company’s financing activities consisted primarily of $2,793.9 million of proceeds from the issuance of senior notes, $123.7 million of net proceeds from bank debt and $3.4 million from the issuance of common stock, partially offset by payments of $1,694.6 million for the redemption of CSC Holdings’ Series H and Series M Redeemable Preferred Stock and Series A Exchangeable Participating Preferred Stock, $350.0 million to redeem CSC Holdings’ 9-7/8% senior subordinated debentures, $70.8 million of deferred financing costs and other net cash payments of $14.2 million.

 

In 2003, the Company’s financing activities consisted primarily of proceeds from collateralized indebtedness of $330.7 million and proceeds from issuance of preferred stock of $75.0 million, partially offset by net repayments of bank debt of $43.2 million and other net cash payments of $24.3 million.

 

I-43



 

Discontinued Operations

 

The net effect on cash of discontinued operations was $32.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Overview

 

Cablevision has no operations independent of its subsidiaries.  Our outstanding securities consist of Cablevision NY Group Class A and Cablevision NY Group Class B common stock and $1.5 billion in debt securities issued in April 2004 (see “Recent Events” below for a more detailed description of the securities).  Funding for the debt service requirements of our debt securities will be provided by our subsidiary operations, as permitted by the covenants governing subsidiary credit agreements and CSC Holdings’ public debt securities, and we anticipate that sufficient cash distributions can be made to fund these requirements for the next twelve months.  Funding for our subsidiaries is generally obtained through separate financial arrangements made available to the Restricted Group (as later defined), to our Rainbow business segment, and through cash on hand and cash flow from operations.

 

CSC Holdings and those of its subsidiaries which conduct our cable television and high speed data service operations as well as our commercial telephone and high speed data service throughout the New York metropolitan area comprise the “Restricted Group” since they are subject to the covenants and restrictions of the $2.4 billion credit facility and the public debt issued by CSC Holdings.  Effective January 1, 2004, we reorganized the funding of certain of our businesses in light of the announcement of our intention to spin off Rainbow DBS, three of Rainbow’s national programming networks and certain other businesses (see “Recent Events” below).  As a result, in 2004, the Restricted Group is expected to fund (i) requirements of the Telecommunications Services segment, (ii) requirements, if any, of certain Rainbow Media Holdings’ programming businesses that are expected to remain with Cablevision upon completion of the spin off (primarily our fuse subsidiary, our regional news operations, and the Regional Programming Partners subsidiaries), and (iii) certain other general corporate requirements.  In 2004, the Restricted Group also funded certain Rainbow DBS expenditures planned for, but not funded, during 2003.  The Restricted Group may also make other investments from time to time as permitted under its credit facility.

 

Rainbow National Services, which owns the common equity interests in the Company’s AMC, WE: Women’s Entertainment and IFC programming operations, generates cash from operations and is the issuer of $800 million of senior and senior subordinated notes and the obligor on a $950 million senior secured credit facility entered into in August 2004.  Rainbow National Services’ cash from operations and proceeds from borrowings available to it will provide funding to Rainbow DBS subject to the applicable covenants and limitations contained in Rainbow National Services financing agreements.  Madison Square Garden’s funding requirements have been primarily provided through cash from operations and borrowings under a $500 million credit facility.  In March 2004, borrowings under the Madison Square Garden credit facility were

 

I-44



 

repaid in full with proceeds from an equity contribution from Regional Programming Partners and the credit facility was terminated.

 

The following table summarizes our outstanding debt and present value of capital leases as well as interest expense and capital expenditures as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2004:

 

 

 

Restricted
Group

 

Rainbow
National
Services

 

Other
Entities

 

Total

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank debt

 

$

1,880,708

 

$

600,000

 

$

 

$

2,480,708

 

Capital leases

 

7,798

 

3,715

 

63,939

 

75,452

 

Notes payable

 

 

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

Senior notes and debentures

 

4,193,394

 

297,871

 

1,500,000

 

5,991,265

 

Senior subordinated debentures

 

250,000

 

496,134

 

 

746,134

 

Collateralized indebtedness relating to stock monetization

 

 

 

1,659,265

 

1,659,265

 

Total debt

 

$

6,331,900

 

$

1,397,720

 

$

3,373,204

 

$

11,102,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

$

376,823

 

$

13,262

 

$

143,168

 

$

533,253

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

473,385

 

$

295

 

$

80,961

 

$

554,641

 

 

Recent Events

 

Issuance of Debt Securities

 

In April 2004, Cablevision issued $1.0 billion face amount of 8.0% senior notes due 2012 and $500 million face amount of floating rate senior notes due 2009.  The floating rate notes bear interest based on six month LIBOR plus 4.50%.  The notes are unsecured and contain covenants similar to the covenants of CSC Holdings’ outstanding senior public debt securities, including a limitation on the incurrence of additional indebtedness based upon a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to cash flow (as defined in the indentures) of 9:1.  Proceeds of the offerings, net of issuance costs, were invested in our CSC Holdings subsidiary through our purchase from CSC Holdings of its equity securities.

 

In April 2004, CSC Holdings issued $500 million face amount of 6-3/4% senior notes due 2012. The proceeds, net of issuance costs, along with the net proceeds received as equity contributions from Cablevision, were used to repay bank borrowings temporarily.  Approximately $1.8 billion was reborrowed on May 6, 2004 to fund the debt redemptions described below.

 

On August 20, 2004, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Rainbow National Services LLC, or “RNS,” which holds all of the common equity interests in the AMC, WE and IFC programming services, put in place a $950 million senior secured credit facility ($350 million of which is a revolving credit facility and $600 million of which is a term loan facility) and issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior notes due 2012 and $500 million aggregate principal amount of 10 3/8% senior subordinated notes due 2014.  Proceeds of the financings totaling $1,366.1 million were distributed to Rainbow Media Enterprises, which in turn distributed approximately $704.9 million to Rainbow Media Holdings to repay and terminate its credit facility and collateralize outstanding letters of credit.  The balance of the distribution,

 

I-45



 

which totaled $661.2 million, is held by Rainbow Media Enterprises, which expects to invest the cash over time to fund requirements of certain of its subsidiaries, including primarily Rainbow DBS.

 

Redemption of Debt  and Termination of Certain Securities

 

In May 2004, CSC Holdings redeemed, at the relevant early redemption prices, its 11-3/4% Series H Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2007; its 11-1/8% Series M Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock due 2008; its 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2013; and, its 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2023.  The redemptions were completed at a total cash cost, including the applicable redemption premiums and accrued and unpaid dividends and interest, of $2.0 billion.

 

In August 2004, CSC Holdings redeemed its Series A Preferred Stock held by Quadrangle Capital Partners LP for $150.3 million in cash funded with borrowings from the Restricted Group revolving credit facility.

 

On October 28, 2004, the Company received $213.6 million in cash in exchange for all 14.2 million shares it owned of AT&T Wireless (“AWE”) common stock, representing the $15 share price paid in consideration of the merger between AWE and Cingular Wireless LLC.  As a result of that exchange, the Company’s prepaid forward contracts relating to its shares of AWE were terminated.  The termination provisions under the prepaid forward contracts require the Company to repay the fair value of the collateralized indebtedness less the sum of the fair value of the underlying stock and equity collars.  The Company does not expect any material cash payment to be required as a result of the early terminations.  The Company expects to recognize a loss representing the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the collateralized indebtedness in the fourth quarter.

 

Planned Spin off of Rainbow Media Enterprises

 

We have announced that our Board of Directors has approved an amended plan to spin off our recently launched satellite service, Rainbow DBS, along with three of Rainbow Media Holdings’ national entertainment services — AMC, WE: Women’s Entertainment and IFC, their subsidiaries, certain other Rainbow businesses and Clearview Cinemas in a company called Rainbow Media Enterprises (“RME”).  We continue to make progress on this plan, having received a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service earlier this year to the effect that the spin-off will qualify as a tax-free transaction and approval from the FCC for the transfer of control of various FCC licenses, as well as having completed the financing for Rainbow Media Enterprises in August (see “Issuance of Debt Securities” above).  Completion of the spin off remains subject to a number of factors and conditions, including the filing and effectiveness of a Form 10 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and final approval from the Cablevision board of directors. We made our initial Form 10 filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission in May 2004, with amended filings in July, September, and November 2004.  We are currently planning to complete the spin off during the fourth quarter.

 

On August 20, 2004, our subsidiary, American Movie Classics Company LLC (“AMC LLC”) which owns our AMC and WE programming services, issued redeemable preferred membership

 

I-46



 

interests with an initial liquidation preference of $350 million in the aggregate to Rainbow Media Holdings LLC in exchange for common membership interests in AMC LLC.  Distributions on the redeemable preferred membership interests were to accrue commencing upon the spin off of Rainbow Media Enterprises at an annual rate to be established immediately prior to the spin off.  It was expected that Rainbow Media Holdings would transfer those interests to Cablevision at the time of the spin off and the interests would not be included in the spin off. On November 5, 2004 the Board of Directors of Cablevision decided to modify the terms of the spin off to eliminate the retained redeemable preferred membership interest in AMC LLC.  This decision was made in light of expected increases in Rainbow Media Enterprises’ financing requirements.  The elimination will be accomplished by having the redeemable preferred membership interests recontributed to a subsidiary of Rainbow Media Enterprises and converted back to common membership interest in AMC LLC prior to the spin off.

 

Restricted Group

 

As of September 30, 2004, our Restricted Group consisted of: CSC Holdings and all of its subsidiaries holding our cable operations, which encompassed approximately 2.95 million subscribers (including approximately 1.34 million digital cable subscribers); our consumer high-speed Internet access operations, which encompassed approximately 1.26 million subscribers; and the commercial telephone and high-speed Internet access operations of Lightpath throughout the New York metropolitan area.

 

The Restricted Group has a $2.4 billion revolving credit facility in place that matures on June 30, 2006.  As of November 5, 2004, total borrowings outstanding were $2,017 million, including $53.4 million reserved for Letters of Credit, with a resulting undrawn commitment of $383 million.  The credit facility is guaranteed by certain subsidiaries and contains several financial covenants, including a limitation on the ratios of debt to cash flow, cash flow to interest expense, and cash flow to debt service expense (all as defined in the credit agreement) and restrictions on the permitted use of borrowed funds that may limit our ability to utilize all of the undrawn funds available.  The limitation on debt to cash flow is a maximum of 6.25 times cash flow through March 31, 2005, 5.25 times cash flow from April 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005, and 4.50 times thereafter.  The Restricted Group was in compliance with all of its financial covenants as of September 30, 2004

 

CSC Holdings, a member of the Restricted Group has also issued senior and senior subordinated public debentures, which also contain financial and other covenants, though they are generally less restrictive than the covenants contained in the Restricted Group’s credit facility.  Principal covenants include a limitation on the incurrence of additional indebtedness based upon a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to cash flow (as defined in the indentures) of 9:1 and limitations on dividends and distributions subject to an aggregate cap.  There are no covenants, events of default, borrowing conditions or other terms in the Restricted Group’s credit facility or in any of CSC Holdings’ other debt securities that are based on changes in the credit ratings assigned by any rating agency.

 

Sources of cash for the Restricted Group include primarily cash flow from the operations of the businesses in the Restricted Group and borrowings.  The Restricted Group’s principal uses of cash include capital spending, in particular the capital requirements associated with the roll-out of its new services such as digital video and Voice over Internet Protocol, debt service, including

 

I-47



 

distributions made to Cablevision to service interest expense on its public debt securities, other corporate expenses and changes in working capital.    In addition, the Restricted Group has contributed the balance of the 2003 approved, unspent investment of approximately $87 million to Rainbow DBS and has also invested the $150 million distribution received from the proceeds of Rainbow Media Holdings’ term loan in December 2003 in Rainbow DBS.  In April 2004, the Restricted Group also received $1.5 billion in cash proceeds from the issuance of capital stock to Cablevision that it used to redeem the outstanding securities described above.  We currently expect that the net funding and investment requirements of the Restricted Group will be met with borrowings under the Restricted Group’s existing bank credit facility and that the Restricted Group’s available borrowing capacity under that facility will be sufficient to meet these requirements for the next twelve months.

 

Cablevision’s and CSC Holdings’ future access to the public debt markets and the cost of any future debt issuances are also influenced by their credit ratings, which are provided by Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s.  The ratings assigned by Standard and Poor’s remain on credit watch with negative implications and the ratings assigned by Moody’s remain on negative outlook from July 2003.   Any downgrade to the Cablevision and CSC Holdings credit ratings by either rating agency could increase the interest rate on future debt issuances and could adversely impact its ability to raise additional funds.

 

Rainbow Media Holdings

 

Rainbow Media Holdings’ $820 million credit facility was repaid and terminated on August 20, 2004 with a distribution from the proceeds of the Rainbow National Services financing described below.  On the same date, the commitment from a bank to provide up to $250 million of senior subordinated funding to Rainbow Media Holdings which was to be guaranteed by AMC, WE and IFC was also terminated.

 

Rainbow National Services

 

On August 20, 2004, RNS entered into new debt financing arrangements totaling approximately $1,750 million in a combination of a senior secured credit facility totaling approximately $950 million (comprised of a $600 million term loan and $350 million undrawn revolving credit facility), and senior and senior subordinated notes totaling approximately $800 million.  Substantially all of the net proceeds of the new financings totaling approximately $1.37 billion were distributed to Rainbow Media Enterprises, which in turn distributed $704.9 million to Rainbow Media Holdings to repay and terminate its credit facility and collateralize outstanding letters of credit.  The balance of the distribution, which totaled approximately $661.2 million is held by Rainbow Media Enterprises, which expects to invest the cash over time to fund cash requirements of certain of its subsidiaries, primarily Rainbow DBS.

 

The RNS credit facility is secured by the assets and common equity interests of AMC, WE and IFC and guaranteed by AMC, WE and IFC and Rainbow Programming Holdings, RNS’s direct parent.  The term loan requires amortization of 0.25% per quarter beginning June 30, 2005.  Outstanding borrowings under the facility were $600 million as of November 5, 2004, resulting in undrawn revolver commitments of $350 million.  Financial covenants include (i) a maximum total leverage ratio of 6.75 times cash flow (as defined based on the combined cash flows of

 

I-48



 

AMC, WE and IFC) through December 31, 2005 with reductions thereafter, (ii) a maximum senior leverage of 5.0 times cash flow, reducing to 4.75 times on October 1, 2005 with further reductions thereafter, and (iii) minimum ratios for cash flow to interest expense and cash flow to debt service.  Additional covenants include limitations on liens, additional indebtedness and distributions.  Permitted distributions include (i) up to $150 million annually, with a cumulative limit of $600 million, to fund Rainbow DBS, and (ii) up to $50 million annually, with a cumulative limit of $200 million, for other general purposes, and (iii) subject to maintaining a maximum ratio of total debt to cash flow of 5.0 times, distributions of up to $300 million from the proceeds of permitted future debt offerings.  RNS was in compliance with all of its financial covenants as of September 30, 2004.

 

RNS’s notes offerings consisted of $300 million face amount of 8 ¾% senior notes due September 1, 2012, and $500 million face amount of 10 3/8% senior subordinated notes due September 1, 2014.  Net proceeds from these offerings totaled $775.9 million.  These issuances are guaranteed by substantially all of RNS’s subsidiaries.  Principal covenants include limitations on additional indebtedness, including a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to cash flow (as defined in the indentures) of 7.0 times, reducing to 6.0 times after January 1, 2009, limitations on distributions and limitations on the ability to incur liens (as per the terms of the senior notes indenture).

 

Although the debt service requirements of the new financings are significant, RNS’s free cash flow (net of the debt service requirements) is expected to remain positive for at least the next twelve months.  RNS’s excess free cash flow, as well as additional amounts that may be borrowed under its credit facility, will be used to fund the operations of Rainbow DBS.  Distributions to Rainbow Media Enterprises over time may limit the funding available for new initiatives of RNS in the future.

 

RNS’s future access to the debt markets and the cost of any future debt issuances are also influenced by its credit ratings, which are provided by Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s.  In August 2004, Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s assigned ratings to RNS’s senior secured credit facility and senior and senior subordinated notes.  Standard and Poor’s also assigned a negative outlook.  Any downgrade to RNS’s credit ratings by either rating agency could increase the interest rate on future debt issuances and could adversely impact RNS’s ability to raise additional funds.

 

Madison Square Garden

 

Madison Square Garden’s primary source of liquidity has been cash flow from operations and its $500 million revolving credit facility.  This facility was terminated in March 2004 with proceeds from a $146 million equity contribution from Regional Programming Partners.

 

Madison Square Garden’s funding requirements for the next twelve months will be met by its cash on hand and cash from operations, and/or intercompany loans or equity contributions from Regional Programming Partners or borrowings under any new bank credit facilities that may be entered into by Madison Square Garden or Regional Programming Partners, although there can be no assurance that such new facility can be obtained or obtained on acceptable terms.

 

I-49



 

Rainbow DBS

 

Rainbow DBS business launched its service in October 2003.  It has significant cash requirements and has limited access to funding. Funding needs for Rainbow DBS in 2004, which include capital expenditures of approximately $111 million; the acquisition of additional frequencies, including the investment in DTV Norwich for its acquisition of MVDDS licenses, of $90 million; operating losses; and funds required to develop its proprietary VOOM HD programming channels of approximately $101 million are expected to total $477 million. Prior to the completion of the RNS debt financings described above on August 20, 2004, the cash requirements of Rainbow DBS were funded by Cablevision and its subsidiary, Rainbow Media Holdings. By that date, Cablevision had contributed to Rainbow DBS in 2004 approximately $237 million and Rainbow Media Holdings had contributed approximately $47 million and provided $21 million in letters of credit under its credit facility. A significant portion of the proceeds from the RNS debt financing are expected to be invested in Rainbow DBS and are expected to be sufficient to fund its cash requirements through the end of 2005. Additional investments in Rainbow DBS above the proceeds from the RNS debt financings are subject to receipt of distributions from RNS, which are subject to limitations contained in its financing agreements.

 

Rainbow DBS does not have funding available for the construction and launch of the five Ka-band satellites for which Rainbow DBS has FCC authorization, or for the two Ku-band satellites necessary to exploit the Ku-band DBS frequencies for which it was the high bidder at a July 2004 FCC auction, or for the build-out of the infrastructure to exploit the MVDDS licenses acquired by DTV Norwich.  The five Ka-band satellites are expected to cost between $1 billion and $1.5 billion in the aggregate, which amounts will need to be funded over the 2004 — 2009 time frame in order to meet FCC milestone obligations.  The next milestone requires Rainbow DBS to enter into a definitive satellite construction contract by November 21, 2004. The two Ku-band satellites are expected to cost between $400 million and $500 million, in the aggregate, which amounts will need to be spent over a period of time based upon FCC milestones that have not yet been established but are likely to require some expenditures starting in 2005.  Rainbow DBS does not have a cost estimate or time frame for the build-out of the MVDDS infrastructure.  We expect to use a portion of the proceeds from the August 2004 RNS debt financings or borrowings under the revolving credit facility of RNS to pay for the early stage development costs for these projects.  However, Rainbow DBS does not currently have any funding available to construct and launch the Ka-band or Ku-band satellites or to build-out the MVDDS infrastructure and there can be no assurance that Rainbow DBS will be able to obtain any funding for these purposes. It is possible that funding might come from, among other sources, (i) vendor or other third party financings; (ii) the proceeds from the August 2004 RNS debt financings or borrowings under the revolving credit facility of RNS; (iii) additional borrowings or debt issuances by RNS; (iv) third party cash investments; and (v) asset sales, or a combination of some or all of these sources.  There can be no assurance that Rainbow DBS will be in a position to meet its milestone obligations or to utilize these licenses. In any event, Rainbow DBS will not be in a position to do so for a number of years and there can be no assurance that Rainbow DBS will ever be in a position to do so.

 

To the extent that Rainbow DBS utilizes any of the proceeds from the August 2004 RNS debt financings or borrowings under the revolving credit facility of RNS to fund development or construction costs related to its Ku-band, Ka-band or MVDDS licenses, it may not have sufficient funding to support the development of its existing DBS business.

 

I-50



 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

As of September 30, 2004, the Company’s commitments and contingencies not reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet decreased $131.4 million to $3,250.4 million as compared to $3,381.8 million outstanding at December 31, 2003.  The decrease resulted primarily from the termination of Madison Square Garden’s broadcast rights agreement with the New York Mets and payments made on other outstanding commitments during the nine months ended September 30, 2004.  These decreases were partially offset by a net increase in commitments under employment agreements with professional sports teams personnel and players of Madison Square Garden, which provide for payments that are guaranteed regardless of employee injury or termination (certain of these payments are covered by disability insurance if certain conditions are met), for long-term rights agreements which provide the Company with exclusive broadcast rights to certain live sporting events and lease agreements for transponder space on satellites.

 

Obligations Under Derivative Contracts

 

To manage interest rate risk, we have entered into interest rate swap contracts to adjust the proportion of total debt that is subject to variable and fixed interest rates.  Such contracts fix the borrowing rates on floating rate debt to provide an economic hedge against the risk of rising rates and/or convert fixed rate borrowings to variable rates to provide an economic hedge against the risk of higher borrowing costs in a declining interest rate environment.  We do not enter into interest rate swap contracts for speculative or trading purposes and have only entered into transactions with counterparties that are rated investment grade.  All of our interest rate derivative contracts are entered into by CSC Holdings and are thus attributable to the Restricted Group; all such contracts are carried at their current fair market values on our consolidated balance sheets, with changes in value reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

As of September 30, 2004, the notional value of all such contracts was $450 million and the fair value of these derivative contracts was $0.8 million, a net payable position.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, we recorded a net gain on interest swap contracts of $5.4 million, as detailed in the table below:

 

 

Fair Market Value of Interest Rate Derivative Contracts

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair market value as of September 30, 2004, a net payable position

 

$

(796

)

Less: fair market value as of December 31, 2003

 

(349

)

Change in fair market value, net

 

(447

)

Plus: realized gain from cash interest income

 

5,820

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain on interest rate swap contracts

 

$

5,373

 

 

We have also entered into derivative contracts to hedge our equity price risk and monetize the value of our shares of AT&T, Comcast, AT&T Wireless, Charter Communications, General Electric, Adelphia Communications and Leapfrog common stock.  These contracts, at maturity, are expected to offset declines in the fair value of these securities below the hedge price per share, while allowing us to retain upside appreciation from the hedge price per share to the relevant cap price.  In the event of an early termination of any of these contracts, we would be obligated to repay the fair value of the collateralized indebtedness less the sum of the fair values

 

I-51



 

of the underlying stock and equity collar, calculated at the termination date.  The following table details our estimated early termination exposure as of September 30, 2004:

 

 

 

AT&T

 

Comcast

 

AT&T
Wireless**

 

Charter

 

General
Electric

 

Adelphia

 

Total*

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Collateralized indebtedness (carrying value)

 

$

(307.0

)

$

(495.3

)

$

(233.6

)

$

(251.8

)

$

(314.0

)

$

(39.9

)

$

(1,641.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized indebtedness (fair value estimate)

 

(315.4

)

(509.2

)

(241.9

)

(259.5

)

(315.9

)

(39.9

)

(1,681.8

)

Derivative contract

 

192.6

 

120.9

 

32.5

 

209.8

 

(81.3

)

38.6

 

513.1

 

Investment securities pledged as collateral

 

126.8

 

404.4

 

210.5

 

29.7

 

427.9

 

0.4

 

1,199.7

 

Net excess/ (shortfall)

 

4.0

 

16.1

 

1.1

 

(20.0

)

30.7

 

(0.9

)

31.0

 

Value of prepaid swaps with cross-termination rights

 

(6.9

)

(11.7

)

(6.9

)

 

 

 

(25.5

)

Net excess/ (shortfall) including prepaid swaps

 

$

(2.9

)

$

4.4

 

$

(5.8

)

$

(20.0

)

$

30.7

 

$

(0.9

)

$

5.5

 

 


*                             Excludes Leapfrog monetization contract which is not expected to generate a shortfall due to the prepayment of interest.

**                      See discussion above under “Recent Events.”

 

The underlying stock and the equity collars are carried at fair market value on our consolidated balance sheets and the collateralized indebtedness is carried at its accreted value.  At maturity, the contracts provide for the option to deliver cash or shares of AT&T, Comcast, AT&T Wireless, Charter Communications, General Electric, Adelphia Communications, or Leapfrog stock (as the case may be), with a value determined by reference to the applicable stock price at maturity.

 

See “Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for information on how we participate in changes in the market price of the stocks underlying these derivative contracts.

 

All of our monetization transactions are obligations of our wholly-owned subsidiaries that are not part of the Restricted Group; however, in the General Electric, Adelphia Communications and Charter Communications transactions, CSC Holdings provided guarantees of the subsidiaries’ ongoing interest expense obligations and potential payments that could be due as a result of an early termination event (as defined in the agreements).  The guarantee exposure approximates the net sum of the fair value of the collateralized indebtedness less the sum of the fair values of the underlying stock and the equity collar.  All of our equity derivative contracts are carried at their current fair market value on our consolidated balance sheet with changes in value reflected in the consolidated statement of operations, and all of the counterparties to such transactions currently carry investment grade credit ratings.  As of September 30, 2004, the fair value of our equity derivative contracts was $516.0 million, a net receivable position.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, we recorded a net unrealized loss on all outstanding

 

I-52



 

equity derivative contracts of $8.9 million attributable to changes in market conditions during the period.  We also recorded an unrealized loss on our holdings of the underlying stocks of $8.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2004, as shown in the following table:

 

Fair Market Value of Equity Derivative Contracts

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair market value as of September 30, 2004

 

$

516,040

 

Less: fair market value at December 31, 2003

 

524,895

 

Unrealized loss due to changes in prevailing market conditions, net

 

$

(8,855

)

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss on underlying stock positions due to changes in prevailing market conditions, net

 

$

(8,687

)

 

In 2001, in connection with the AT&T and AT&T Wireless monetization contracts, CSC Holdings entered into prepaid interest rate swaps with a notional contract value of $1,115.0 million.  These contracts require CSC Holdings to pay floating rates of interest in exchange for receipt of fixed rate payments, the net present value of which was paid to CSC Holdings at the inception of the transaction in a total cash amount of $239.3 million.  These swaps have maturities in 2005 and 2006 that coincide with the related prepaid equity forward maturities.  Certain contracts provide for early termination of the prepaid interest rate swap in the event of an early termination of the related prepaid equity forward.

 

All of our prepaid interest rate swaps are carried at their current fair market values on our consolidated balance sheets with changes in value reflected in the consolidated statements of operations, and all of the counterparties to such transactions currently carry investment grade credit ratings.  As of September 30, 2004, the fair value of our prepaid interest rate derivative contracts was $50.0 million, a net payable position.  For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, we recorded a net gain on such derivative contracts of $1.1 million as detailed below:

 

Fair Market Value of Prepaid Interest Rate Derivative Contracts

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair market value as of September 30, 2004

 

$

(49,959

)

Less: fair market value at December 31, 2003

 

(65,753

)

Unrealized gain, net

 

15,794

 

Plus: realized loss resulting from net cash payments

 

(14,651

)

 

 

 

 

Net gain on prepaid interest rate swap contracts

 

$

1,143

 

 

In connection with the issuance of the Series A Exchangeable Participating Preferred Stock of CSC Holdings, we entered into an agreement with Quadrangle Capital Partners LP which granted Quadrangle the right to require us to purchase the preferred stock beginning in the third quarter of 2003 (“put option”) for cash or through the issuance of our registered equity securities at our option.  The exchange right and the put option had been accounted for as a derivative.  In August 2004, CSC Holdings redeemed the securities at a repurchase price of $150.3 million which was paid in cash.   The change in the fair value of the exchange right and put option of $31.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 has been reflected as a loss on derivative contracts in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

I-53



 

Related Party Transactions

 

We hold a 49.9% voting interest and certain preferential distribution rights in Northcoast Communications.  Northcoast Communications is controlled by John Dolan, a nephew of Charles F. Dolan and a cousin of James L. Dolan, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, respectively.  The operations of Northcoast Communications were not consolidated with those of the Company at December 31, 2003, however, pursuant to FIN 46, Northcoast Communications was consolidated beginning March 31, 2004.

 

In May 2003, Northcoast Communications completed its sale of PCS licenses to Verizon Wireless for approximately $763.0 million in cash.  Of the proceeds, approximately $51.0 million was used by Northcoast Communications to retire debt.  The remaining proceeds, after payment of expenses, were distributed to the partners of Northcoast Communications, including the Company.  Our share of the proceeds was approximately $651.0 million.  All of the funds we received were used to repay bank debt under our Restricted Group credit facility.

 

As a result of an agreement with Northcoast PCS, LLC (the other member in Northcoast Communications, an entity wholly-owned by John Dolan), payment of indemnification claims, if any, under the Northcoast Communications/Verizon agreement for which Northcoast Communications is responsible will be made by us.

 

Vendor financing for Northcoast Communications’ Cleveland operation consisted of a $75 million credit facility at Cleveland PCS, LLC.  This facility had no recourse to us or to Northcoast Communications, other than pursuant to a pledge by Northcoast Communications of the stock of Cleveland PCS and a guarantee of the payment by Northcoast Communications and Cablevision of the FCC indebtedness of the Cleveland PCS subsidiary which holds the Cleveland license.  In March 2004, Northcoast Communications agreed to sell its Cleveland PCS business to an unaffiliated entity.  The sale of Cleveland PCS was consummated in July 2004.  As of September 30, 2004, both the FCC indebtedness and the obligations of Cleveland PCS under the vendor financing were satisfied.

 

Fox Sports Net Ohio and Cleveland Indians Baseball Club Limited Partnership (the “Indians”) are parties to a multi-year rights agreement under which Fox Sports Net Ohio pays license fees to the Indians in exchange for telecast rights to substantially all regular season Indians games.  The Indians are owned by (i) Lawrence Dolan, a brother of Charles F. Dolan, the Company’s Chairman, (ii) a trust, the beneficiaries of which are Lawrence Dolan and certain descendants of Lawrence Dolan, and (iii) certain other trusts, the beneficiaries of which are certain descendants of Charles F. Dolan, including James L. Dolan, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, and Thomas C. Dolan and Patrick F. Dolan, officers of the Company and brothers of James L. Dolan. Management control of the Indians is held by Lawrence Dolan.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.  FIN 46, as revised in December 2003, addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities, which are entities that either (a) do not have equity investors with characteristics of a controlling financial interest, (b) equity investors do not have voting rights that are proportionate

 

I-54



 

to their economic interest, or (c) have equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities.  For all variable interest entities created prior to February 1, 2003, the Company was required to apply the provisions of FIN 46 by March 31, 2004.  For variable interest entities created subsequent to January 31, 2003, FIN 46 was effective in 2003.  Pursuant to FIN 46, the Company has consolidated its investment in Northcoast Communications, LLC at March 31, 2004 and its investment in DTV Norwich as of the date of the transaction.  In addition, the Company consolidated its investment in PVI Virtual Media Services LLC in the second quarter of 2004 in connection with an amendment to the LLC agreement which caused the Company to reconsider whether PVI Virtual Media Services was a variable interest entity.  PVI Virtual Media’s total assets and liabilities consolidated in the second quarter of 2004 amounted to approximately $15.0 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

 

In the second quarter of 2004, the Company implemented Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under FASB Statement No. 128.  EITF 03-6 requires convertible participating securities to be included in the computation of earnings per share using the “two-class” method.  The Company’s Series A Exchangeable Participating Preferred Stock was considered a convertible participating security.  When applicable, basic and diluted earnings per share would be restated to reflect the impact of utilizing the two-class method required by EITF 03-6.  The implementation of EITF 03-6 had no impact on earnings per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003.

 

In March 2004, the EITF ratified its consensus related to the application guidance within EITF Issue No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. EITF 03-1 applies to investments in debt and equity securities within the scope of FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and equity securities that are not subject to the scope of Statement No. 115 and not accounted for under the equity method under APB Opinion 18 and related interpretations. EITF 03-1 requires that a three-step model be applied in determining when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary and the measurement of an impairment loss.  The adoption of EITF 03-1 did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In March 2004, the EITF reached a consensus regarding Issue No. 03-16, Accounting for Investments in Limited Liability Companies.  EITF 03-16 requires investments in limited liability companies that have separate ownership accounts for each investor to be accounted for similar to a limited partnership investment under Statement of Position No. 78-9, Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures.  Investors would be required to apply the equity method of accounting to their investments at a much lower ownership threshold than the 20% threshold applied under Accounting Principles Board No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.  EITF 03-16 is effective for the first period beginning after June 15, 2004.  The adoption of EITF 03-16 did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

In September 2004, the SEC staff issued Topic D-108, Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets Other than Goodwill, which requires the direct method of separately valuing all intangible assets and does not permit goodwill to be included in franchise assets.   Topic D-108 requires the application of the direct value method to such assets acquired in business combinations completed after September 29, 2004.  Further, for registrants who have applied the residual method to the valuation of intangible assets for purposes of impairment testing should perform an impairment test using a direct value method on all intangible assets that were previously valued using the residual method by no later than the beginning of their first fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2004.  Impairments recognized upon application of Topic D-108 should be reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting.  The Company currently uses the direct value method for purposes of impairment testing of its indefinite-lived intangibles and therefore does not expect the adoption of Topic D-108 to have an impact on the Company's financial position on results of operations.

 

I-55



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

922,924

 

$

326,962

 

Accounts receivable trade (less allowance for doubtful accounts of $38,039 and $44,941)

 

368,372

 

355,835

 

Notes and other receivables, current

 

90,532

 

61,586

 

Note receivable, affiliate

 

5,102

 

12,877

 

Investment securities, current

 

3,770

 

5,874

 

Inventory

 

27,840

 

9,419

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

130,450

 

98,652

 

Feature film inventory, net

 

115,055

 

92,362

 

Deferred tax asset, current

 

55,654

 

66,649

 

Advances to affiliates

 

11,146

 

42,922

 

Investment securities pledged as collateral

 

256,627

 

 

Derivative contracts

 

207,786

 

 

Total current assets

 

2,195,258

 

1,073,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

4,413,563

 

4,593,210

 

Investments in affiliates

 

26,320

 

25,449

 

Investment securities pledged as collateral

 

959,184

 

1,224,498

 

Notes and other receivables

 

78,940

 

95,815

 

Derivative contracts

 

389,515

 

586,894

 

Other assets

 

53,267

 

63,272

 

Long-term feature film inventory, net

 

400,126

 

303,393

 

Deferred carriage fees, net

 

113,184

 

119,225

 

Franchises

 

731,848

 

731,848

 

Affiliation, broadcast and other agreements, net of accumulated amortization of $382,225 and $314,723

 

566,378

 

630,523

 

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $46,929 and $34,979

 

259,365

 

164,311

 

Excess costs over fair value of net assets acquired

 

1,471,114

 

1,471,114

 

Deferred financing and other costs, net of accumulated amortization of $56,155 and $61,783

 

116,347

 

117,831

 

 

 

$

11,774,409

 

$

11,200,521

 

 

See accompanying notes to

condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

II-1



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S DEFICIENCY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

366,605

 

$

334,283

 

Accrued liabilities

 

776,132

 

852,885

 

Accounts payable to affiliates

 

14,768

 

10,231

 

Deferred revenue, current

 

153,098

 

117,709

 

Feature film and contract obligations

 

107,777

 

92,206

 

Liabilities under derivative contracts

 

8,530

 

38,968

 

Current portion of bank debt

 

13,708

 

111,039

 

Current portion of collateralized indebtedness

 

455,700

 

 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

 

13,669

 

15,636

 

Total current liabilities

 

1,909,987

 

1,572,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Feature film and contract obligations, long-term

 

333,292

 

286,955

 

Deferred revenue

 

14,304

 

16,322

 

Deferred tax liability

 

129,482

 

290,647

 

Liabilities under derivative contracts

 

123,486

 

127,751

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

251,625

 

264,906

 

Bank debt, long-term

 

2,467,000

 

2,246,000

 

Collateralized indebtedness

 

1,203,565

 

1,617,620

 

Senior notes and debentures

 

4,491,265

 

3,692,699

 

Senior subordinated debentures

 

746,134

 

599,203

 

Notes payable

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

Capital lease obligations, long-term

 

61,783

 

69,220

 

Series H Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock

 

 

434,181

 

Series M Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock

 

 

1,110,113

 

Deficit investment in affiliates

 

53,973

 

41,111

 

Minority interests

 

659,882

 

580,766

 

Total liabilities

 

12,595,778

 

13,100,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Exchangeable Participating Preferred Stock

 

 

80,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholder’s deficiency:

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, 200,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, 200,000 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

8% Series D Cumulative Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 112,500 shares authorized, none issued ($100 per share liquidation preference)

 

 

 

Common Stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 6,429,987 and 5,258,056 shares issued

 

64

 

53

 

Paid-in capital

 

2,326,532

 

829,801

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(3,147,013

)

(2,808,833

)

 

 

(820,417

)

(1,978,979

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(952

)

(952

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s deficiency

 

(821,369

)

(1,979,931

)

 

 

$

11,774,409

 

$

11,200,521

 

 

See accompanying notes to

condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

II-2



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

1,169,029

 

$

975,766

 

$

3,568,430

 

$

2,949,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Technical and operating (excluding depreciation and amortization)

 

508,982

 

412,639

 

1,664,317

 

1,303,734

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

313,865

 

262,150

 

960,773

 

780,968

 

Other operating expense (income)

 

83

 

(9,036

)

(95,757

)

(9,036

)

Restructuring charges (credits)

 

(1,203

)

8,004

 

2,186

 

11,423

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

277,189

 

282,013

 

817,292

 

785,048

 

 

 

1,098,916

 

955,770

 

3,348,811

 

2,872,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

70,113

 

19,996

 

219,619

 

77,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

(146,263

)

(171,496

)

(477,932

)

(435,399

)

Interest income

 

2,658

 

4,051

 

4,866

 

17,879

 

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

 

(6,234

)

(2,918

)

(7,349

)

437,780

 

Loss on sale of cable assets

 

 

(13,644

)

 

(13,644

)

Write-off of deferred financing costs

 

(12,694

)

 

(18,961

)

 

Gain (loss) on investments, net

 

6,280

 

52,810

 

(9,906

)

210,858

 

Gain (loss) on derivative contracts, net

 

21,623

 

(39,531

)

(34,049

)

(165,782

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

(72,495

)

 

Minority interests

 

(13,966

)

(13,687

)

(64,834

)

(36,074

)

Miscellaneous, net

 

(23

)

(115

)

(89

)

(2,307

)

 

 

(148,619

)

(184,530

)

(680,749

)

13,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and dividend requirements

 

(78,506

)

(164,534

)

(461,130

)

91,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

31,836

 

51,337

 

136,201

 

(83,125

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before dividend requirements

 

(46,670

)

(113,197

)

(324,929

)

7,913

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend requirements applicable to preferred stock

 

 

(1,951

)

 

(92,260

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

(46,670

)

(115,148

)

(324,929

)

(84,347

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

8,316

 

(5,815

)

(13,392

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss applicable to common shareholder before extraordinary item

 

(46,670

)

(106,832

)

(330,744

)

(97,739

)

Extraordinary loss on investment, net of taxes

 

 

 

(7,436

)

 

Net loss

 

$

(46,670

)

$

(106,832

)

$

(338,180

)

$

(97,739

)

 

See accompanying notes to

condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

II-3



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 (Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before dividend requirements

 

$

(324,929

)

$

7,913

 

Adjustments to reconcile income (loss) from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

817,292

 

785,048

 

Non-cash other operating income

 

(41,788

)

 

Equity in net (income) loss of affiliates

 

7,349

 

(437,780

)

Loss on sale of cable assets

 

 

13,644

 

Minority interests

 

64,834

 

36,074

 

Unrealized loss (gain) on investments, net

 

10,435

 

(210,858

)

Write-off of deferred financing costs and discounts on indebtedness

 

19,733

 

 

Unrealized loss on derivative contracts

 

25,217

 

142,064

 

Amortization and write-off of feature film inventory

 

82,788

 

51,156

 

Amortization of deferred financing, discounts on indebtedness and other deferred costs

 

81,677

 

66,709

 

Compensation expense related to issuance of restricted stock

 

25,376

 

16,330

 

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

 

(140,982

)

95,709

 

Changes in other assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions

 

(199,809

)

(258,670

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

427,193

 

307,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

(554,641

)

(661,937

)

Payment for acquisitions

 

(84,738

)

(250,406

)

Proceeds from sale of equipment

 

1,039

 

7,090

 

Decrease (increase) in investment securities and other investments

 

(237

)

3,105

 

Additions to intangible assets

 

(14,660

)

(1,750

)

Increase in investments in affiliates, net

 

32,615

 

445,426

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(620,622

)

(458,472

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from bank debt

 

3,188,208

 

1,314,082

 

Repayment of bank debt

 

(3,064,539

)

(1,357,287

)

Issuance of senior notes

 

1,293,922

 

 

Redemption of preferred stock

 

(1,694,622

)

 

Redemption of senior subordinated debentures

 

(350,000

)

 

Net proceeds from collateralized indebtedness

 

 

330,728

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

(87,259

)

Capital contribution from Cablevision

 

1,469,250

 

53,210

 

Distribution to minority partner

 

(1,748

)

 

Payments on capital lease obligations and other debt

 

(12,356

)

(12,677

)

Additions to deferred financing

 

(38,724

)

(6,016

)

Issuance of preferred stock

 

 

75,000

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

789,391

 

309,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations

 

595,962

 

158,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net effect of discontinued operations on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(32,284

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

326,962

 

125,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

922,924

 

$

252,304

 

 

See accompanying notes to

condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

II-4



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1.                                                 BUSINESS

 

CSC Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” or “CSC Holdings”), is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation (“Cablevision”).  The Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries own and operate cable television systems and, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Rainbow Media Holdings LLC, have ownership interests in companies that produce and distribute national and regional entertainment and sports programming services, including Madison Square Garden, L.P.  The Company also owns companies that provide advertising sales services for the cable television industry, provide switched telephone service, operate motion picture theaters and provide direct broadcast satellite service. The Company classifies its business interests into four segments: Telecommunications Services, consisting principally of its cable television, telephone, high-speed data and Voice over Internet Protocol services operations; Rainbow, consisting principally of interests in national and regional cable television programming networks; Madison Square Garden, which owns and operates professional sports teams, regional cable television networks, live productions and entertainment venues; and Rainbow DBS, which consists of our direct broadcast satellite service and the 21 high definition channels currently carried exclusively by this service.

 

NOTE 2.                                                 BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X for interim financial information.  Accordingly, these statements do not include all the information and notes required for complete financial statements.

 

The financial statements as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 presented in this Form 10-Q are unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, such statements include all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods presented.

 

The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for future interim periods or for the full year ending December 31, 2004.

 

The interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

II-5



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 3.                                                 RECLASSIFICATIONS

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2003 financial statements to conform to the 2004 presentation.

 

NOTE 4.                                                 COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

Comprehensive loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 equals the net loss for the respective periods.

 

NOTE 5.                                                 LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

 

Net loss per common share is not presented since the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Cablevision.

 

NOTE 6.                                                 CASH FLOWS

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers short-term investments with a maturity at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003, the Company’s non-cash investing and financing activities and other supplemental data were as follows:

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

$

2,952

 

$

10,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Data:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash interest paid, net – continuing operations

 

447,837

 

369,902

 

Cash interest paid, net – discontinued operations

 

 

525

 

Income taxes paid, net

 

5,289

 

6,772

 

Restricted cash

 

35,924

 

7,256

 

 

NOTE 7.                                                 TRANSACTIONS

 

In January 2004, Rainbow DBS, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, invested $100 for a 49% interest in DTV Norwich, an entity that acquired licenses at auction from the FCC to provide multichannel video distribution and data service (“MVDDS”) in 46 metropolitan areas in the United States.  In connection with the equity investment, the Company loaned DTV Norwich an additional $84,600 for the acquisition of these licenses (the “DTV Norwich Transaction”).  Under the terms of the promissory note with DTV Norwich, the loan was forgiven when the FCC granted the MVDDS licenses to DTV Norwich on July 27, 2004 and September 23, 2004.

 

II-6



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

Rainbow DBS also agreed to a put/call option with the other investor in DTV Norwich.  Rainbow DBS had a call option to purchase an additional 41% membership interest in DTV Norwich at an exercise price of $4,230.  Rainbow DBS exercised its call option on October 29, 2004.  Rainbow DBS will need FCC approval to acquire the 41% membership interest because the acquisition would give Rainbow DBS control of this entity.  The other investor has the right, for ten years, to put its remaining 10% interest to Rainbow DBS at fair value to be determined by a process involving independent valuation experts.

 

Pursuant to FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, this entity was consolidated with the Company as of the date of the transaction since it does not have sufficient equity to demonstrate that it can finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.  The acquired licenses have been recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as other intangible assets and are deemed to have an indefinite life.  Since this variable interest entity is not considered a business pursuant to FIN 46, the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid and the newly consolidated non-controlling interest over the fair value of the newly consolidated identifiable assets, of $7,436 net of taxes of $5,384, was recorded as an extraordinary loss in the first quarter of 2004.

 

NOTE 8.                                                 NET ASSETS HELD FOR SALE AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

 In accordance with the provisions of FIN 46, the assets and liabilities attributable to the Company’s 49.9% interest in Northcoast Communications, LLC (a wireless personal communications business) were consolidated and classified as assets and liabilities held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2004.  Northcoast Communications’ consolidated net assets consisted solely of the net assets of its Cleveland PCS subsidiary.  Vendor financing for the Cleveland PCS business consisted of a $75,000 credit facility at Cleveland PCS, LLC.  This facility had no recourse to the Company or to Northcoast Communications, other than pursuant to a pledge by Northcoast Communications of the stock of Cleveland PCS and a guarantee of the payment by Northcoast Communications and the Company of the FCC indebtedness of the Cleveland PCS subsidiary which held the Cleveland PCS license.  In March 2004, Northcoast Communications agreed to sell its Cleveland PCS business to an unaffiliated entity.  The FCC indebtedness was fully repaid by Cleveland PCS in the second quarter of 2004.  The sale of Cleveland PCS was consummated in July 2004 and the obligations of Cleveland PCS under the vendor financing were satisfied.  The Company did not record any gain or loss in connection with the sale.  The net assets sold consisted of the following:

 

Cash, receivables, inventory, prepaid and other assets

 

$

15,245

 

Property, equipment and PCS licenses

 

46,825

 

Total assets sold

 

$

62,070

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

15,212

 

Other liabilities

 

46,858

 

Total liabilities sold

 

$

62,070

 

 

II-7



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

The operating results and adjustments to the gains on the transfer of the retail electronics stores in March 2003 and the sale of the Bravo programming business in December 2002, have been classified as discontinued operations, net of taxes, in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for all periods presented.  Operating results of discontinued operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2004

 

 

 

Retail
Electronics

 

Bravo

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(5,678

)

$

(1,823

)

$

(7,501

)

Income tax benefit

 

920

 

766

 

1,686

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(4,758

)

$

(1,057

)

$

(5,815

)

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2004, the Company recorded losses, net of taxes, of approximately $1,057, representing the finalization of film asset adjustments that relate to the sale of the Bravo programming business in December 2002.  In addition, the Company recorded losses, net of taxes, of approximately $4,758 for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 that related primarily to estimated legal and payroll tax settlements in connection with the transfer of the retail electronics business in March 2003.

 

 

 

Retail Electronics

 

 

 

Three Months

 

Nine months

 

 

 

Ended September 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues, net

 

$

 

$

30,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(198

)

$

(19,560

)

Income tax benefit

 

8,514

 

6,168

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

8,316

 

$

(13,392

)

 

The net income (loss) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003, includes income (loss) on the disposal of the retail electronics business, net of taxes, of $8,316 and $(6,292), respectively.

 

NOTE 9.                                                 RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.  FIN 46, as revised in December 2003, addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities, which are entities that either (a) do not have equity investors with characteristics of a controlling financial interest, (b) equity investors do not have voting rights that are proportionate to their economic interest, or (c) have equity investors that do not provide sufficient financial resources for the entity to support its activities.  For all variable interest entities created prior to February 1, 2003, the Company was required to apply the provisions of FIN 46 by March 31, 2004.  For variable interest entities created subsequent to January 31, 2003, FIN 46 was effective

 

II-8



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

in 2003.  The Company consolidated its investment in Northcoast Communications at March 31, 2004 and its investment in DTV Norwich as of the date of the DTV Norwich Transaction.  In addition, the Company consolidated its investment in PVI Virtual Media Services LLC in the second quarter of 2004 in connection with an amendment to the LLC agreement which caused the Company to reconsider whether PVI Virtual Media was a variable interest entity.  PVI Virtual Media markets a real time video insertion system that through patented technology places computer generated electronic images into television broadcasts of sporting events and other programming.  PVI Virtual Media’s total assets and liabilities consolidated in the second quarter of 2004 amounted to approximately $15,000 and $4,000, respectively.

 

In March 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) ratified its consensus related to the application guidance within EITF Issue No. 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. EITF 03-1 applies to investments in debt and equity securities within the scope of FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and equity securities that are not subject to the scope of Statement No. 115 and not accounted for under the equity method under APB Opinion 18 and related interpretations. EITF 03-1 requires that a three-step model be applied in determining when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary and the measurement of an impairment loss.  The adoption of EITF 03-1 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004.

 

In March 2004, the EITF reached a consensus regarding Issue No. 03-16, Accounting for Investments in Limited Liability Companies.  EITF 03-16 requires investments in limited liability companies that have separate ownership accounts for each investor to be accounted for similar to a limited partnership investment under Statement of Position No. 78-9, Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures.  Investors would be required to apply the equity method of accounting to their investments at a much lower ownership threshold than the 20% threshold applied under Accounting Principles Board No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.  EITF 03-16 is effective for the first period beginning after June 15, 2004.  The adoption of EITF 03-16 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004.

 

NOTE 10.                                          DEBT

 

In March 2004, borrowings under the Madison Square Garden (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regional Programming Partners) credit facility were repaid in full and the credit facility was terminated with proceeds from an equity contribution from Regional Programming Partners, a 60% owned subsidiary of Rainbow Media Holdings.  The Company wrote off approximately $1,187 of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the termination of the credit facility.

 

In April 2004, Cablevision issued $1,000,000 face amount of 8% senior notes due 2012 and $500,000 face amount of floating rate senior notes due 2009.  The net proceeds of $1,469,250

 

II-9



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

were used by Cablevision to purchase 1,171,931 shares of the Company’s common stock.  In addition, CSC Holdings issued $500,000 face amount of 6-3/4% senior notes due 2012.

 

In May 2004, CSC Holdings redeemed all of the following securities: its 11-3/4% Series H Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock; its 11-1/8% Series M Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock; its 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2013; and its 9-7/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2023.  In connection with the redemptions, the Company recognized a loss of $72,495 representing primarily the redemption premiums paid.  In addition, the Company wrote off $5,080 of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with these redemptions.

 

In August 2004, Rainbow National Services LLC (“RNS”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Rainbow Media Enterprises (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rainbow Media Holdings) which owns the common equity interests in the Company’s three national programming services –AMC, WE: Women’s Entertainment and The Independent Film Channel (“IFC”), entered into a $950,000 senior secured credit facility ($350,000 of which is a revolving credit facility and $600,000 of which is a term loan facility) and issued $300,000 aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior notes due 2012 and $500,000 aggregate principal amount of 10 3/8% senior subordinated notes due 2014.  The RNS credit facility is secured by the assets and stock of AMC, WE and IFC and guaranteed by AMC, WE and IFC, and Rainbow Programming Holdings, RNS’s direct parent.  The RNS credit facility contains certain covenants that require the maintenance of financial ratios (as defined in the credit facility) as well as restrictions on distributions, additional indebtedness, and liens.  The maximum total leverage ratio per the credit facility is 6.75 times the cash flow (as defined) of AMC, IFC and WE through 2006.  The revolving credit facility requires commitment reductions beginning December 31, 2009 through September 30, 2011.  The term loan requires quarterly amortization payments beginning June 30, 2005 through March 31, 2012.  Borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin based upon the leverage ratio.  Amounts under the term loan bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%.  There were no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2004.

 

In connection with the RNS financing, RNS distributed approximately $704,900 to Rainbow Media Holdings which it used to repay all outstanding amounts under its credit facility and collateralize outstanding letters of credit.  The Company wrote off approximately $12,694 of unamortized deferred financing costs in connection with the termination of the credit facility.

 

The Company has outstanding guarantees of $23,400 consisting primarily of guarantees by CSC Holdings in favor of certain financial institutions in respect of ongoing interest expense obligations and potential early termination events in connection with the monetization, by certain of its subsidiaries that are not included in the Restricted Group, of the Company’s holdings of Charter Communications, Inc., General Electric Company, and Adelphia Communications Corporation common stock. Amounts payable under such monetization guarantees are estimated as of a particular point in time by the financial institution counterparty and are based upon the current price of the underlying common stock and various other assumptions, including stock market volatility and prevailing interest rates. Such guaranteed amounts approximate the fair

 

II-10



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

value of the monetization indebtedness less the sum of the fair values of the underlying stock and the equity collar as reflected in the Company’s accompanying balance sheet, plus accrued interest.

 

NOTE 11.                                          INCOME TAXES

 

The income tax benefit attributable to continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 of $136,201 differs from the income tax benefit derived from applying the statutory federal rate to the pretax loss due principally to the impact of non-deductible preferred stock dividends, the non-deductible premiums paid upon the redemptions of preferred stock, a non-deductible expense related to the exchange right and put option related to the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, an increase in the valuation allowance of $3,483 and state taxes.

 

The income tax expense attributable to continuing operations of $83,125 for the nine months ended September 30, 2003, differs from the income tax expense derived from applying the statutory federal rate to pretax income due principally to the impact of non-deductible preferred stock dividends, a non-deductible expense related to the exchange right and put option related to the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, an adjustment to the deferred tax rate, and state taxes.

 

NOTE 12.                                          RESTRUCTURING

 

The following table summarizes the accrued restructuring liability related to the 2001 restructuring plan for continuing operations:

 

 

 

Employee
Severance

 

Facility
Realignment
and Other Costs

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

$

3

 

$

19,212

 

$

19,215

 

Additional credits

 

 

(4,143

)

(4,143

)

Payments

 

(3

)

(5,938

)

(5,941

)

Balance at September 30, 2004

 

$

 

$

9,131

 

$

9,131

 

 

The following table summarizes the accrued restructuring liability related to the 2002 restructuring plan for continuing operations:

 

 

 

Employee
Severance

 

Facility
Realignment
and Other Costs

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

$

207

 

$

39,623

 

$

39,830

 

Additional charges (credits)

 

(14

)

765

 

751

 

Payments

 

(139

)

(8,210

)

(8,349

)

Balance at September 30, 2004

 

$

54

 

$

32,178

 

$

32,232

 

 

II-11



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

The following table summarizes the accrued restructuring liability related to the 2003 restructuring plan for continuing operations:

 

 

 

Employee
Severance

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

$

2,258

 

Additional charges

 

138

 

Payments

 

(2,105

)

Balance at September 30, 2004

 

$

291

 

 

In connection with the acquisition of Fox Sports Networks’ 50% interest in Fox Sports Net Chicago in December 2003, the Company consolidated a restructuring liability of $380 relating to facility realignment costs.  As of September 30, 2004, no payments were made against this liability.

 

During 2004, the Company recorded restructuring charges aggregating $5,440, associated with the elimination of certain positions in various business units of the Company.  As of September 30, 2004, approximately $3,364 of these charges was paid.

 

At September 30, 2004, approximately $42,228 of the total restructuring liability was classified as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

NOTE 13.                                          INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The following table summarizes information relating to the Company’s acquired intangible assets at September 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003:

 

 

 

September 30,
2004

 

December 31,
2003

 

Gross carrying amount of amortizable intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliation agreements

 

$

786,901

 

$

794,186

 

Broadcast rights

 

152,944

 

142,302

 

Player contracts

 

8,758

 

8,758

 

Other intangibles

 

212,278

 

197,391

 

 

 

1,160,881

 

1,142,637

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliation agreements

 

305,648

 

248,595

 

Broadcast rights

 

68,122

 

58,507

 

Player contracts

 

8,455

 

7,621

 

Other intangibles

 

46,929

 

34,979

 

 

 

429,154

 

349,702

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Franchises

 

731,848

 

731,848

 

FCC licenses and other intangibles

 

94,016

 

1,899

 

Excess costs over the fair value of net assets acquired

 

1,471,114

 

1,471,114

 

 

 

2,296,978

 

2,204,861

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total intangibles

 

$

3,028,705

 

$

2,997,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate amortization expense

 

 

 

 

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2004 and year ended December 31, 2003

 

$

79,469

 

$

82,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated amortization expense

 

 

 

 

 

Year ending December 31, 2004

 

 

 

$

103,039

 

Year ending December 31, 2005

 

 

 

90,129

 

Year ending December 31, 2006

 

 

 

86,393

 

Year ending December 31, 2007

 

 

 

84,543

 

Year ending December 31, 2008

 

 

 

83,600

 

 

II-12



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

Certain reclassifications have been made in the 2004 period to reflect changes to the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to intangible assets acquired in connection with Regional Programming Partners’ acquisition of Fox Sports Networks’ 50% interest in each of Fox Sports Net Chicago and Fox Sports Net Bay Area in December 2003.

 

Rainbow DBS does not have funding available for the construction and launch of the five Ka-band satellites for which Rainbow DBS has FCC authorization, or for the two Ku-band satellites necessary to exploit the Ku-band DBS frequencies for which it was the high bidder at a July 2004 FCC auction, or for the build-out of the infrastructure to exploit the MVDDS licenses acquired by DTV Norwich.  The Company expects to use a portion of the proceeds from the August 2004 RNS debt financings or borrowings under the revolving credit facility of RNS to pay for the early stage development costs for these projects. However, Rainbow DBS does not currently have any funding available to construct and launch the Ka-band or Ku-band satellites or to build-out the MVDDS infrastructure and there can be no assurance that Rainbow DBS will be able to obtain any funding for these purposes.  It is possible that funding might come from, among other sources, (i) vendor or other third party financings; (ii) the proceeds from the August 2004 RNS debt financings or borrowings under the revolving credit facility of RNS; (iii) additional borrowings or debt issuances by RNS; (iv) third party cash investments; and (v) asset sales, or a combination of some or all of these sources.

 

NOTE 14.                                          BENEFIT PLANS

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued a revision to Statement No. 132 (“Statement 132R”), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.  Statement 132R requires additional disclosure regarding certain aspects of pension plans including, but not limited to, asset and investment strategy, expected employer contributions and expected benefit payments.  Statement 132R also requires certain disclosures for interim periods.  The disclosure requirements of Statement 132R were effective for financial statements of periods ending after December 15, 2003; therefore, the Company has modified its disclosures as required.

 

The Company has a Cash Balance Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) for the benefit of employees other than those of the theater business.  The Retirement Plan is a defined benefit plan, under which participants earn benefits related to their compensation during their career.  Benefits earned each year will grow annually at a nominal rate of interest.  Components of the net periodic pension cost for the Retirement Plan for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

6,219

 

$

5,737

 

$

18,687

 

$

17,211

 

Interest cost

 

1,266

 

1,025

 

3,804

 

3,073

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(1,521

)

(1,052

)

(4,559

)

(3,154

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

5,964

 

$

5,710

 

$

17,932

 

$

17,130

 

 

The Company previously disclosed in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003, that it expected to contribute approximately $26,900 to its Retirement Plan in 2004.  As of September 30, 2004, contributions of approximately $20,800 have been made.

 

II-13



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 15.                                          SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that are managed separately.  The Company evaluates segment performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is business segment adjusted operating cash flow (defined as operating income (loss) before depreciation and amortization, stock plan income or expense and restructuring charges or credits).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revenues, net from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications Services

 

$

788,256

 

$

693,515

 

$

2,303,501

 

$

1,992,338

 

Rainbow

 

280,253

 

190,424

 

835,337

 

555,643

 

Madison Square Garden

 

110,227

 

107,780

 

480,564

 

449,380

 

Rainbow DBS

 

5,920

 

 

9,621

 

 

All other

 

25,811

 

20,955

 

62,687

 

61,700

 

Intersegment eliminations

 

(41,438

)

(36,908

)

(123,280

)

(109,197

)

Total

 

$

1,169,029

 

$

975,766

 

$

3,568,430

 

$

2,949,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating cash flow from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecommunications Services

 

$

317,438

 

$

274,159

 

$

901,784

 

$

773,328

 

Rainbow

 

86,096

 

52,592

 

245,357

 

127,309

 

Madison Square Garden

 

15,173

 

16,238

 

115,217

 

39,543

 

Rainbow DBS

 

(60,376

)

(29,448

)

(177,152

)

(34,590

)

All Other

 

(5,477

)

(2,100

)

(29,210

)

(9,772

)

Total

 

$

352,854

 

$

311,441

 

$

1,055,996

 

$

895,818

 

 

II-14



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

A reconciliation of reportable segment amounts to the Company’s consolidated balances is as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
September 30,

 

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

2004

 

2003

 

Revenues, net from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue for reportable segments

 

$

1,184,656

 

$

991,719

 

$

3,629,023

 

$

2,997,361

 

Other revenue and intersegment eliminations

 

(15,627

)

(15,953

)

(60,593

)

(47,497

)

Total consolidated revenue

 

$

1,169,029

 

$

975,766

 

$

3,568,430

 

$

2,949,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating cash flow to loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total adjusted operating cash flow for reportable segments

 

$

358,331

 

$

313,541

 

$

1,085,206

 

$

905,590

 

All other adjusted operating cash flow

 

(5,477

)

(2,100

)

(29,210

)

(9,772

)

Items excluded from adjusted operating cash flow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(277,189

)

(282,013

)

(817,292

)

(785,048

)

Stock plan expense

 

(6,755

)

(1,428

)

(16,899

)

(21,620

)

Restructuring credits (charges)

 

1,203

 

(8,004

)

(2,186

)

(11,423

)

Interest expense

 

(146,263

)

(171,496

)

(477,932

)

(435,399

)

Interest income

 

2,658

 

4,051

 

4,866

 

17,879

 

Equity in net income (loss) of affiliates

 

(6,234

)

(2,918

)

(7,349

)

437,780

 

Loss of sale of cable assets

 

 

(13,644

)

 

(13,644

)

Write-off of deferred financing costs

 

(12,694

)

 

(18,961

)

 

Gain (loss) on investments, net

 

6,280

 

52,810

 

(9,906

)

210,858

 

Gain (loss) on derivative contracts, net

 

21,623

 

(39,531

)

(34,049

)

(165,782

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

(72,495

)

 

Minority interests

 

(13,966

)

(13,687

)

(64,834

)

(36,074

)

Miscellaneous, net

 

(23

)

(115

)

(89

)

(2,307

)

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and dividend requirements

 

$

(78,506

)

$

(164,534

)

$

(461,130

)

$

91,038

 

 

Substantially all revenues and assets of the Company’s reportable segments are attributed to or located in the United States.

 

The Company does not have a single external customer which represents 10 percent or more of its consolidated revenues.

 

NOTE 16.                                          LEGAL MATTERS

 

The Company is party to various lawsuits, some involving substantial amounts.  Although the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the resolution of these lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

 

II-15



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

At Home

 

On April 25, 2001, At Home Corporation commenced a lawsuit in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware alleging that Cablevision had breached its obligations under certain agreements with At Home.  The suit sought a variety of remedies including:  rescission of the agreements between At Home and Cablevision and cancellation of all warrants held by Cablevision, damages, and/or an order prohibiting Cablevision from continuing to offer its Optimum Online service and requiring it to convert its Optimum Online customers to the Optimum@Home service and to roll out the Optimum@Home service.  On September 28, 2001, At Home filed a petition for reorganization in federal bankruptcy court.  In connection with the liquidation of At Home, the claims in this lawsuit, among others, were assigned to the General Unsecured Creditors Liquidated Trust (“GUCLT”).

 

On June 26, 2003, the GUCLT initiated a separate action against Cablevision in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California.  The California action stems from a May 1997 agreement between Cablevision and At Home that is no longer in effect.  The GUCLT seeks monetary damages of “at least $12,500” due to the claimed failure by Cablevision to make alleged required payments to At Home during the 2001 calendar year.  Cablevision has denied the material allegations of the complaint and sought a declaration that its potential liability, if any, is limited to payments for services actually provided by At Home net of all appropriate offsets.

 

On July 29, 2003, based on an agreed Stipulation filed jointly by Cablevision and the GUCLT, the Court dismissed the Delaware action with prejudice, other than solely with respect to the specific claims brought by the GUCLT in the California action.

 

In August 2004, Cablevision filed a motion for summary judgment seeking a declaration as to certain matters of contractual interpretation.  On October 26, 2004, the federal district court denied the motion on the ground that disputed issues of material fact exist that could not be resolved at the summary judgment stage.

 

YES Network

 

On April 29, 2002, Yankees Entertainment & Sports Network, LLC (the “YES Network”) filed a complaint and, on September 24, 2002, an amended complaint against the Company in the United States District Court, Southern District of New York.  The lawsuit arose from the failure of the YES Network and the Company to reach agreement on the carriage of programming of the YES Network (primarily New York Yankees baseball games and New Jersey Nets basketball games) on the Company’s cable television systems.  The amended complaint alleged a variety of anticompetitive acts and sought declaratory judgments as to violations of laws, treble damages and injunctive relief, including an injunction requiring the Company to carry the YES Network on its cable television systems.  The Company believes that the claims set forth in the complaint were without merit.  On June 28, 2004, a stipulated Order was entered dismissing all claims with prejudice.

 

II-16



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

On March 31, 2003, YES Network and Cablevision reached an agreement pursuant to which Cablevision began carrying programming of the YES Network.  Under this agreement, Cablevision agreed to carry the YES Network programming for one year under interim arrangements while the parties sought to finalize the terms of a definitive long-term affiliation agreement and/or submitted the matter to arbitration.  The matter was ultimately submitted to arbitration.  The hearing before the arbitration panel ended in March 2004 and, through the arbitrators’ decision and a new written agreement by the parties, established the terms for a definitive long-term affiliation agreement that is effective retroactively to March 31, 2003.

 

As part of the original March 31, 2003 agreement, Cablevision agreed to pay YES Network for certain revenue reductions and expenses that YES Network experienced while the interim agreement was in place, under the “most favored nations” provisions of YES Network’s affiliation agreements with certain other distributors.  In light of the arbitration decision, no further indemnification payments are being made and appropriate refunds as to amounts already paid are expected.

 

Tracking Stock Litigation

 

In August 2002, purported class actions naming as defendants the Company and each of its directors were filed in the Delaware Chancery Court.  The actions, which allege breach of fiduciary duties and breach of contract with respect to the exchange of the Rainbow Media Group tracking stock for Cablevision NY Group common stock, were purportedly brought on behalf of all holders of publicly traded shares of Rainbow Media Group tracking stock.  The actions sought to (i) enjoin the exchange of Rainbow Media Group tracking stock for Cablevision NY Group common stock, (ii) enjoin any sales of “Rainbow Media Group assets,” or, in the alternative, award rescissory damages, (iii) if the exchange is completed, rescind it or award rescissory damages, (iv) award compensatory damages, and (v) award costs and disbursements.  The actions were consolidated into one action on September 17, 2002, and on October 3, 2002, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated action.  The action was stayed by agreement of the parties pending resolution of a related action brought by one of the plaintiffs to compel the inspection of certain books and records of the Company.  On October 26, 2004, the parties entered into a stipulation dismissing the related action, and providing for the Company’s production of certain documents.  The parties also entered into a stipulation setting the schedule for the filing of an amended consolidated complaint and also setting forth a schedule for the filing of an answer or a motion to dismiss.  The Company anticipates that the plaintiff will file a consolidated amended complaint on December 13, 2004.  The Company believes the claims are without merit and intends to contest the lawsuits vigorously.

 

In August 2003, a purported class action naming as defendants the Company, directors and officers of the Company and certain current and former officers and employees of the Company’s Rainbow Media Holdings and American Movie Classics subsidiaries was filed in New York Supreme Court by the Teachers Retirement System of Louisiana.  The actions relate to the August 2002 Rainbow Media Group tracking stock exchange and allege, among other things, that the exchange ratio was based upon a price of the Rainbow Media Group tracking stock that was artificially deflated as a result of the improper recognition of certain expenses at the national

 

II-17



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

services division of Rainbow Media Holdings.  The complaint alleges breaches by the individual defendants of fiduciary duties.  The complaint also alleges breaches of contract and unjust enrichment by the Company.  The complaint seeks monetary damages and such other relief as the court deems just and proper.  The Company intends to contest the lawsuit vigorously.  On October 31, 2003, the Company and other defendants moved to stay the action in favor of the previously filed actions pending in Delaware or, in the alternative, to dismiss for failure to state a claim.  On June 10, 2004, the court stayed the action until a review by the court at the earlier of a decision in the previously filed actions in Delaware on the pending motion to dismiss in those actions or at a conference before the court on November 10, 2004.

 

Time Warner Litigation

 

On November 14, 2003, American Movie Classics filed an action against Time Warner Entertainment, L.P. in New York State Supreme Court for declaratory relief and damages caused by Time Warner’s anticipatory repudiation of its cable television affiliation agreement with American Movie Classics.  American Movie Classics filed that action as a result of Time Warner’s notice purporting to terminate the contract based upon their allegation that American Movie Classics had changed its programming.  The Company believes the notice was improper.  American Movie Classics is seeking a declaratory judgment that it is entitled to full performance of the agreement, and, at its option, is entitled to rescind the agreement and recover damages.  Time Warner filed an answer and counterclaims in December 2003 that, among other things, seeks a declaratory judgment as to its right to terminate the affiliation agreement, an injunction requiring American Movie Classics to deliver a classic films channel and damages for an alleged breach of contract.

 

Accounting Related Investigations

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York continue to conduct investigations into matters related to the improper expense recognition previously reported by the Company.  In July 2004, in connection with the Company’s response to the comments of the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Securities and Exchange Commission on the Company’s filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company provided information with respect to certain of its previous restatement adjustments relating to the timing of recognition of launch support, marketing and other payments under affiliation agreements.

 

NOTE 17.                                          PREFERRED STOCK

 

In February 2003, Quadrangle Capital Partners LP, a private investment firm, invested $75,000 in CSC Holdings, in the form of 10% Series A Exchangeable Participating Preferred Stock convertible into Cablevision NY Group Class A common stock.  In connection with the issuance of the Series A preferred stock to Quadrangle, CSC Holdings entered into an agreement with Quadrangle which granted Quadrangle the right to require CSC Holdings to purchase the preferred stock (“put option”) for cash or through the issuance of registered equity securities of Cablevision, at CSC Holdings’ option.  The exchange right and the put option had been

 

II-18



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

accounted for as a derivative.  In October 2003, Quadrangle exercised its “put option” to require CSC Holdings to purchase all of its Series A preferred stock.  The parties entered into an agreement that the put price was $150,328.  The put price was paid in cash by CSC Holdings in August 2004.

 

The change in the fair value of the exchange right and put option of $31,709 for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 has been reflected as a loss on derivative contracts in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

NOTE 18.                                          DISCLOSURES ABOUT THE FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The fair value of the Company’s debt instruments are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

September 30, 2004

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Debt instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

Bank debt

 

$

2,480,708

 

$

2,480,708

 

Collateralized indebtedness

 

1,659,265

 

1,699,547

 

Senior notes and debentures

 

4,491,265

 

4,680,630

 

Senior subordinated notes and debentures

 

746,134

 

803,450

 

Notes payable

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

$

9,527,372

 

$

9,814,335

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2003

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Debt instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

Bank debt

 

$

2,357,039

 

$

2,357,039

 

Collateralized indebtedness

 

1,617,620

 

1,699,530

 

Senior notes and debentures

 

3,692,699

 

3,879,551

 

Senior subordinated notes and debentures

 

599,203

 

649,293

 

Redeemable exchangeable preferred stock

 

1,544,294

 

1,611,615

 

Notes payable

 

150,000

 

150,000

 

 

 

$

9,960,855

 

$

10,347,028

 

 

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

NOTE 19.                                          OTHER MATTERS

 

In the second quarter of 2004, Madison Square Garden received $54,052 in cash in connection with the New York Mets’ termination of their broadcast rights agreement with Madison Square Garden.  The termination of the rights agreement will be effective after the 2005 baseball season. As a result of the termination notice, the Company recorded a reversal of a purchase accounting

 

II-19



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

liability of $41,788 related to this broadcast rights agreement.  These items have been reflected as other operating income in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of operations.

 

Effective September 16, 2004, the National Hockey League (“NHL”) commenced a lockout of players in support of its attempt to reach a new collective bargaining agreement.  There can be no assurance that the NHL and the NHL Player’s Association will reach an agreement on a new collective bargaining agreement.  The Collective Bargaining Agreement (“CBA”) between the National Hockey League and the National Hockey League Players Association expired on September 15, 2004 and the NHL Board of Governors imposed a lockout of NHL players beginning on September 16, 2004, which continues.  We can give no assurance as to when this labor dispute will be resolved and therefore cannot determine the extent to which our operating results will be negatively impacted.  We do not expect the lockout to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated operating results, however if the entire season were cancelled, the effect on the operating results of the Madison Square Garden segment would be significant.

 

In October 2004, Fox Sports Chicago’s agreements with two major suppliers of distribution rights to certain live sporting events were terminated.  Fox Sports Chicago is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Regional Programming Partners.  Fox Sports Chicago expects to continue its operations with content from its partners and their affiliates.  Fox Sports Chicago’s revenues will decline in future periods as a result of the termination by the cable television services that decline to carry Fox Sports Net Chicago without these distribution rights agreements.

 

NOTE 20.                                          SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

On October 28, 2004, the Company received approximately $213,600 in cash in exchange for all 14.2 million shares it owned of AT&T Wireless common stock, representing the $15 share price paid in consideration of the merger between AT&T Wireless and Cingular Wireless LLC.  As a result of that exchange, the Company’s prepaid forward contracts relating to its shares of AT&T Wireless were terminated.  The termination provisions under the prepaid forward contracts require the Company to repay the fair value of the collateralized indebtedness less the sum of the fair value of the underlying stock and equity collars.  The Company does not expect any material cash payment to be required as a result of the early terminations.  The Company expects to recognize a loss representing the difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the collateralized indebtedness in the fourth quarter.

 

On August 20, 2004, our subsidiary, American Movie Classics Company LLC (“AMC LLC”) which owns our AMC and WE programming services, issued redeemable preferred membership interests with an initial liquidation preference of $350,000 in the aggregate to Rainbow Media Holdings LLC in exchange for common membership interests in AMC LLC.  Distributions on the redeemable preferred membership interests were to accrue commencing upon the spin off of Rainbow Media Enterprises at an annual rate to be established immediately prior to the spin off.  It was intended that Rainbow Media Holdings would transfer those interests to Cablevision at the time of the spin off and the interests would not be included in the spin off.  On November 5, 2004, the Board of Directors of Cablevision decided to modify the terms of the spin off to eliminate the retained redeemable preferred membership interest in AMC LLC.  This decision

 

II-20



 

CSC HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cablevision Systems Corporation)

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

was made in light of expected increases in Rainbow Media Enterprises’ financing requirements.  The elimination will be accomplished by having the redeemable preferred membership interests recontributed to a subsidiary of Rainbow Media Enterprises and converted back to common membership interest in AMC LLC prior to the spin off.

 

II-21



 

Item 2.                                     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

The operations of CSC Holdings are identical to the operations of Cablevision, except for interest expense of $28.5 million and $55.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004, and related tax benefit of $12.0 million and $23.2 million, respectively, relating to $1.5 billion of Cablevision senior notes issued in April 2004 included in the Cablevision consolidated statements of operations and interest income of $0.2 million and $3.8 million, and related tax expense of $0.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2003 included in CSC Holdings’ consolidated statements of operations which is eliminated in Cablevision’s consolidated statements of operations.  In addition, prior to the implementation of Statement 150 on July 1, 2003, dividends attributable to the Series H and Series M Redeemable Exchangeable Preferred Stock of CSC Holdings were reported in minority interests in the consolidated financial statements of Cablevision.  Refer to Cablevision’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this report.

 

II-22


EX-4.1 2 a04-12386_1ex4d1.htm EX-4.1

EXHIBIT 4.1

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

 

RNS Co-Issuer Corporation

 

and the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof

 

 

8¾% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

 

_________________________

 

 

Indenture

 

Dated as of August 20, 2004

 

_________________________

 

 

The Bank of New York

 

Trustee

 

_________________________

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

 

BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

Section 1.01. Definitions

 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions

 

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

THE NOTES

 

 

 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating

 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication

 

Section 2.03. Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

 

Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent

 

Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

 

Section 2.06. Holder Lists

 

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange

 

Section 2.08. Replacement Notes

 

Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes

 

Section 2.10. Treasury Notes

 

Section 2.11. Temporary Notes

 

Section 2.12. Cancellation

 

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest

 

Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers

 

 

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO
PURCHASE

 

 

 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee

 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption

 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption

 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price

 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part

 

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption

 

Section 3.08. Repurchase Offers

 

 

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes

 

 

i



 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

Section 4.03. Reports

 

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate

 

Section 4.05. Taxes

 

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

 

Section 4.07. Restricted Payments

 

Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

 

Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

 

Section 4.10. Asset Sales

 

Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates

 

Section 4.12. Liens

 

Section 4.13. Business Activities

 

Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control

 

Section 4.15. [Intentionally omitted]

 

Section 4.16. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

Section 4.17. Payments for Consent

 

Section 4.18. Guarantees

 

Section 4.19. Suspension of Certain Covenants and Agreements

 

Section 4.20. Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Restricted Subsidiaries

 

 

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

SUCCESSORS

 

 

 

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

 

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted

 

 

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

Section 6.01. Events of Default

 

Section 6.02. Acceleration

 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies

 

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults

 

Section 6.05. Control by Majority

 

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits

 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee

 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

Section 6.10. Priorities

 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs

 

 

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee

 

Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee

 

 

ii



 

Section 7.03. Trustee’s Disclaimer

 

Section 7.04. May Hold Securities

 

Section 7.05. Money Held in Trust

 

Section 7.06. Compensation and Reimbursement

 

Section 7.07. Eligibility; Disqualification

 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee

 

Section 7.09. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

 

Section 7.10. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

 

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers

 

Section 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuers.

 

Section 7.13. Notice of Defaults

 

 

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge

 

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

Section 8.06. Reinstatement

 

 

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

 

 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes

 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes

 

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

 

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents

 

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes

 

Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc

 

 

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

 

 

Section 10.01. Guarantee

 

Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability

 

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee

 

Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms

 

Section 10.05. Release of Guarantor

 

 

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

 

 

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge

 

Section 11.02. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

 

iii



 

Section 11.03. Repayment to the Issuers

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

 

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls

 

Section 13.02. Notices

 

Section 13.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

 

Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

 

Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

 

Section 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents

 

Section 13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

 

Section 13.08. Governing Law

 

Section 13.09. Consent to Jurisdiction

 

Section 13.10. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

 

Section 13.11. Successors

 

Section 13.12. Severability

 

Section 13.13. Counterpart Originals

 

Section 13.14. Acts of Holders

 

Section 13.15. Benefit of Indenture

 

Section 13.16. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

FORM OF NOTE

 

 

Exhibit B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

 

Exhibit C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

 

Exhibit D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

 

 

Exhibit E

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

 

iv



 

INDENTURE dated as of August 20, 2004 among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the initial Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee.

 

The Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of their 8¾% Senior Notes due 2012 to be issued as provided in this Indenture.  The initial Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for a guarantee of the Notes and of certain of the Issuers’ obligations hereunder.

 

The Issuers, the initial Guarantors and the Trustee (as defined below) agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the Issuers’ 8¾% Senior Notes due 2012 issued pursuant to this Indenture:

 

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01.          Definitions.

 

144A Global Note” means Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)                        Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into, or becomes a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

(2)                        Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Additional Notes” means an unlimited maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (other than the Notes issued on the date hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09.

 

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by

 

1



 

agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

AMC Preferred Stock” means redeemable preferred membership interests of American Movie Classics Company LLC, as described in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Annualized Cash Flow” means, with respect to the Company as of any date of determination, the product of (x) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the most recent two quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately prior to such date of determination and (y) 2.0.

 

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the excess of (A) the present value at such date of redemption of (1) the redemption price of such Note at September 1, 2008 plus (2) all remaining required interest payments due on such Note through September 1, 2008 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note.

 

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Asset Sale” means:

 

(1)                        the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any property or assets; other than a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition governed by the provisions of Section 4.14 or 5.01; and

 

(2)                        the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall be deemed not to be Asset Sales:

 

(1)                        any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors or senior management) of less than $10.0 million;

 

(2)                        a transfer of assets or properties between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any transfer to any Person that concurrently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

 

(3)                        an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, an

 

2



 

issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company in exchange for or in conversion of AMC Preferred Stock;

 

(4)                        the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(5)                        the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of intellectual property and other intangibles under affiliation agreements or film rights agreements in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(6)                        the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles, and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(7)                        the sale or other disposition of Cash Equivalents;

 

(8)                        dispositions of accounts receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

 

(9)                        a Restricted Payment that is not prohibited by Section 4.07 and any Permitted Investment;

 

(10)                  the granting of a Lien not prohibited hereunder;

 

(11)                  any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(12)                  any sale or disposition of any property or equipment that has become damaged, worn out, obsolete or otherwise unsuitable for use in connection with the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors” means:

 

(1)                        with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except in the context of the definitions of “Change of Control” and “Continuing Directors,” a committee thereof authorized to exercise the power of the board of directors of such corporation;

 

3



 

(2)                        with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership (or if the general partner is not a corporation, the board or committee of the general partner serving a similar function); and

 

(3)                        with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary of an Issuer or any Guarantor to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such entity and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close in New York City.

 

Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)                        in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)                        in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)                        in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)                        any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Cash Equivalents”  means:

 

(1)                        United States dollars;

 

(2)                        marketable direct obligations of the United States of America maturing, unless such securities are deposited to defease any Indebtedness, within 397 days of the date of purchase;

 

(3)                        commercial paper issued by a Person having consolidated net worth of at least $250.0 million, which conducts a substantial part of its business in the United States of America, maturing within 180 days from the date of the original issue thereof, and rated “P-1” or better by Moody’s or “A-1” or better by S&P;

 

(4)                        fully collateralized repurchase agreements with financial institutions having a rating of “Baa” or better from Moody’s or a rating of “A–” or better from S&P;

 

4



 

(5)                        certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits maturing within 397 days after the date of purchase, which are issued by a United States national or state bank or foreign bank having capital, surplus and undivided profits totaling more than $100.0 million, and having a rating of “Baa” or better from Moody’s, or a rating of “A–” or better from S&P; and

 

(6)                        money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in the Commission’s Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated “AAA” by S&P and “Aaa” by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5 billion.

 

Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum of (a) Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary items (including any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business), plus (b) the sum, without duplication, for such period to the extent, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (vi), deducted in calculating such Net Income, of (i) Fixed Charges for such Person, plus (ii) non-cash dividends or distributions on Preferred Stock of such Person, plus (iii) depreciation for such Person, plus (iv) amortization for such person (other than (a) Film Rights Amortization and (b) amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), plus (v) taxes for such Person, plus (vi) other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period) for such Person, minus (vii) non-cash items for such Person increasing such Net Income, other than the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)                        the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than to one or more of the Principals;

 

(2)                        the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

(3)                        any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more of the Principals, becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;

 

(4)                        the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or

 

(5)                        the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities

 

5



 

or other property, other than any such transaction where (A) the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting, or remains outstanding and constitutes, a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance) and (B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals, becomes, directly or indirectly, the ultimate Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person; provided that, following completion of the offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.14, any subsequent change in the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person Beneficially Owned by the “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that resulted in such earlier Change of Control shall not result in an additional Change of Control.

 

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

 

Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to the Company for any period, (a) Cash Flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus (b) the sum for such period, in each case to the extent deducted in calculating such Cash Flow and without duplication, (i) any non-cash charges incurred subsequent to the date of this Indenture resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, plus (ii) Deferred Carriage Fees, plus (iii) non-cash unrealized losses in respect of securities and derivatives, plus (iv) Restructuring Charges, plus (v) losses in respect of Monetization Transactions, minus (vi) non-cash unrealized gains in respect of securities and derivatives, minus (vii) gains in respect of Monetization Transactions, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

 

(1)                                  for purposes of calculations under Section 4.07 only:

 

(a)                        the Cash Flow of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Cash Flow is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its equityholders; and

 

(b)                       the Cash Flow of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;

 

6



 

(2)                                  the Cash Flow of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

 

(3)                                  the Cash Flow of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be included in the same percentage as the percentage ownership interest in the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary owned on the last day of such period by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(4)                                  the cumulative effect of a change of accounting principles shall be excluded.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

(1)                                  the aggregate outstanding amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Monetization Indebtedness) as of such date of determination on a consolidated basis (subject to the terms described in the paragraph below) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation (including a pro forma application of the use of proceeds therefrom), on such date to,

 

(2)                                  the Annualized Cash Flow of the Company as of such date of determination.

 

For purposes of this definition:

 

(1)                                  Consolidated Cash Flow shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (A) the incurrence of the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) or repayment of other Indebtedness on the date of determination, and (B) any acquisition or disposition (including, without limitation, any acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise becoming liable for Indebtedness) at any time on or subsequent to the first day of the applicable period specified and on or prior to the date of determination, as if such acquisition or disposition (including the incurrence or assumption of any such Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated Cash Flow associated with such acquisition or disposition) occurred on the first day of such two-quarter period; and

 

(2)                                  pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and pro forma effect may be given to any non-recurring expenses, non-recurring costs and cost reductions within the first year after such acquisition that the Company reasonably anticipates in good faith if the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate executed by the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company certifying to and describing and

 

7



 

quantifying with reasonable specificity such non-recurring expenses, non-recurring costs and cost reduction.

 

Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

 

(1)                                  was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or

 

(2)                                  was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Issuers.

 

Credit Agreement” means that certain loan agreement, dated as of the date of this Indenture, by and among the Company, the guarantors thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, the other agents party thereto and the lenders party thereto from time to time, providing for term loan and revolving credit borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, restructured, increased, substituted or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, regardless of whether such amendment, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement, restatement, restructuring, increase, substitution or refinancing is with the same financial institutions or otherwise.

 

Credit Facilities” means one or more debt or borrowing facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or a trustee, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or issuances of notes, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, substituted or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, regardless of whether such amendment, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement, restatement, substitution or refinancing is with the same financial institutions or otherwise.

 

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Deferred Carriage Fees” means the amortization of (x) launch support payments and (y) payment in exchange for carriage, in each case made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Definitive Note” means a Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.07, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, except that such

 

8



 

Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.04 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. The term “Disqualified Stock” shall also include any options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.

 

Distribution” means the distribution of capital stock of Rainbow Media Enterprises to the stockholders of Cablevision Systems Corporation as described in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Dolan Family Members” means (i) Charles F. Dolan and (ii) any spouse, child, child of a spouse, parent, grandchild or other descendant of Charles F. Dolan (where applicable in each of the foregoing instances, whether natural or adopted), and any other intestate distributee, heir or legatee of Charles F. Dolan.

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Restricted Subsidiary that is (1) a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code (other than any such entity that Guarantees Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its other Domestic Subsidiaries) or (2) a Subsidiary of an entity described in the preceding clause (1).

 

Earn-out Obligation” means any contingent consideration based on future operating performance of an acquired entity or assets or other purchase price adjustment or indemnification or similar obligation, payable following the consummation of an acquisition based on criteria set forth in the documentation governing or relating to such acquisition.

 

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

9



 

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and any successor thereto.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of (1) the Notes and (2) any borrowings made under the Credit Agreement on the date of this Indenture. Existing Indebtedness shall include the Issuers’ 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, and the guarantees attached thereto, issued pursuant to the indenture dated as of the date of this Indenture among the Issuers, the guarantors thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

 

Fair Market Value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined, unless otherwise specified, in good faith by the Board of Directors or, if permitted by the terms of this Indenture, by senior management, whose determination in all cases shall be conclusive.

 

Film Rights Amortization” means the amortization of expenditures of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the acquisition of film rights and broadcast programming.

 

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)                        the consolidated interest expense of such Person for such period, whether paid or accrued (without duplication), including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and the net payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations, but excluding any dividends on Equity Interests of such Person to the extent paid solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person; plus

 

(2)                        any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon,

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a

 

10



 

significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, issued in accordance with Section 2.01 or Section 2.07.

 

Government Securities” means securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged.

 

Guarantee” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.

 

Guarantors” means, with respect to this Indenture:

 

(1)                        each direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of the Company on the date of this Indenture, other than (x) Co-Issuer Corp. and (y) any Insignificant Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                        any other subsidiary that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and a supplemental indenture, pursuant to which it agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as Guarantor;

 

and their respective successors and assigns until released from their obligations under their Note Guarantees and this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(1)                        interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements with respect to interest rates;

 

(2)                        commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements with respect to commodity prices; and

 

(3)                        foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements and other agreements or arrangements with respect to foreign currency exchange rates.

 

Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

11



 

incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(1)                        in respect of borrowed money;

 

(2)                        evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments;

 

(3)                        evidenced by letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), but excluding obligations with respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (1) or (2) above or clauses (5), (6) or (8) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 10th Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement;

 

(4)                        in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 

(5)                        in respect of Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(6)                        in respect of the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;

 

(7)                        representing the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors or senior management) of Hedging Obligations, other than Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; or

 

(8)                        representing Disqualified Stock valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends.

 

In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors or senior management) of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness, and (y) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such

 

12



 

Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors or senior management) of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall be:

 

(1)                        the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

 

(2)                        the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

 

provided that Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(i)                           any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes,

 

(ii)                        any liability in respect of performance bonds, compensation claims, surety or appeal bonds and payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations,

 

(iii)                     any liability arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such liability is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence,

 

(iv)                    any accrued expense or trade payable to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities,

 

(v)                       any Earn-out Obligation, except to the extent that the contingent consideration relating thereto is not paid within five Business Days after the contingency relating thereto is resolved, or

 

(vi)                    agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or such Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the principal amount does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in connection with such disposition.

 

13



 

Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB.

 

Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Insignificant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company designated by the Company as an “Insignificant Subsidiary;” provided that the total assets of all Subsidiaries that are so designated, as reflected on the Company’s most recent consolidating balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, do not in the aggregate at any time exceed $5.0 million.

 

Investment Grade Rating” means (1) a rating of BBB– or better, in the case of S&P (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of S&P) and a rating of Baa3 or better, in the case of Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), or (2) in each case, if a Rating Agency in the foregoing clause (1) ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, an equivalent Rating Category of any other Rating Agency.

 

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans or other extensions of credit (including Guarantees, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business), advances (excluding commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined by senior management or the Board of Directors, unless such Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million, in which event such Fair Market Value must be determined by the Board of Directors) of the Investment in such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.  The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person

 

14



 

shall be deemed (without duplication) to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person at the time that the acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined by senior management or the Board of Directors, unless such Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million, in which event such Fair Market Value must be determined by the Board of Directors) of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment shall be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

Issue Date” means the date of the original issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

 

Legended Regulation S Global Note” means a Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

 

Monetization Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued in connection with a Monetization Transaction; provided that, (i) on the date of its incurrence, the purchase price or principal amount of such Monetization Indebtedness does not exceed the Fair Market Value of the securities that are the subject of such Monetization Transaction on such date and (ii) the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to the purchase price or principal amount of such Monetization Indebtedness (x) may be satisfied in full by delivery of the securities that are the subject of such Monetization Transaction and any related options on such securities or any proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof on account of such options; provided that if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary no longer owns sufficient securities that were the subject of such Monetization Transaction and/or related options on such securities to satisfy in full the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under such Monetization Indebtedness, such Indebtedness shall no longer be deemed to be Monetization Indebtedness, and (y) are not secured by any Liens on any of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets other than the securities that are the subject of such Monetization Transaction and the related options on such securities.

 

Monetization Transaction” means a transaction pursuant to which (1) securities received pursuant to an Asset Sale are sold, transferred or otherwise conveyed (including by way of a forward purchase agreement, prepaid forward sale agreement, secured borrowing or similar agreement) within 120 days of such Asset Sale and (2) the Company receives (including by way

 

15



 

of borrowing under Monetization Indebtedness) not less than 75% of the Fair Market Value of such securities in the form of cash.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person after taxes (unless such Person is a partnership or limited liability company), determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not the interest component, thereof) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting, investment banking and brokerage fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (2) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or is required to be paid as a result of such sale, (4) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

Note Guarantee” means a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Notes” means the 8¾% Senior Notes due 2012 of the Issuers issued on the date hereof and any Additional Notes.  The Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated August 13, 2004, relating to the Issuers’ 8¾% Senior Notes due 2012.

 

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President.

 

16



 

Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by at least two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of this Indenture.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel (who may be counsel to or an employee of the Company) that meets the requirements of this Indenture.

 

Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted (as described in the Offering Memorandum) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of this Indenture and other businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto.

 

Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)                        any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(2)                        any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)                        any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)                        such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(b)                       such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(4)                        any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10;

 

(5)                        Investments to the extent acquired in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

(6)                        Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

 

(7)                        any Investments received in satisfaction of judgments or in settlement of debt or compromises of obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, including

 

17



 

pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon bankruptcy or insolvency;

 

(8)                        any Investments received as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(9)                        advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded in accordance with GAAP as accounts receivable or prepaid expenses or lease, utility or other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(10)                  Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to affiliation agreements or film rights agreements in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)                        Liens securing Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $1,250 million at any one time outsanding;

 

(2)                        Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor;

 

(3)                        Liens securing Monetization Indebtedness;

 

(4)                        Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any properties or assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(5)                        Liens on property or assets existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such transaction and do not extend to any properties or assets other than those so acquired by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(6)                        Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(iv) covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;

 

(7)                        Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

 

(8)                        Liens securing the Notes;

 

(9)                        during any period commencing from the date the Suspension Condition is first satisfied, Liens to secure Indebtedness that is not pari passu or subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

 

18



 

(10)                  Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(11)                  Liens securing Hedging Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that do not constitute Indebtedness or securing letters of credit that support such Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)                  Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other social security obligations;

 

(13)                  Liens, deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of Indebtedness), leases, or other similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(14)                  survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of other for, rights of way, zoning or other restrictions as to the use of properties, and defects in title which, in the case of any of the foregoing, were not incurred or created to secure the payment of Indebtedness, and which in the aggregate do not materially adversely affect the value of such properties or materially impair the use for the purposes of which such properties are held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(15)                  judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

 

(16)                  Liens for taxes, assessments, fees or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

 

(17)                  Liens securing obligations under film rights agreements or affiliation agreements that do not constitute Indebtedness and that were entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(18)                  Liens, deposits or pledges to secure public or statutory obligations, surety, stay, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds or obligations; and Liens, deposits or pledges in lieu of such bonds or obligations, or to secure such bonds or obligations, or to secure letters of credit in lieu of or supporting the payment of such bonds or obligations;

 

(19)                  Liens on property or assets used to defease Indebtedness that was not incurred in violation of this Indenture;

 

19



 

(20)                  Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of set-off, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof on deposit with or in possession of such bank;

 

(21)                  any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublicensor in the property subject to any lease, license or sublicense;

 

(22)                  Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating leases or consignments; and

 

(23)                  Liens of franchisors in the ordinary course of business not securing Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means:

 

(A)                              any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock) issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock and intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(1)                        the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the amount of any reasonable premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);

 

(2)                        such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

 

(3)                        if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole in all material respects, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

 

(4)                        if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Note Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or such Note Guarantees; and

 

(5)                        such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

 

20


 


 

(B)                                any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace or refund Indebtedness or other Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that:

 

(1)                                  the liquidation or face value of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness, or the liquidation or face value of the Disqualified Stock, as applicable, so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded (plus all accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon and the amount of any reasonable premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);

 

(2)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final redemption date later than the final maturity or redemption date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded;

 

(3)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final redemption date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole in all material respects, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded;

 

(4)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is not redeemable at the option of the holder thereof or mandatorily redeemable prior to the final maturity or redemption date of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded; and

 

(5)                                  such Disqualified Stock is issued either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the issuer of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions upon liquidation.

 

Principals” means (a) any Dolan Family Member, (b) any trusts for the benefit of any Dolan Family Members, (c) any estate of any Dolan Family Member or testamentary trust of any Dolan Family Member for the benefit of any Dolan Family Members, (d) any executor, administrator, conservator or legal or personal representative of any Person or Persons specified in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above to the extent acting in such capacity on behalf of any Dolan

 

21



 

Family Member or Members and not individually, (e) any Person, eighty percent (80%) of which is owned and controlled by any of the foregoing or combination of the foregoing, and (f) The Dolan Family Foundation, a New York not-for-profit corporation.

 

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Equity Offering” means (i) an offer and sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company) or (ii) any private placement of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Person other than a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Rainbow Media Enterprises” means Rainbow Media Enterprises, Inc.

 

Rating Agency” means (1) each of S&P and Moody’s and (2) if S&P or Moody’s ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c-3-1(c)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be.

 

Rating Category” means (1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “–”: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), (2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), and (3) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note” means a Legended Regulation S Global Note or an Unlegended Regulation S Global Note, as appropriate.

 

Regulation S Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(h) that is required to be placed in Legended Regulation S Global Notes under the Indenture.

 

Replacement Assets” means any combination of (1) non-current assets that shall be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (2) all or substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business (including by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination permitted under this Indenture) that shall become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any

 

22



 

other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture.

 

Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Restructuring Charges” means, with respect to the Company, restructuring charges incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with exiting an activity or restructuring an operation or activity, in accordance with GAAP.

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Article 1 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

23



 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)                                  any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(2)                                  any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

 

TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining term of the Notes to September 1, 2008; provided, however, that if the then remaining term of the Notes to September 1, 2008 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the then remaining term of the Notes to September 1, 2008 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

Trustee” means The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Unlegended Regulation S Global Note” means a Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and issued upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A that bears the Global Note Legend, that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and that does not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

24



 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.16 and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary.

 

U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(1)                                  the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(2)                                  the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

25



 

Section 1.02.                             Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

Act

 

13.14

Affiliate Transaction

 

4.11

Asset Sale Offer

 

4.10

Authentication Order

 

2.02

Basket Period

 

4.07

Change of Control Offer

 

4.14

Change of Control Payment

 

4.14

Change of Control Payment Date

 

4.14

Covenant Defeasance

 

8.03

DTC

 

2.01

Event of Default

 

6.01

Excess Proceeds

 

4.10

Legal Defeasance

 

8.02

Offer Amount

 

3.08

Offer Period

 

3.08

offshore transaction

 

2.07

Paying Agent

 

2.04

Payment Default

 

6.01

Permitted Debt

 

4.09

Purchase Date

 

3.08

Registrar

 

2.04

Related Proceedings

 

13.09

Repurchase Offer

 

3.08

Restricted Payments

 

4.07

Specified Courts

 

13.09

Suspension Condition

 

4.19

Suspended Covenants

 

4.19

 

Section 1.03.                             Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

obligor” on the Notes means the Issuers and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

 

Section 1.04.                             Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)                                 an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

26



 

(c)                                  “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)                                 words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)                                  “herein”, “hereof” and other word of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section, Article or other subdivision;

 

(f)                                    all references to Sections or Articles or Exhibits refer to Sections or Articles or Exhibits of or to this Indenture unless otherwise indicated; and

 

(g)                                 references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time.

 

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01.                             Form and Dating.

 

(a)                                  General.  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be issued in registered form without interest coupons in minimum denominations of $5,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)                                 Global Notes.  Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (and shall include the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or, if the Custodian and the Trustee are not the same Person, by the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 hereof.

 

27



 

(c)                                  Regulation S Global Notes.  Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Legended Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in New York, New York, and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in Unlegended Regulation S Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.07 and the Applicable Procedures.  Simultaneously with the authentication of Unlegended Regulation S Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel any Legended Regulation S Global Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
 
(d)                                 Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable.  The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
 

Section 2.02.                             Execution and Authentication.

 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of each Issuer by any one of the following:  its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer and attested by any of the aforementioned Officers other than the Officer who executed the Notes or any other Person authorized for such purpose.  The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Trustee.  Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The Issuers may, subject to Article Four of this Indenture and applicable law, issue Additional Notes under this Indenture.  The Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers signed by two Officers of each Issuer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal

 

28



 

amount specified in such Authentication Order.  The Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

Section 2.03.                             Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes.

 

If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Paying Agent, on behalf of the Issuers, shall pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions.  All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York unless the Issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.

 

Section 2.04.                             Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

(a)                                  The Issuers shall maintain a registrar with an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and a paying agent with an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”).  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any successor thereto and co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any successor thereto and additional paying agent.  The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder.  The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
 
(b)                                 The Issuers initially appoint DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
 
(c)                                  The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
 

Section 2.05.                             Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the

 

29



 

Company or one of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.06.                             Holder Lists.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).
 
(b)                                 Every Holder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee that none of the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee or any agent of theirs shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312.
 

Section 2.07.                             Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes if (i) DTC (A) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes and the Issuers fail to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after receiving such notice or (B) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and the Issuers fail to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after becoming aware of such condition; (ii) the Issuers, at their option, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes; provided that in no event shall the Legended Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period; or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.  Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 or 2.11 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.07(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.07(b) or (c) hereof.

 

30



 

(b)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
 
(i)                                     Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.  Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.07(b)(i).
 
(ii)                                  All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.07(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period.  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount at maturity of the relevant Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.07(i).
 
(iii)                               Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global

31



 

Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)                              if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)                                if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Legended Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(iv)                              Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:
 

(A)                              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(B)                                if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this paragraph (iv), if the Registrar or the Issuers so request or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

32



 

(c)                                  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.
 
(i)                                     Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
 

(A)                              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)                                if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)                                if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than that listed in subparagraph (B) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; or

 

(D)                               if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(i) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)                                  Beneficial Interests in Legended Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes.  A beneficial interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

 

33



 

(iii)                               Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)                              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(B)                                if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Issuers so request or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of  counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iv)                              Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(b)(ii), the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(i), and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
 
(d)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.
 
(i)                                     Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a

 

34



 

Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
 

(A)                              if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)                                if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)                                if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an “offshore transaction” in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(D)                               if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuers or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)                                  Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: the Registrar receives the following:
 

(A)                              if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(B)                                if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Issuers so request or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

35



 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.07(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)                               Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.07(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.07(e).
 
(i)                                     Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
 

(A)                              if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)                                if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(ii)                                  Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted

 

36



 

Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)                              if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(B)                                if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)                               Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
 
(f)                                    [Intentionally omitted].
 
(g)                                 Legends.  The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
 
(i)                                     Private Placement Legend.  Except as permitted below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
 

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE

 

37



 

LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WERE THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES AND GUARANTEES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) to this Section 2.07 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(ii)                                  Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH

 

38



 

NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS.

 

(h)                                 Regulation S Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
 

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

(i)                                     Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
 
(j)                                     General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
 
(i)                                     To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers each shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Issuers’ order or at the Registrar’s request.
 
(ii)                                  No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.06, 3.08, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05).

 

39



 

(iii)                               The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
 
(iv)                              All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
 
(v)                                 The Issuers shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.
 
(vi)                              Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
(vii)                           The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.
 
(viii)                        All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
 

Section 2.08.                             Replacement Notes.

 

(a)                                  If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuers and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuers may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.
 
(b)                                 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

40



 

Section 2.09.                             Outstanding Notes.

 

(a)                                  The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b).
 
(b)                                 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser or protected purchaser.
 
(c)                                  If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
 
(d)                                 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
 

Section 2.10.                             Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuers, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.11.                             Temporary Notes.

 

(a)                                  Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
 
(b)                                 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
 

Section 2.12.                             Cancellation.

 

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for

 

41



 

registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its procedures for the disposition of canceled securities in effect as of the date of such disposition (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act).  Certification of the disposition of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuers upon their written request.  The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.13.                             Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, such interest and interest on such defaulted interest shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the record date set forth in the Notes by virtue of having been such Holder and the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.  The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 10 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Section 2.14.                             CUSIP Numbers.

 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

 

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO

PURCHASE

 

Section 3.01.                             Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

42



 

Section 3.02.                             Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

(a)                                  If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes for redemption as follows:
 
(i)                                     if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such principal national securities exchange; or
 
(ii)                                  if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem appropriate.
 

In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed.  No Notes in amounts of $5,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.  Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $5,000 or whole multiples of $5,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $5,000, shall be redeemed.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.
 

Section 3.03.                             Notice of Redemption.

 

(a)                                  At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.
 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(i)                                     the redemption date;
 
(ii)                                  the redemption price;
 
(iii)                               if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note;
 
(iv)                              the name and address of the Paying Agent;
 
(v)                                 that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price and become due on the date fixed for redemption;

 

43



 

(vi)                              that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
 
(vii)                           the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
 
(viii)                        that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
 
(b)                                 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 35 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.  The notice, if mailed in the manner provided herein shall be presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.

 

Section 3.04.                             Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.  Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date, unless the Issuers default in making the applicable redemption payment.  A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

 

Section 3.05.                             Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

(a)                                  Not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) Eastern Time on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.
 
(b)                                 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is paid and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.

 

44



 

Section 3.06.                             Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.  No Notes in denominations of $5,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

 

Section 3.07.                             Optional Redemption.

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to September 1, 2008.  On or after September 1, 2008, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below:
 

Year

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

104.375

%

2009

 

102.188

%

2010 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                 At any time prior to September 1, 2007, the Issuers may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued hereunder (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 108.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings; provided that:
 
(i)                                     at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued hereunder (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding, for purposes of such calculation, Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries); and
 
(ii)                                  the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Qualified Equity Offering.
 
(c)                                  If at any time prior to September 1, 2008:
 
(i)                                     (A) the Company has made an Asset Sale Offer for 50% or more of the outstanding Notes in compliance with Section 4.10, (B) the Company has purchased all Notes tendered and (C) less than all of the outstanding Notes have been tendered and purchased pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer; or
 
(ii)                                  the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof has entered into a binding agreement related to a transaction that is subject to Section 5.01 pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is entitled to receive net proceeds in excess of the sum of the principal amount of all secured Indebtedness and Notes outstanding at such time,

 

45



 

then the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (A) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (B) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (C) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

(d)                                 Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.
 

Section 3.08.                             Repurchase Offers.

 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14, the Issuers shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase all or a portion of their respective Notes (a “Repurchase Offer”), they shall follow the procedures specified in such Sections and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the procedures specified below.

 

The Repurchase Offer shall remain open for a period of no less than 30 days and no more than 60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”).  No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuers shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Repurchase Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer.

 

Upon the commencement of a Repurchase Offer, the Issuers shall send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.  The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer.  The Repurchase Offer shall be made to all Holders.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Repurchase Offer, shall state:

 

(i)                                     that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.08 and Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 hereof, and the length of time the Repurchase Offer shall remain open;
 
(ii)                                  the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
 
(iii)                               that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
 
(iv)                              that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note (or portion thereof) accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

46



 

(v)                                 that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $5,000 only and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;
 
(vi)                              that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(vii)                           that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
 
(viii)                        that, if the aggregate amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall, subject in the case of a Repurchase Offer made pursuant to Section 4.10, select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $5,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and
 
(ix)                                that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).
 

On the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful, subject in the case of a Repurchase Offer made pursuant to Section 4.10 to the provisions of Section 4.10, accept for payment on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes (or portions thereof) tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes (or portions thereof) were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.08.  The Issuers, a Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than three days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of Notes tendered by such Holder, as the case may be, and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note.  The Trustee, upon written request from the Issuers shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount at maturity equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the respective Holder thereof.  The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Repurchase Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a

 

47



 

Repurchase Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 3.08, 4.10 or 4.14, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.08, 4.10 or 4.14 by virtue of such compliance.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01.                             Payment of Notes.

 

(a)                                  The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, holds as of 12:00 p.m. (noon) Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.
 
(b)                                 The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful.  The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
 

Section 4.02.                             Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

(a)                                  The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or Registrar or agent of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
 
(b)                                 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes.  The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
 
(c)                                  The Issuers hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.04 of this Indenture.

 

48



 

Section 4.03.                             Reports.

 

(a)                                  So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall provide the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations, all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including:
 
(i)                                     a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;”
 
(ii)                                  a presentation of Consolidated Cash Flow for each period presented; and
 
(iii)                               with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountant;
 

provided, however, that (A) such reports shall not be required to contain separate financial statements for any Guarantors other than condensed consolidating footnote disclosure containing information with respect to Guarantors and Subsidiaries that are not Guaranteeing the Notes, in each case on an aggregate basis and (B) such reports shall not be required to comply with the rules, regulations and policies of the Commission with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein.

 

(b)                                 In addition, if the Distribution has not been consummated on or prior to January 1, 2005 and at all times thereafter until the Distribution has been consummated, the Company shall:
 
(i)                                     provide the Trustee and the Holders, within 10 Business Days, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K (other than (x) with respect to any entry into or termination of any agreement for the acquisition of film rights, (y) with respect to any entry into or termination of any affiliation agreement that would not have a material impact on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) Item 5.02 thereof) if the Company were required to file such reports;
 
(ii)                                  hold a quarterly conference call for the Holders to discuss the information contained in the annual and quarterly reports required under this Section 4.03 not later than 5 Business Days from the time the Company distributes such information to the Holders;
 
(iii)                               no fewer than 3 Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (ii) above, issue a press release to the appropriate wire services announcing the time and date of such conference call and directing the Holders, prospective investors and securities analysts to contact the investor relations office of the Company to obtain such information or to access such conference call; and
 
(iv)                              either (A) maintain a non-public website to which Holders, prospective investors and securities analysts are given access and to which such information and

 

49



 

conference call access details are posted or (B) distribute via electronic mail such information and conference call details to Holders, prospective investors and securities analysts who request to receive such distributions.
 
(c)                                  If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries under this Indenture and such Subsidiaries together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section 4.03 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
(d)                                 For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

Section 4.04.                             Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)                                  The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge, the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto) and that to his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
 
(b)                                 So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Public Accounting Oversight Board or any other body that may oversee independent public accountants’ practices, and so long as permitted to be delivered pursuant to such independent public accountants’ internal rules and guidelines, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (which shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for

 

50



 

certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has failed to comply with the Company’s financial covenants set forth in Sections 8.8 through 8.11 of the Credit Agreement or, if an event of noncompliance has come to their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.
 
(c)                                  The Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, promptly after any Officer becomes aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’  Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
 

Section 4.05.                             Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, any taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06.                             Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuers and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07.                             Restricted Payments.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
 
(i)                                     declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends, payments or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or dividends, payments or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);
 
(ii)                                  purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the

 

51



 

Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(iii)                               purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, except (i) a payment of interest thereon or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof or (ii) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation or payment of principal at the Stated Maturity thereof, in each case, due within one year of the date of such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or
 
(iv)                              make any Restricted Investment;
 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in Section 4.07(a)(i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(A)                              no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(B)                                the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) and

 

(C)                                such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) or (xi) of Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)                                  an amount equal to the Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2004 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Basket Period”) less the product of (x) 1.4 and (y) the Company’s Fixed Charges for the Basket Period; plus

 

(2)                                  100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or from the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); plus

 

(3)                                  with respect to Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture, an amount equal to the

 

52



 

aggregate net cash proceeds from the sale of such Restricted Investment, except to the extent that any such proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow; plus

 

(4)                                  to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary that was designated as such after the date of this Indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Fair Market Value (as determined, if such Subsidiary is not an Insignificant Subsidiary, by the Board of Directors) of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation, not to exceed the amount of Restricted Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                 Section 4.07(a) shall not prohibit:
 
(i)                                     the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
 
(ii)                                  the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company, Co-Issuer Corp. or any Guarantor that is subordinated to the Notes or Note Guarantees or of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a contribution to the common equity of the Company or a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(C)(2);
 
(iii)                               the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Indebtedness of the Company, Co-Issuer Corp. or any Guarantor that is subordinated to the Notes or Note Guarantees with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
(iv)                              the redemption, repurchase, retirement, conversion, exchange or other acquisition of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that issued the Preferred Stock being redeemed, repurchased, retired or otherwise acquired; provided that the liquidation or face value of such Equity Interests proposed to be issued does not exceed the liquidation or face value of the Preferred Stock being redeemed, repurchased, retired, converted, exchanged or otherwise acquired (plus all accrued dividends thereon and the amount of any reasonable premium and other amounts necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);
 
(v)                                 the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

 

53



 

(vi)                              Investments acquired as a capital contribution to, or in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such acquisition or exchange shall be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(C)(2);
 
(vii)                           the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions on AMC Preferred Stock (and any Preferred Stock issued in exchange therefor or issued to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire AMC Preferred Stock, in each case, pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(iv) above) solely in the form of additional Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock);
 
(viii)                        the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of options or warrants to the extent that such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof;
 
(ix)                                so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to provide for operating costs and expenses and capital expenditures of such direct or indirect parent, including, without limitation, in respect of directors’ fees and expenses, administrative, legal and accounting services and costs and expenses with respect to filings with the Commission; provided that the aggregate amount of such dividends and other distributions, together with all other direct or indirect payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on account of such costs and expenses, in any calendar year shall not exceed $20.0 million for calendar years 2004, 2005 and 2006 and $15.0 million for each calendar year thereafter;
 
(x)                                   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the payment of dividends or other distributions to any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided that the aggregate amount of such dividends and other distributions shall not, since the date of this Indenture, exceed $325.0 million; or
 
(xi)                                the distribution of the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes and borrowings under the Credit Agreement to the extent described in the Offering Memorandum under the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(c)                                  The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the date of the Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment (other than cash) with a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors) in excess of $25.0 million, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed.
 
(d)                                 If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company makes a Restricted Payment that, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, would, in the Company’s

 

54



 

good faith determination, be permitted under the requirements of this Section 4.07, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Section 4.07 notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in good faith to the Company’s financial statements for any period affecting the calculations set forth above with respect to such Restricted Payment.

 

Section 4.08.                             Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to:
 
(i)                                     pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(ii)                                  make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
 
(iii)                               transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
(b)                                 The restrictions in paragraph (a) above shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions:
 
(i)                                     existing under, by reason of or with respect to the Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or any other agreements in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or such other agreements, as the case may be, as in effect on the date of this Indenture;
 
(ii)                                  set forth in this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;
 
(iii)                               existing under, by reason of or with respect to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
 
(iv)                              with respect to any Person or the property or assets of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements,

 

55



 

renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements, or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of the acquisition;

 

(v)                                 in the case of Section 4.08(a)(iii):
 

(A)                              that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset;

 

(B)                                existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; or

 

(C)                                arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

 

(vi)                              existing under, by reason of or with respect to any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the capital stock of, or property and assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary that restrict distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition;
 
(vii)                           restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts, leases or other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(viii)                        existing under, by reason of or with respect to customary supermajority voting provisions and customary provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property, in each case contained in joint venture, partnership, or limited liability company agreements.
 

Section 4.09.                             Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness at any time prior to January 1, 2009 if the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness is less than 7.0 to 1.0 and, at any time on or after January 1, 2009, if the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness is less than 6.0 to 1.0.
 
(b)                                 So long as no Default would be caused thereby, Section 4.09(a) shall not prohibit the incurrence or issuance of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

56



 

(i)                                     the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and the incurrence by Co-Issuer Corp. and the Guarantors of Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding pursuant to this clause (i) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $950.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10;
 
(ii)                                  the incurrence of Existing Indebtedness;
 
(iii)                               the incurrence by the Issuers and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture;
 
(iv)                              the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed $60.0 million at any time outstanding;
 
(v)                                 the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under this Section 4.09(a) or clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (xii) of this Section 4.09(b);
 
(vi)                              the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness owing to and held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:
 

(a)          if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and such Indebtedness is held by a Person that is not the Company, Co-Issuer Corp. or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor;

 

(b)         Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Guarantor must be evidenced by an unsubordinated promissory note, unless the obligor under such Indebtedness is the Company or a Guarantor; and

 

(c)          (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any

 

57



 

such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

 

(vii)                           the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to a Guarantor; provided that (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests that results in such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Guarantor and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Guarantor shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock that was not permitted by this clause (vii);
 
(viii)                        the Guarantee by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;
 
(ix)                                the incurrence of any Monetization Indebtedness;
 
(x)                                   the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to (i) defease all outstanding Notes pursuant to Article Eight hereof or (ii) satisfy and discharge this Indenture pursuant to Article 11 hereof;
 
(xi)                                the issuance of up to 3,500,000 shares of AMC Preferred Stock, any Preferred Stock issued in exchange therefor or issued to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire such AMC Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(iv), and any subsequent issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) on any of the foregoing as a dividend; or
 
(xii)                             the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), not to exceed $50.0 million; provided that the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Indebtedness of all Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), together with all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any such Indebtedness, shall not at any time exceed $25.0 million.
 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that any proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xii) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company shall be permitted to classify at the time of its incurrence such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued under this Indenture shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (i)

 

58



 

above. In addition, (A) any Indebtedness originally classified as incurred pursuant to clauses (i) through (xii) above may later be reclassified by the Company such that it shall be deemed as having been incurred pursuant to another of such clauses to the extent that such reclassified Indebtedness could be incurred pursuant to such new clause at the time of such reclassification and (B) any Indebtedness originally classified as incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or pursuant to clauses 4.09(b)(ii) through (xii) above may later be reclassified by the Company such that it shall be deemed as having been incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or pursuant to another of such clauses to the extent that such reclassified Indebtedness could be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or such new clause at the time of such reclassification.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09:
 
(i)                                     the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies;
 
(ii)                                  any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
 
(iii)                               neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness on which such interest is paid was originally issued) shall be considered an incurrence of Indebtedness; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Fixed Charges and, in the case of accretion of original issue discount, Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as accrued or accreted, as applicable; and
 
(iv)                              the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) shall not be considered an incurrence of Indebtedness; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Fixed Charges and Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as accrued.
 
(d)                                 (i) The Company shall not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company unless it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes to the same extent and (ii) Co-Issuer Corp. shall not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Co-Issuer Corp. unless it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes to the same extent.
 

No Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Guarantor unless it is subordinate in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee to the same extent.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.09(d), no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, Co-Issuer Corp. or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of the fact that the

 

59



 

holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

 

Section 4.10.                             Asset Sales.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
 
(i)                                     the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; provided that this clause (i) shall not apply to an Asset Sale resulting solely from a foreclosure or sale by a third party upon assets or property subject to a Lien not prohibited by this Indenture;
 
(ii)                                  where such Fair Market Value exceeds $25.0 million, the Company’s Board of Directors’ determination of such Fair Market Value is set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
 
(iii)                               at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents:
 

(A)                              any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, or would be shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet on the date of such Asset Sale) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities, Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee and liabilities to the extent owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor; and

 

(B)                                any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted (including by way of any Monetization Transaction) by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion) within 120 days of such Asset Sale.

 

(b)                                 Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:
 
(i)                                     to repay unsubordinated secured Indebtedness and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

60



 

(ii)                                  to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business (including by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination permitted under this Indenture) to be held, commencing on the date of such acquisition, as or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
 
(iii)                               to pay for or purchase Replacement Assets; or
 
(iv)                              any combination of the foregoing.
 

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(c)                                  Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(b) above shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Within 30 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an Asset Sale offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth by this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
 
(d)                                 The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale Offer provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale Offer provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
 

Section 4.11.                             Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into, make, amend, renew or extend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

 

61



 

(i)                                     such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and
 
(ii)                                  the Company delivers to the Trustee:
 

(A)                              with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this Section 4.11 and, if such Affiliate Transaction is with an entity other than Rainbow Media Enterprises or a Subsidiary thereof, that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and

 

(B)                                with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a financial point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

 

(b)                                 The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a):
 
(i)                                     transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(ii)                                  transactions, contracts, agreements, understandings, loans, advances or Guarantees having aggregate consideration (for all such transactions, contracts, agreements, understandings, loans, advances or Guarantees) not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year;
 
(iii)                               transactions or other arrangements pursuant to employment agreements, collective bargaining agreements, employee benefit plans or arrangements for employees, officers or directors, including vacation plans, health and life insurance plans, deferred compensation plans, directors’ and officers’ indemnification arrangements, retirement or savings plans, stock option, stock ownership and similar plans and similar arrangements; provided that, for any of the foregoing (A) any such transaction or arrangement is with respect to any Person other than a Principal and (B) the terms of any such transaction or arrangement have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;
 
(iv)                              Restricted Payments that are not prohibited by the provisions of Section 4.07;
 
(v)                                 any sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

62



 

(vi)                              loans and advances to officers, directors or employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or guarantees of third party loans to such officers, directors or employees) in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million outstanding at any time;
 
(vii)                           the issuance of up to 3,500,000 shares of AMC Preferred Stock and any action taken by the holders of the AMC Preferred Stock permitted by the certificate of designations for the AMC Preferred Stock;
 
(viii)                        the payment of interest and principal to holders of Indebtedness; provided that (1) the terms of such interest and principal payments were set forth in the original documentation pursuant to which such Indebtedness was incurred, and (2) either (A) the incurrence of such Indebtedness was subject to and not prohibited by this Section 4.11 or (B) such Indebtedness was not initially issued, directly or indirectly, to any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(ix)                                transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements between Rainbow Media Enterprises and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Cablevision Systems Corporation or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, that are (1) put in place on or prior to the date of the Distribution and (2) on terms as favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as those available from unrelated parties for a comparable arrangement, or any amendment, modification or supplement thereto or any replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or arrangement as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than such original agreement or arrangement; and
 
(x)                                   transactions pursuant to other agreements or arrangements in effect on the date of this Indenture that are either (A) described in the Offering Memorandum or (B) would not be required to be described pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, or any amendment, modification or supplement thereto or any replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or arrangement as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the original agreement or arrangement as in effect on the date of this Indenture.
 

Section 4.12.                             Liens.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured (or, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, senior thereto, with the same relative priority as the Notes shall have with respect to such subordinated Indebtedness) until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

 

63



 

Section 4.13.                             Business Activities.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
(b)                                 Co-Issuer Corp. shall not hold any material assets or become liable for any Obligations or engage in any business activities; provided that Co-Issuer Corp. may be a co-obligor of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, a borrower or guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement or a co-obligor on other Indebtedness of the Company if the Company is an obligor of such Indebtedness and the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Company or one or more of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries other than Co-Issuer Corp.  Co-Issuer Corp. may, as necessary, engage in any activities directly related to or necessary in connection with serving as a co-obligor of the Notes, a borrower or guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and a co-obligor on such other Indebtedness. The Company shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Interests in Co-Issuer Corp. and shall not permit Co-Issuer Corp., directly or indirectly, to issue or sell or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Interests.
 

Section 4.14.                             Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control.

 

(a)                                  If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $5,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer by the Issuers (a “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price (a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the date of the Change of Control Payment Date.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on a date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures described in Section 3.08 (including the notice required thereby). The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
 
(b)                                 On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful:
 
(i)                                     accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

64



 

(ii)                                  deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
 
(iii)                               deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuers.
 
(c)                                  The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or wire transfer to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $5,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Any Note so accepted for payment shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
(d)                                 The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
(e)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and all other provisions of this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
 

Section 4.15.                             [Intentionally omitted].

 

Section 4.16.                             Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a)                                  Unless designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, each newly acquired or created Subsidiary of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.  Any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Co-Issuer Corp.) may be designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that:
 
(i)                                     any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the time of such designation, and such incurrence of Indebtedness would be permitted under Section 4.09;
 
(ii)                                  the aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined by senior management or the Board of Directors, unless such Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million, in which event such Fair Market Value must be determined by the Board of Directors) of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary being so designated (including any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary) shall be deemed to be a

 

65



 

Restricted Investment made as of the time of such designation and that such Investment would be permitted under Section 4.07;
 
(iii)                               such Subsidiary does not hold any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; and
 
(iv)                              the Subsidiary being so designated:
 

(A)                              is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

(B)                                is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (1) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (2) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

(C)                                has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent such Guarantee or credit support would be released upon such designation;

 

(v)                                 no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation; and
 
(vi)                              if the Subsidiary being so designated is a Significant Subsidiary (or if the group of Subsidiaries being so designated would together constitute a Significant Subsidiary), such designation must be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation.
 
(b)                                 Any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by this Indenture. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet any of the preceding requirements described in Section 4.16(a)(iv) and such failure continues for a period of 30 days, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness, Investments, or Liens on the property, of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred or made by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness, Investments or Liens are not permitted to be incurred or made as of such date under this Indenture, the Company shall be in violation of the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

66



 

(c)                                  The Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that:
 
(i)                                     such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under the Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable two-quarter reference period;
 
(ii)                                  all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and such Investments shall only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under Section 4.07;
 
(iii)                               all Liens upon property or assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be permitted under Section 4.12; and
 
(iv)                              no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
 

Section 4.17.                             Payments for Consent.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 4.18.                             Guarantees.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Co-Issuer Corp. and any Insignificant Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Company’s other Restricted Subsidiaries unless such Restricted Subsidiary (i) is a Guarantor under this Indenture or (ii) becomes a Guarantor under this Indenture and simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture pursuant to which it agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor, provided that such Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness.
 
(b)                                 In the event that any Restricted Subsidiary that is an Insignificant Subsidiary ceases to be an Insignificant Subsidiary, then such Restricted Subsidiary must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to which it agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor and, if requested, deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee. The form of the Note Guarantee is attached as Exhibit E hereto.
 
(c)                                  Notwithstanding Section 4.18(a), any Note Guarantee may provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances described under Section 10.05 hereof.

 

67



 

Section 4.19.                             Suspension of Certain Covenants and Agreements.

 

(a)                                  During any period of time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing (the foregoing conditions being referred to collectively as the “Suspension Condition”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 3.08, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.14, 4.20 and clauses (iii) and (v) of Section 5.01(a) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).
 
(b)                                 If the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to the Notes for any period of time pursuant to Section 4.19(a) and, subsequently, one or both Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the Investment Grade Rating assigned to the Notes such that the Notes no longer have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies, then the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants.  Compliance with the Suspended Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of such withdrawal or downgrade shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of Section 4.07 as if such section had been in effect during the entire period of time from the date of this Indenture.
 

Section 4.20.                             Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

The Company shall not transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, issue, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests (other than issuances of AMC Preferred Stock or any Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)) issued in exchange therefor or issued to redeem, repurchase, retire, convert, exchange or otherwise acquire such AMC Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(iv), and any subsequent issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) on any of the foregoing as a dividend) in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares or issuances of shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries to foreign nationals, to the extent required by applicable law), except:

 

(i)                                     if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect to such issuance or sale would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.07 if made on the date of such issuance or sale and the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with Section 4.10; or
 
(ii)                                  sales of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.10.

 

68



 

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01.                             Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
 
(i)                                     either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation or limited liability company; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (1) is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (2) assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
(ii)                                  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
 
(iii)                               immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable two-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a);
 
(iv)                              each Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person with which the Company has entered into a transaction under this Section 5.01, shall have by amendment to its Note Guarantee confirmed that such Note Guarantee shall apply to the obligations of the Company or the surviving Person in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture, and Co-Issuer Corp., unless it is the other party to the transactions in this Section 5.01, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and
 
(v)                                 the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computation to demonstrate compliance with clause 5.01(iii)) and, if requested, an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such transaction and such agreement complies with this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
 
(b)                                 In addition, neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof may, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. Section 5.01(a)(iii) shall not apply to any merger,

 

69



 

consolidation or sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 

Section 5.02.                             Successor Corporation Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01.                             Events of Default.

 

(a)                                  Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
 
(i)                                     default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;
 
(ii)                                  default in payment when due (whether at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
 
(iii)                               failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 3.08, 4.10(c), 4.14 or 5.01;
 
(iv)                              failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee or Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture;
 
(v)                                 default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:
 

(A)                              is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

 

70



 

(B)                                results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more;

 

(vi)                              failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable;
 
(vii)                           except as permitted by this Indenture, the Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any such Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantee;
 
(viii)                        the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
 

(A)                              commences a voluntary case;

 

(B)                                consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(C)                                makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

(D)                               generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and

 

(ix)                                a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
 

(A)                              is for relief against the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), in an involuntary case; or

 

(B)                                appoints a custodian of the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or

 

71



 

(C)                                orders the liquidation of the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02.                            Acceleration.

 

(a)           In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (viii) or (ix) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.  If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.
 
(b)          In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Issuers with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuers would have had to pay if the Issuers then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant Section 3.07, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of such Notes. If an Event of Default occurs during any time that the Notes are outstanding, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuers with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of such Notes, then the premium specified in Section 3.07(c) shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of such Notes.
 

Section 6.03.                             Other Remedies.

 

(a)           If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
 
(b)          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
 

Section 6.04.                             Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

(a)           Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes; provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.
 

72



 

(b)          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents.  In case of any such waiver, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively.  This Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
(c)           In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(v) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(v) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of such Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, except non-payment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes have been cured or waived.
 

Section 6.05.                             Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes.

 

Section 6.06.                             Limitation on Suits.

 

(a)           A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
 
(i)                                     the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
 
(ii)                                  the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(iii)                               such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;
 
(iv)                              the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and
 

73



 

(v)                                 during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.
 
(b)          A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
 

Section 6.07.                             Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, which right shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

Section 6.08.                             Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(i) or (a)(ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent lawful, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09.                             Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 out of the estate in any such proceeding shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights

 

74



 

of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10.                             Priorities.

 

(a)           If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
 

First:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.06, including payment of all reasonable compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the reasonable costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

Third:  to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct in writing.

 

(b)          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
 

Section 6.11.                             Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than ten percent in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01.                             Duties of Trustee.

 

Except to the extent, if any, provided otherwise in the TIA:

 

(a)           If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
 
(b)          Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
 

75



 

(i)                                     The Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
 
(ii)                                  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be forwarded to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
 
(c)           No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
 
(i)                                     this paragraph shall not be construed to limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
 
(ii)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
 
(iii)                               the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; and
 
(iv)                              no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
 
(d)          Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
 

Section 7.02.                             Certain Rights of Trustee.

 

Subject to the provisions of the TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d):

 

(a)           the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness
 

76



 

or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
 
(b)          any request or direction of the Issuers mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a written request or order signed, with respect to either Issuer, (i) by its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, a Vice Chairman, its President or a Vice President and (ii) by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that such written request or order may be signed by any two of the officers or directors listed in clause (i) above in lieu of being signed by one of such officers or directors listed in such clause (i) and one of the officers listed in clause (ii) above and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
 
(c)           whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;
 
(d)          the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
 
(e)           the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
 
(f)             the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;
 
(g)          the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
 
(h)          the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
 

77



 

(i)              in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;
 
(j)              the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture; and
 
(k)           the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
 

Section 7.03.                             Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuers, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuers of Notes or the proceeds thereof, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder.

 

Section 7.04.                             May Hold Securities.

 

The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Registrar or any other agent of the Issuers, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or such other agent.

 

Section 7.05.                             Money Held in Trust.

 

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuers.

 

Section 7.06.                             Compensation and Reimbursement.

 

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree:

 

(a)           to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed to in writing between the Issuers and the Trustee for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
 

78



 

(b)          except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall have been caused by its negligence or willful misconduct; and
 
(c)           to indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
 

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.06, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or 6.01(ix), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services shall be intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The provisions of this Section 7.06 shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

 

Section 7.07.                             Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder qualified or to be qualified under TIA 310(a)(1) and which shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 to the extent there is such an institution eligible and willing to serve.  If the Trustee publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 7.07, the combined capital and surplus of the Trustee shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.07, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

Section 7.08.                             Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)           No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 7.09.
 
(b)          The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuers.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee
 

79



 

may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(c)           The Trustee may be removed at any time by an Act of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes, delivered to the Trustee and the Issuers.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the removed Trustee may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(d)          If at any time:
 
(i)                                     the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Issuers or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months; or
 
(ii)                                  the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 7.07 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuers or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months; or
 
(iii)                               the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,
 

then, in any case, (A) the Issuers by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 6.11, the Holder of any Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)           If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuers, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by the Act of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes delivered to the Issuers and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with Section 7.09, become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuers or the Holders of the Notes and so accepted appointment, the Holder of any Note who has been a bona fide Holder for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(f)            The Issuers shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Notes as their names and addresses appear in the register of Notes.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
 

80



 

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

Section 7.09.                             Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

 

Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuers and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee, provided, however, that the retiring Trustee shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of Section 7.06(c); but, on request of the Issuers or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuers shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

 

Section 7.10.                             Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

 

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

Section 7.11.                             Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.

 

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Issuers (or any other obligor under the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Issuers (or any such other obligor).

 

Section 7.12.                             Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuers.

 

Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuers may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuers actually received such application) unless, with respect to any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted).

 

81



 

Section 7.13.                             Notice of Defaults.

 

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the register of Notes, notice of such Default hereunder actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01.                             Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Eight.

 

Section 8.02.                             Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from all their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged with respect to their obligations under the Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, respectively, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(a)          the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due;
 
(b)         the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes and mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the Issuers’ obligations under Section 4.02;
 
(c)          the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and
 

82



 

(d)         this Section 8.02.
 

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03.                             Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.20, 5.01 and 10.04 with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and neither the Notes nor the Note Guarantees shall thereafter be deemed “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(a)(iii) through (vii) shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04.                             Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

(a)          The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 to the outstanding Notes:
 
(i)                                     the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
 
(ii)                                  in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that (a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
 

83



 

income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(iii)                               in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(iv)                              no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either:  (a) on the date of such deposit; or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit;
 
(v)                                 such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
 
(vi)                              the Issuers must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, (1) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuers or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 123rd day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Issuers under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 123rd day following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, including Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code and (2) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940;
 
(vii)                           the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes over the other creditors of the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others;
 
(viii)                        if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and
 
(ix)                                the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 

Section 8.05.                             Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)          Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of
 

84



 

the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
(b)         The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
 
(c)          Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
 

Section 8.06.                             Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 and, in the case of a Legal Defeasance, the Guarantors’ obligations under their respective Note Guarantees shall be revised and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02, in each case until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01.                             Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 below, the Issuers, the Guarantors, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

 

(i)                                     to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
 

85



 

(ii)                                  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Certificated Notes;
 
(iii)                               to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuers’ or such Guarantor’s assets;
 
(iv)                              to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes (including additional Note Guarantees or Liens securing the Notes) or that does not materially adversely affect the rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
 
(v)                                 to comply with the provisions of Section 4.18;
 
(vi)                              to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; or
 
(vii)                           to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture.
 

Upon the request of the Issuers authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02.                             With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

(a)          Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Notes Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Notes Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).
 
(b)         The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto.  If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or its duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.
 

86



 

(c)          Upon the request of the Issuers authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement to this Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers in the execution of such amendment or supplement unless such amendment or supplement directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplement.
 
(d)         It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
 
(e)          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuers with any provision of this Indenture, or the Notes.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
 
(i)                                     reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
(ii)                                  reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of the Notes or alter the provisions, or waive any payment, with respect to the redemption of the Notes to the extent such alteration or waiver reduces the principal amount or premium payable upon redemption of the Notes or changes the date on which the Notes may be redeemed;
 
(iii)                               reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on the Notes;
 
(iv)                              waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, or premium, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
 
(v)                                 make the Notes payable in money other than U.S. dollars;
 
(vi)                              make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes;
 
(vii)                           release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
 

87



 

(viii)                        impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees;
 
(ix)                                amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with Section 4.10(c) after the obligation to make such Asset Sale Offer has arisen, or the obligation of the Issuers to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 4.14 after such Change of Control has occurred, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto;
 
(x)                                   except as otherwise permitted under Sections 4.18 and 5.01, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Issuers or any Guarantor of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture;
 
(xi)                                amend or modify any of the provisions of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes or Note Guarantee; or
 
(xii)                             make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.
 

Section 9.03.                             Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a document that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04.                             Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.05.                             Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

(a)          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
 
(b)         Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
 

88



 

Section 9.06.                             Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement to this Indenture or any Note authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Issuers may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture or Note until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it.  In executing any amendment or supplement or Note, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE TEN

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01.                       Guarantee.

 

(a)          Subject to this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, and fully and unconditionally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of, this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that:  (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided herein), and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
 
(b)         The Guarantors hereby agree that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Subject to Section 6.06, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.
 

89



 

(c)          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
 
(d)         Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.
 

Section 10.02.                       Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute (i) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee or (ii) an unlawful distribution under any applicable state law prohibiting shareholder distributions by an insolvent subsidiary to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or such an unlawful shareholder distribution.

 

Section 10.03.                       Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

 

(a)          To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.
 
(b)         Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.
 

90



 

(c)          If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
 
(d)         The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
 
(e)          If required by Section 4.18, the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.18 and this Article Ten, to the extent applicable.
 

Section 10.04.                       Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.

 

(a)          A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:
 
(i)                                     immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
(ii)                                  either:
 

(A)                              the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or

 

(B)                                such sale or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with Section 4.10.

 

(b)         In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by a Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for a Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
 
(c)          Except as set forth in Article Five, and notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 10.04(a), nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any
 

91



 

consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.
 

Section 10.05.                       Release of Guarantor.

 

Any Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee;

 

(a)                                  in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale of all such Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with Section 4.10;
 
(b)                                 if the Company properly designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under this Indenture; or
 
(c)                                  upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee (including the Guarantee under the Credit Agreement) which resulted in the creation of such Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.18 (except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee); provided that such Guarantor does not have any Preferred Stock outstanding at such time that is not held by the Company or any Guarantor.
 

Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the conditions to the release of a Guarantor under this Section 10.05 have been met, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01.                       Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

(a)          This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:
 
(i)                                     either:
 

(A)                              all Notes that have been authenticated under this Indenture (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuers) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(B)                                all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or shall become due and payable within one year and the Issuers or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited

 

92



 

with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(ii)                                  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuers or any Guarantor are a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor are bound;
 
(iii)                               the Issuers or any Guarantor have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by them under this Indenture; and
 
(iv)                              the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
 
(b)         The Issuers must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
 
(c)          Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee shall pay to the Issuers or any Guarantor from time to time upon their request any cash or Government Securities held by it as provided in this section which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect a satisfaction and discharge under this Article Eleven.
 
(d)         After the conditions to discharge contained in this Article Eleven have been satisfied, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Indenture (except for those surviving obligations specified Section 11.01).
 

Section 11.02.                       Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 11.03 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including either of the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

93



 

Section 11.03.                       Repayment to the Issuers.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuers.

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.01.                       Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

Section 13.02.                       Notices.

 

(a)          Any notice or communication by the Issuers or any Guarantor, on the one hand, or the Trustee on the other hand, to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
 

If to the Issuers and/or any Guarantor:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, NY 11753

Facsimile:  516-803-3003

Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan

 

And to:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

 

94



 

Jericho, NY 11753

Facsimile:  516-803-3003

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 8W

New York, NY 10286

Facsimile: 212-815-5707

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

(b)         The Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
 
(c)          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
 
(d)         Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  Any notice when mailed to a Holder in the aforesaid manner shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder whether or not actually received by such Holder.
 
(e)          Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance on such waiver.
 
(f)            In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.
 
(g)         If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
 
(h)         If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders, they shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

95



 

Section 13.03.                       Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

Section 13.04.                       Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee if requested:

 

(i)                                     an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
 
(ii)                                  an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel (who may rely upon an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact), all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied;
 

except that, in the case of such request or application as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request or application, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

Section 13.05.                       Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

(a)          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include:
 
(i)                                     a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
 
(ii)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
 
(iii)                               a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
 
(iv)                              a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
 

96



 

Section 13.06.                       Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 13.07.                       No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner or stockholder of either Issuer or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 13.08.                       Governing Law.

 

THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

 

Section 13.09.                       Consent to Jurisdiction.

 

Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party and each Holder by accepting the Notes irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail (to the extent allowed under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court.  The parties and each Holder by accepting the Notes irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

Section 13.10.                       Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Issuers or Guarantors may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the

 

97



 

certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such certificate or opinion, including any Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representation by, an officer or officers of an Issuer or Guarantor stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should show, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

Section 13.11.                       Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind any of their successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind such Guarantor’s successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04.

 

Section 13.12.                       Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 13.13.                       Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 13.14.                       Acts of Holders.

 

(a)          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuers.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuers if made in the manner provided in this Section 13.14.
 
(b)         The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority
 

98



 

of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
 
(c)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.14, the principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Holder, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.04.
 
(d)         If the Issuers shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuers may, at their option, by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuers shall have no obligation to do so.  Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.06 and not later than the date such solicitation is completed.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.
 
(e)          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Issuers in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
 
(f)            Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note.
 

Section 13.15.                       Benefit of Indenture.

 

Nothing in this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Paying Agent, any Registrar and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

99



 

Section 13.16.                       Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

100



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Indenture as of August       , 2004.

 

 

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

RNS CO-ISSUER CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS IV HOLDING CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

S-1



 

 

AMC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT PRODUCTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

IFC PROGRAMMING, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMC FILM HOLDINGS LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMC MOVIE COMPANION LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

S-2



 

 

AMC NEW MEDIA LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

MONSTERS VOD SERVICES LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WE NEW MEDIA LLC

 

By: WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT LLC

 

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

S-3



 

 

IFC DIGITAL MEDIA LLC

 

By: THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

IFC VOD SERVICES LLC

 

By: THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

 

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

S-4



 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

S-5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Face of Note]

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS.

 

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WERE THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES AND GUARANTEES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE

 

A-1



 

MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

[Additional language for Regulation S Note to be inserted after paragraph 1]

 

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

A-2



 

CUSIP

 

No.

 

**$

                  

**

 

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

RNS CO-ISSUER CORPORATION

 

8¾% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

 

Issue Date:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers,” which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of $300,000,000 on September 1, 2012.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  March 1 and September 1, commencing March 1, 2005.

 

Record Dates:  February 15 and August 15.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

[Attach Notation of Guarantee for Guarantors]

 

A-3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.

 

 

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RNS CO-ISSUER CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

A-4



 

(Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication)

 

This is one of the 8¾% Senior Notes due 2012 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated: August 20, 2004

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-5



 

[Reverse Side of Note]

 

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

RNS CO-ISSUER CORPORATION

 

8¾% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2012

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.                                       Interest.  The Issuers promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8¾% per annum from the date hereof until maturity.  The Issuers shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be March 1, 2005.  The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal from time to time on demand at the same rate; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.                                       Method of Payment.  The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the record date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Issuers, the Issuers shall pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions.  All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York unless the Issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3.                                       Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, the Trustee under the Indenture shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder.  The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

4.                                       Indenture.  The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 20, 2004 (“Indenture”) among the Company, Co-Issuer Corp., the Guarantors and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those specifically made

 

A-6



 

part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder.

 

5.                                       Optional Redemption.  (a)  Except as set forth in paragraphs 5(b) and (c) below, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to September 1, 2008.  On or after September 1, 2008, the Issuers may redeem all or part of the Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2008

 

104.375

%

2009

 

102.188

%

2010 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                 At any time prior to September 1, 2007, the Issuers may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 108.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings; provided that (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption, excluding Notes held by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries; and (2) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Qualified Equity Offering.

 

(c)                                  If at any time prior to September 1, 2008: (i)(A) the Company has made an Asset Sale Offer for 50% or more of the outstanding Notes in compliance with Section 4.10, (B) the Company has purchased all Notes tendered and (C) less than all of the outstanding Notes have been tendered and purchased pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer; or (ii) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof has entered into a binding agreement related to a transaction that is subject to Section 5.01 pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is entitled to receive net proceeds in excess of the sum of the principal amount of all secured Indebtedness and Notes outstanding at such time, then the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (A) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (B) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (C) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

6.                                       Repurchase at Option of Holder.  Upon the occurrence of (a) a Change of Control, the Holders of the Notes shall have the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s outstanding Notes on the terms set forth in the Indenture and (b) an Asset Sale, the Company may be obligated to make offers to purchase Notes with a portion of the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale on the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-7



 

7.                                       Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $5,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption.

 

8.                                       Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

9.                                       Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  The Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived only in accordance with the Indenture.

 

10.                                 Defaults and Remedies.  In the case of an Event of Default arising from events of bankruptcy or insolvency specified in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes may become due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

11.                                 Trustee Dealings with Issuers.  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may become a creditor of, or otherwise deal with the Issuers or any of their Affiliates, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

12.                                 No Recourse Against Others.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  This waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

13.                                 Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

14.                                 CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

15.                                 Guarantee.  The Issuers’ obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.

 

16.                                 Copies of Documents.  The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

 

A-8



 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York  11753

Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

And to:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, NY 11753

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

A-9



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(INSERT ASSIGNEE’S LEGAL NAME)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature: 

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 


*  Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-10



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company or the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10(c) or 4.14 of the Indenture, respectively, check the appropriate box below:

 

o  Section 4.10(c)

o  Section 4.14

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company or the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10(c) or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, respectively, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 

 


*          Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11



 

[To be inserted for Rule 144A Global Note]

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount at
Maturity
of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in
Principal Amount at
Maturity
of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount at
Maturity
of this Global Note
Following such
decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of
Authorized Officer
of Trustee or
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[To be inserted for Regulation S Global Note]

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or of other Restricted Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount at
Maturity
of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in
Principal Amount at
Maturity
of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount at
Maturity
of this Global Note
Following such
decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of
Authorized Officer
of Trustee or
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-12



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York  11753

Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 8W

New York, New York 10286

Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:  8¾% Senior Notes due 2012

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                                (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount at maturity of $                       in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                                                    (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

o                                    1.                                       Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

o                                    2.                                       Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Legended Regulation S Global Note, or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S.  The

 

B-1



 

Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (A) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (B) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person  (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Legended Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

o                                    3.                                       Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

o                                    (a)                                  such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or

 

o                                    (b)                                 such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

4.                                       Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

 

o                                    (a)                                  Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities

 

B-2



 

laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

o                                    (b)                                 Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and, in the case of a transfer from a Restricted Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (a) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (b) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (c) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (d) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

o                                    (c)                                  Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

B-4



 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.                                       The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

o                                    (a)                                  a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                     144A Global Note (CUSIP                ); or

 

(ii)                                  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP              ); or

 

o                                    (b)                                 a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.                                       After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

o                                    (a)                                  a beneficial interest in the:

 

(i)                                     144A Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

 

(ii)                                  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP            ); or

 

(iii)                               Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP                 ); or

 

o                                    (b)                                 a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

o                                    (c)                                  an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York  11753

Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 8W

New York, New York 10286

Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:  8¾% Senior Notes due 2012

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                                                          (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount at maturity of $                             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”).  In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                       Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

o                                    (a)                                  Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

o                                    (b)                                 Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,

 

C-1



 

(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

o                                    (c)                                  Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

o                                    (d)                                 Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.                                       Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

o                                    (a)                                  Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

o                                    (b)                                 Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] :

 

o                                    144A Global Note, :

 

C-2



 

o                                    Regulation S Global Note, :

 

with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issues.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

C-3



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York  11753

Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 8W

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:  8¾% Senior Notes due 2012

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $                     aggregate principal amount of:

 

(a)                                  o                                    beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 

(b)                                 o                                    a Definitive Note,

 

we confirm that:

 

1.                                       We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2.                                       We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence.  We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we shall do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the

 

D-1



 

Issuers a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

3.                                       We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions.  We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

4.                                       We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

5.                                       We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D-2



 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of August 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”) among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace periods provided in the Indenture and the Notes), and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee.  Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and (b) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute (i) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee or (ii) an unlawful distribution under any applicable state law prohibiting shareholder distributions by an insolvent subsidiary to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

E-1



 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Notation of Guarantee to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

 

AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS IV HOLDING CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT PRODUCTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

E-2



 

 

IFC PROGRAMMING, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMC FILM HOLDINGS LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMC MOVIE COMPANION LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMC NEW MEDIA LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

MONSTERS VOD SERVICES LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

E-3



 

 

WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WE NEW MEDIA LLC

 

By: WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT LLC

 

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

IFC DIGITAL MEDIA LLC

 

By: THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

IFC VOD SERVICES LLC

 

By: THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

E-4


EX-4.2 3 a04-12386_1ex4d2.htm EX-4.2

EXHIBIT 4.2

 

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

 

RNS Co-Issuer Corporation

 

and the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereof

 

 

103/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014

 


Indenture

 

Dated as of August 20, 2004

 


 

The Bank of New York

 

Trustee

 


 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

Section 1.01. Definitions

 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions

 

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

 

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating

 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication

 

Section 2.03. Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

 

Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent

 

Section 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

 

Section 2.06. Holder Lists

 

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange

 

Section 2.08. Replacement Notes

 

Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes

 

Section 2.10. Treasury Notes

 

Section 2.11. Temporary Notes

 

Section 2.12. Cancellation

 

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest

 

Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers

 

 

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO
PURCHASE

 

 

 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee

 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption

 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption

 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price

 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part

 

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption

 

Section 3.08. Repurchase Offers

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes

 

 

i



 

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

Section 4.03. Reports

 

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate

 

Section 4.05. Taxes

 

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

 

Section 4.07. Restricted Payments

 

Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

 

Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

 

Section 4.10. Asset Sales

 

Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates

 

Section 4.12. Liens

 

Section 4.13. Business Activities

 

Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control

 

Section 4.15. Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt

 

Section 4.16. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

Section 4.17. Payments for Consent

 

Section 4.18. Guarantees

 

Section 4.19. Suspension of Certain Covenants and Agreements

 

Section 4.20. Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Restricted Subsidiaries

 

 

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

SUCCESSORS

 

 

 

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

 

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted

 

 

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

Section 6.01. Events of Default

 

Section 6.02. Acceleration

 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies

 

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults

 

Section 6.05. Control by Majority

 

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits

 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee

 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

Section 6.10. Priorities

 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs

 

 

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee

 

Section 7.02. Certain Rights of Trustee

 

 

ii



 

Section 7.03. Trustee’s Disclaimer

 

Section 7.04. May Hold Securities

 

Section 7.05. Money Held in Trust

 

Section 7.06. Compensation and Reimbursement

 

Section 7.07. Eligibility; Disqualification

 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee

 

Section 7.09. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

 

Section 7.10. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

 

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers

 

Section 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuers

 

Section 7.13. Notice of Defaults

 

 

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge

 

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

 

Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

Section 8.06. Reinstatement

 

 

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

 

 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes

 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes

 

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

 

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents

 

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes

 

Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc

 

 

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

 

 

Section 10.01. Guarantee

 

Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability

 

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee

 

Section 10.04. Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms

 

Section 10.05. Release of Guarantor

 

Section 10.06. Subordination of Note Guarantee

 

 

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

 

 

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge

 

 

iii



 

Section 11.02. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

Section 11.03. Repayment to the Issuers

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

SUBORDINATION

 

 

 

Section 12.01. Agreement to Subordinate

 

Section 12.02. Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy

 

Section 12.03. Default on Designated Senior Debt

 

Section 12.04. Acceleration of Securities

 

Section 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over

 

Section 12.06. Notice by the Issuers

 

Section 12.07. Subrogation

 

Section 12.08. Relative Rights

 

Section 12.09. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Issuers

 

Section 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative

 

Section 12.11. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent

 

Section 12.12. Authorization to Effect Subordination

 

Section 12.13. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness

 

 

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls

 

Section 13.02. Notices

 

Section 13.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

 

Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

 

Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

 

Section 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents

 

Section 13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

 

Section 13.08. Governing Law

 

Section 13.09. Consent to Jurisdiction

 

Section 13.10. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

 

Section 13.11. Successors

 

Section 13.12. Severability

 

Section 13.13. Counterpart Originals

 

Section 13.14. Acts of Holders

 

Section 13.15. Benefit of Indenture

 

Section 13.16. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

Exhibit A

FORM OF NOTE

 

 

 

Exhibit B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

 

iv




 

INDENTURE dated as of August 20, 2004 among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the initial Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee.

 

The Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of their 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 to be issued as provided in this Indenture.  The initial Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for a guarantee of the Notes and of certain of the Issuers’ obligations hereunder.

 

The Issuers, the initial Guarantors and the Trustee (as defined below) agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the Issuers’ 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 issued pursuant to this Indenture:

 

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01.          Definitions.

 

144A Global Note” means Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)                                  Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into, or becomes a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

(2)                                  Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Additional Notes” means an unlimited maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (other than the Notes issued on the date hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09.

 

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the

 

1



 

management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

AMC Preferred Stock” means redeemable preferred membership interests of American Movie Classics Company LLC, as described in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Annualized Cash Flow” means, with respect to the Company as of any date of determination, the product of (x) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the most recent two quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately prior to such date of determination and (y) 2.0.

 

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the excess of (A) the present value at such date of redemption of (1) the redemption price of such Note at September 1, 2009 plus (2) all remaining required interest payments due on such Note through September 1, 2009 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note.

 

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Asset Sale” means:

 

(1)                                  the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any property or assets; other than a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition governed by the provisions of Section 4.14 or 5.01; and

 

(2)                                  the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall be deemed not to be Asset Sales:

 

(1)                                  any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors or senior management) of less than $10.0 million;

 

(2)                                  a transfer of assets or properties between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any transfer to any Person that concurrently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

 

2



 

(3)                                  an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company in exchange for or in conversion of AMC Preferred Stock;

 

(4)                                  the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(5)                                  the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of intellectual property and other intangibles under affiliation agreements or film rights agreements in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(6)                                  the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles, and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(7)                                  the sale or other disposition of Cash Equivalents;

 

(8)                                  dispositions of accounts receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

 

(9)                                  a Restricted Payment that is not prohibited by Section 4.07 and any Permitted Investment;

 

(10)                            the granting of a Lien not prohibited hereunder;

 

(11)                            any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(12)                            any sale or disposition of any property or equipment that has become damaged, worn out, obsolete or otherwise unsuitable for use in connection with the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors” means:

 

(1)                                  with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except in the context of the definitions of “Change of Control” and “Continuing Directors,” a committee thereof authorized to exercise the power of the board of directors of such corporation;

 

3



 

 

(2)                                  with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership (or if the general partner is not a corporation, the board or committee of the general partner serving a similar function); and

 

(3)                                  with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary of an Issuer or any Guarantor to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such entity and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close in New York City.

 

Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)                                  in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)                                  in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)                                  in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)                                  any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Cash Equivalents”  means:

 

(1)                                  United States dollars;

 

(2)                                  marketable direct obligations of the United States of America maturing, unless such securities are deposited to defease any Indebtedness, within 397 days of the date of purchase;

 

(3)                                  commercial paper issued by a Person having consolidated net worth of at least $250.0 million, which conducts a substantial part of its business in the United States of America, maturing within 180 days from the date of the original issue thereof, and rated “P-1” or better by Moody’s or “A-1” or better by S&P;

 

(4)                                  fully collateralized repurchase agreements with financial institutions having a rating of “Baa” or better from Moody’s or a rating of “A–” or better from S&P;

 

4



 

(5)                                  certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits maturing within 397 days after the date of purchase, which are issued by a United States national or state bank or foreign bank having capital, surplus and undivided profits totaling more than $100.0 million, and having a rating of “Baa” or better from Moody’s, or a rating of “A–” or better from S&P; and

 

(6)                                  money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in the Commission’s Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated “AAA” by S&P and “Aaa” by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5 billion.

 

Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum of (a) Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary items (including any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business), plus (b) the sum, without duplication, for such period to the extent, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (vi), deducted in calculating such Net Income, of (i) Fixed Charges for such Person, plus (ii) non-cash dividends or distributions on Preferred Stock of such Person, plus (iii) depreciation for such Person, plus (iv) amortization for such person (other than (a) Film Rights Amortization and (b) amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), plus (v) taxes for such Person, plus (vi) other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period) for such Person, minus (vii) non-cash items for such Person increasing such Net Income, other than the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)                                  the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than to one or more of the Principals;

 

(2)                                  the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

(3)                                  any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more of the Principals, becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;

 

(4)                                  the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or

 

(5)                                  the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities

 

5



 

or other property, other than any such transaction where (A) the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting, or remains outstanding and constitutes, a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance) and (B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals, becomes, directly or indirectly, the ultimate Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person; provided that, following completion of the offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.14, any subsequent change in the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person Beneficially Owned by the “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that resulted in such earlier Change of Control shall not result in an additional Change of Control.

 

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

 

Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to the Company for any period, (a) Cash Flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, plus (b) the sum for such period, in each case to the extent deducted in calculating such Cash Flow and without duplication, (i) any non-cash charges incurred subsequent to the date of this Indenture resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, plus (ii) Deferred Carriage Fees, plus (iii) non-cash unrealized losses in respect of securities and derivatives, plus (iv) Restructuring Charges, plus (v) losses in respect of Monetization Transactions, minus (vi) non-cash unrealized gains in respect of securities and derivatives, minus (vii) gains in respect of Monetization Transactions, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

 

(1)                                  for purposes of calculations under Section 4.07 only:

 

(a)                                  the Cash Flow of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Cash Flow is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its equityholders; and

 

(b)                                 the Cash Flow of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;

 

6



 

(2)                                  the Cash Flow of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

 

(3)                                  the Cash Flow of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be included in the same percentage as the percentage ownership interest in the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary owned on the last day of such period by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(4)                                  the cumulative effect of a change of accounting principles shall be excluded.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of:

 

(1)                                  the aggregate outstanding amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Monetization Indebtedness) as of such date of determination on a consolidated basis (subject to the terms described in the paragraph below) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the Indebtedness giving rise to the need to make such calculation (including a pro forma application of the use of proceeds therefrom), on such date to,

 

(2)                                  the Annualized Cash Flow of the Company as of such date of determination.

 

For purposes of this definition:

 

(1)                                  Consolidated Cash Flow shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (A) the incurrence of the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) or repayment of other Indebtedness on the date of determination, and (B) any acquisition or disposition (including, without limitation, any acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise becoming liable for Indebtedness) at any time on or subsequent to the first day of the applicable period specified and on or prior to the date of determination, as if such acquisition or disposition (including the incurrence or assumption of any such Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated Cash Flow associated with such acquisition or disposition) occurred on the first day of such two-quarter period; and

 

(2)                                  pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and pro forma effect may be given to any non-recurring expenses, non-recurring costs and cost reductions within the first year after such acquisition that the Company reasonably anticipates in good faith if the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate executed by the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company certifying to and describing and

 

7



 

quantifying with reasonable specificity such non-recurring expenses, non-recurring costs and cost reduction.

 

Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

 

(1)                                  was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or

 

(2)                                  was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Issuers.

 

Credit Agreement” means that certain loan agreement, dated as of the date of this Indenture, by and among the Company, the guarantors thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, the other agents party thereto and the lenders party thereto from time to time, providing for term loan and revolving credit borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, restructured, increased, substituted or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, regardless of whether such amendment, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement, restatement, restructuring, increase, substitution or refinancing is with the same financial institutions or otherwise.

 

Credit Facilities” means one or more debt or borrowing facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or a trustee, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or issuances of notes, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, substituted or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, regardless of whether such amendment, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement, restatement, substitution or refinancing is with the same financial institutions or otherwise.

 

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Deferred Carriage Fees” means the amortization of (x) launch support payments and (y) payment in exchange for carriage, in each case made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Definitive Note” means a Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.07, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, except that such

 

8



 

Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.04 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

Designated Senior Debt” means:

 

(1)                                  any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement; and

 

(2)                                  to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, any other Senior Debt permitted under this Indenture the principal amount of which is $50.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.”

 

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. The term “Disqualified Stock” shall also include any options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.

 

Distribution” means the distribution of capital stock of Rainbow Media Enterprises to the stockholders of Cablevision Systems Corporation as described in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Dolan Family Members” means (i) Charles F. Dolan and (ii) any spouse, child, child of a spouse, parent, grandchild or other descendant of Charles F. Dolan (where applicable in each of the foregoing instances, whether natural or adopted), and any other intestate distributee, heir or legatee of Charles F. Dolan.

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Restricted Subsidiary that is (1) a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code (other than any such entity that Guarantees Indebtedness of the Company or of any of its other Domestic Subsidiaries) or (2) a Subsidiary of an entity described in the preceding clause (1).

 

Earn-out Obligation” means any contingent consideration based on future operating performance of an acquired entity or assets or other purchase price adjustment or

 

9



 

indemnification or similar obligation, payable following the consummation of an acquisition based on criteria set forth in the documentation governing or relating to such acquisition.

 

Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and any successor thereto.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of this Indenture after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of (1) the Notes and (2) any borrowings made under the Credit Agreement on the date of this Indenture. Existing Indebtedness shall include the Senior Notes and the Senior Note Guarantees issued on the date of this Indenture.

 

Fair Market Value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined, unless otherwise specified, in good faith by the Board of Directors or, if permitted by the terms of this Indenture, by senior management, whose determination in all cases shall be conclusive.

 

Film Rights Amortization” means the amortization of expenditures of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the acquisition of film rights and broadcast programming.

 

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)                                  the consolidated interest expense of such Person for such period, whether paid or accrued (without duplication), including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and the net payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations, but excluding any dividends on Equity Interests of such Person to the extent paid solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of such Person; plus

 

(2)                                  any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon,

 

10



 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and in the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, issued in accordance with Section 2.01 or Section 2.07.

 

Government Securities” means securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged.

 

Guarantee” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.

 

Guarantors” means, with respect to this Indenture:

 

(1)                                  each direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary of the Company on the date of this Indenture, other than (x) Co-Issuer Corp. and (y) any Insignificant Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                                  any other subsidiary that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and a supplemental indenture, pursuant to which it agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as Guarantor;

 

and their respective successors and assigns until released from their obligations under their Note Guarantees and this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(1)                                  interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements with respect to interest rates;

 

(2)                                  commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements with respect to commodity prices; and

 

11



 

(3)                                  foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements and other agreements or arrangements with respect to foreign currency exchange rates.

 

Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(1)                                  in respect of borrowed money;

 

(2)                                  evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments;

 

(3)                                  evidenced by letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), but excluding obligations with respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of credit) securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (1) or (2) above or clauses (5), (6) or (8) below) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 10th Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement;

 

(4)                                  in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 

(5)                                  in respect of Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(6)                                  in respect of the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;

 

(7)                                  representing the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors or senior management) of Hedging Obligations, other than Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder; or

 

(8)                                  representing Disqualified Stock valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends.

 

In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the Fair Market

 

12



 

Value (as determined by the Board of Directors or senior management) of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness, and (y) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors or senior management) of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall be:

 

(1)                                  the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

 

(2)                                  the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

 

provided that Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(i)                                     any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes,

 

(ii)                                  any liability in respect of performance bonds, compensation claims, surety or appeal bonds and payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations,

 

(iii)                               any liability arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such liability is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence,

 

(iv)                              any accrued expense or trade payable to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities,

 

(v)                                 any Earn-out Obligation, except to the extent that the contingent consideration relating thereto is not paid within five Business Days after the contingency relating thereto is resolved, or

 

(vi)                              agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of the Company

 

13



 

(other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or such Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the principal amount does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in connection with such disposition.

 

Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB.

 

Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Insignificant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company designated by the Company as an “Insignificant Subsidiary;” provided that the total assets of all Subsidiaries that are so designated, as reflected on the Company’s most recent consolidating balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, do not in the aggregate at any time exceed $5.0 million.

 

Investment Grade Rating” means (1) a rating of BBB– or better, in the case of S&P (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of S&P) and a rating of Baa3 or better, in the case of Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor Rating Categories of Moody’s), or (2) in each case, if a Rating Agency in the foregoing clause (1) ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, an equivalent Rating Category of any other Rating Agency.

 

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans or other extensions of credit (including Guarantees, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business), advances (excluding commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the

 

14



 

date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined by senior management or the Board of Directors, unless such Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million, in which event such Fair Market Value must be determined by the Board of Directors) of the Investment in such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of.  The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed (without duplication) to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person at the time that the acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined by senior management or the Board of Directors, unless such Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million, in which event such Fair Market Value must be determined by the Board of Directors) of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an Investment shall be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

 

Issue Date” means the date of the original issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

 

Legended Regulation S Global Note” means a Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount at maturity of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

 

Monetization Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued in connection with a Monetization Transaction; provided that, (i) on the date of its incurrence, the purchase price or principal amount of such Monetization Indebtedness does not exceed the Fair Market Value of the securities that are the subject of such Monetization Transaction on such date and (ii) the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to the purchase price or principal amount of such Monetization Indebtedness (x) may be satisfied in full by delivery of the securities that are the subject of such Monetization Transaction and any related options on such securities or any proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof on account of such options; provided that if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary no longer owns sufficient securities that were the subject of such Monetization Transaction and/or related options on such securities to satisfy in full the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under such Monetization Indebtedness, such Indebtedness shall no longer be deemed to be Monetization Indebtedness, and (y) are not secured by any Liens on any of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets other than the securities that are the subject of such Monetization Transaction and the related options on such securities.

 

15



 

Monetization Transaction” means a transaction pursuant to which (1) securities received pursuant to an Asset Sale are sold, transferred or otherwise conveyed (including by way of a forward purchase agreement, prepaid forward sale agreement, secured borrowing or similar agreement) within 120 days of such Asset Sale and (2) the Company receives (including by way of borrowing under Monetization Indebtedness) not less than 75% of the Fair Market Value of such securities in the form of cash.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person after taxes (unless such Person is a partnership or limited liability company), determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not the interest component, thereof) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting, investment banking and brokerage fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (2) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or is required to be paid as a result of such sale, (4) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

Note Guarantee” means a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Notes” means the 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of the Issuers issued on the date hereof and any Additional Notes.  The Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated August 13, 2004, relating to the Issuers’ 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014.

 

Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer,  the Chief Financial Officer,

16



 

the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President.

 

Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by at least two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of this Indenture.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel (who may be counsel to or an employee of the Company) that meets the requirements of this Indenture.

 

Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted (as described in the Offering Memorandum) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of this Indenture and other businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto.

 

Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)                                  any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(2)                                  any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)                                  any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)                                  such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(b)                                 such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(4)                                  any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10;

 

(5)                                  Investments to the extent acquired in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

 

(6)                                  Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

 

17



 

 

(7)                                  any Investments received in satisfaction of judgments or in settlement of debt or compromises of obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon bankruptcy or insolvency;

 

(8)                                  any Investments received as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(9)                                  advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded in accordance with GAAP as accounts receivable or prepaid expenses or lease, utility or other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(10)                            Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to affiliation agreements or film rights agreements in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

Permitted Junior Securities” means:

 

(1)                                  Equity Interests in either Issuer or any Guarantor or any other business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization; and

 

(2)                                  debt securities of either Issuer or any Guarantor or any other business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt to the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under this Indenture.

 

Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)                                  Liens on the properties or assets of the Company and any Guarantor securing Senior Debt that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

 

(2)                                  Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor;

 

(3)                                  Liens securing Monetization Indebtedness;

 

(4)                                  Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any properties or assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(5)                                  Liens on property or assets existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such transaction and do not extend

 

18



 

to any properties or assets other than those so acquired by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(6)                                  Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(iv) covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;

 

(7)                                  Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

 

(8)                                  Liens securing the Notes;

 

(9)                                  during any period commencing from the date the Suspension Condition is first satisfied, Liens to secure Indebtedness that is not pari passu or subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

 

(10)                            Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means:

 

(A)          any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock) issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Disqualified Stock and intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 

(1)                                  the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the amount of any reasonable premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);

 

(2)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

 

(3)                                  if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole in all material respects, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

 

(4)                                  if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Note Guarantees,

 

19



 

such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or such Note Guarantees; and

 

(5)                                  such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

 

(B)                                any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace or refund Indebtedness or other Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that:

 

(1)                                  the liquidation or face value of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness, or the liquidation or face value of the Disqualified Stock, as applicable, so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded (plus all accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon and the amount of any reasonable premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);

 

(2)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final redemption date later than the final maturity or redemption date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded;

 

(3)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final redemption date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole in all material respects, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded;

 

(4)                                  such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is not redeemable at the option of the holder thereof or mandatorily redeemable prior to the final maturity or redemption date of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded; and

 

(5)                                  such Disqualified Stock is issued either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the issuer of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

20



 

Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions upon liquidation.

 

Principals” means (a) any Dolan Family Member, (b) any trusts for the benefit of any Dolan Family Members, (c) any estate of any Dolan Family Member or testamentary trust of any Dolan Family Member for the benefit of any Dolan Family Members, (d) any executor, administrator, conservator or legal or personal representative of any Person or Persons specified in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above to the extent acting in such capacity on behalf of any Dolan Family Member or Members and not individually, (e) any Person, eighty percent (80%) of which is owned and controlled by any of the foregoing or combination of the foregoing, and (f) The Dolan Family Foundation, a New York not-for-profit corporation.

 

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Equity Offering” means (i) an offer and sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company) or (ii) any private placement of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Person other than a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Rainbow Media Enterprises” means Rainbow Media Enterprises, Inc.

 

Rating Agency” means (1) each of S&P and Moody’s and (2) if S&P or Moody’s ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c-3-1(c)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be.

 

Rating Category” means (1) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories (any of which may include a “+” or “–”: AAA, AA, A, BBB, BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), (2) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Aaa, Aa, A, Baa, Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), and (3) the equivalent of any such categories of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency, if applicable.

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note” means a Legended Regulation S Global Note or an Unlegended Regulation S Global Note, as appropriate.

 

Regulation S Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.07(h) that is required to be placed in Legended Regulation S Global Notes under the Indenture.

 

21



 

Replacement Assets” means any combination of (1) non-current assets that shall be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (2) all or substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business (including by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination permitted under this Indenture) that shall become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Representative” means the trustee, agent or representative for any Senior Debt.

 

Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of the Indenture.

 

Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Restructuring Charges” means, with respect to the Company, restructuring charges incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with exiting an activity or restructuring an operation or activity, in accordance with GAAP.

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

22



 

Senior Debt” means:

 

(1)                                  all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or incurred thereafter;

 

(2)                                  any other Indebtedness of either Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee; and

 

(3)                                  all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Senior Debt shall not include:

 

(1)                                  any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by either Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(2)                                  any Indebtedness of either Issuer or of any Guarantor to any of their Subsidiaries or other Affiliates;

 

(3)                                  any trade payables;

 

(4)                                  the portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture (but, as to any Indebtedness incurred under clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt, an officer’s certificate in good faith to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not violate this Indenture shall be conclusive absent manifest error);

 

(5)                                  any Indebtedness that, when incurred, was without recourse to the Issuers or such Guarantor;

 

(6)                                  any repurchase, redemption or other obligation in respect of Disqualified Stock or any Preferred Stock; or

 

(7)                                  any Indebtedness owed to any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Senior Note Guarantee” means a Guarantee of the Senior Notes pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

Senior Notes” means the Issuers’ 8¾% Senior Notes due 2012 issued pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

 

23



 

Senior Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of the date of this Indenture among the Issuers, the guarantors thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee, pursuant to which the Issuers issued the Senior Notes.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Article 1 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)                                  any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(2)                                  any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

 

TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 

Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining term of the Notes to September 1, 2009; provided, however, that if the then remaining term of the Notes to September 1, 2009 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the then remaining term of the Notes to September 1, 2009 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

Trustee” means The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

24



 

Unlegended Regulation S Global Note” means a Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and issued upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A that bears the Global Note Legend, that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and that does not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.16 and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary.

 

U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(1)                                  the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(2)                                  the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

25



 

Section 1.02.                             Other Definitions

 

Term

 

 

Defined in Section

 

“Act”

 

13.14

 

“Affiliate Transaction”

 

4.11

 

“Asset Sale Offer”

 

4.10

 

“Authentication Order”

 

2.02

 

“Basket Period”

 

4.07

 

“Change of Control Offer”

 

4.14

 

“Change of Control Payment”

 

4.14

 

“Change of Control Payment Date”

 

4.14

 

“Covenant Defeasance”

 

8.03

 

“DTC”

 

2.01

 

“Event of Default”

 

6.01

 

“Excess Proceeds”

 

4.10

 

“Legal Defeasance”

 

8.02

 

“non-payment default”

 

12.03

 

“Offer Amount”

 

3.08

 

“Offer Period”

 

3.08

 

“offshore transaction”

 

2.07

 

“Paying Agent”

 

2.04

 

“Payment Blockage Notice”

 

12.03

 

“Payment Default”

 

6.01

 

“Permitted Debt”

 

4.09

 

“Purchase Date”

 

3.08

 

“Registrar”

 

2.04

 

“Related Proceedings”

 

13.09

 

“Repurchase Offer”

 

3.08

 

“Restricted Payments”

 

4.07

 

“Specified Courts”

 

13.09

 

“Suspension Condition”

 

4.19

 

“Suspended Covenants”

 

4.19

 

 

Section 1.03.                             Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

obligor” on the Notes means the Issuers and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

 

Section 1.04.                             Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

26



 

(b)                                 an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)                                  “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)                                 words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)                                  “herein”, “hereof” and other word of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section, Article or other subdivision;

 

(f)                                    all references to Sections or Articles or Exhibits refer to Sections or Articles or Exhibits of or to this Indenture unless otherwise indicated; and

 

(g)                                 references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time.

 

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01.                             Form and Dating

 

(a)                                  General.  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be issued in registered form without interest coupons in minimum denominations of $5,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)                                 Global Notes.  Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (and shall include the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or, if the Custodian and the Trustee are not the same Person, by the Custodian at the

 

27



 

direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.07 hereof.
 
(c)                                  Regulation S Global Notes.  Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Legended Regulation S Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in New York, New York, and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in Unlegended Regulation S Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.07 and the Applicable Procedures.  Simultaneously with the authentication of Unlegended Regulation S Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel any Legended Regulation S Global Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
 
(d)                                 Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable.  The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
 

Section 2.02.                             Execution and Authentication

 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of each Issuer by any one of the following:  its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer and attested by any of the aforementioned Officers other than the Officer who executed the Notes or any other Person authorized for such purpose.  The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Trustee.  Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The Issuers may, subject to Article Four of this Indenture and applicable law, issue Additional Notes under this Indenture.  The Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

 

28



 

At any time and from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers signed by two Officers of each Issuer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order.  The Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

Section 2.03.                             Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

 

If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Paying Agent, on behalf of the Issuers, shall pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions.  All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York unless the Issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.

 

Section 2.04.                             Registrar and Paying Agent

 

(a)                                  The Issuers shall maintain a registrar with an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and a paying agent with an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”).  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any successor thereto and co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any successor thereto and additional paying agent.  The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder.  The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
 
(b)                                 The Issuers initially appoint DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
 
(c)                                  The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
 

Section 2.05.                             Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

 

The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held

 

29



 

by it to the Trustee.  The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) shall have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or one of its Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.06.                             Holder Lists

 

(a)                                  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).
 
(b)                                 Every Holder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee that none of the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee or any agent of theirs shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312.
 

Section 2.07.                             Transfer and Exchange

 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes if (i) DTC (A) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes and the Issuers fail to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after receiving such notice or (B) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and the Issuers fail to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after becoming aware of such condition; (ii) the Issuers, at their option, notify the Trustee in writing that they elect to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes; provided that in no event shall the Legended Regulation S Global Note be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Notes prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period; or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.  Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.07 or Section 2.08 or 2.11 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.07(a); however, beneficial

 

30



 

interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.07(b) or (c) hereof.
 
(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
 
(i)                                     Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.  Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.07(b)(i).
 
(ii)                                  All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.  In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.07(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Legended Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period.  Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount at maturity of the relevant Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.07(i).

 

31



 

(iii)                               Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:
 

(A)                              if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)                                if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Legended Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(iv)                              Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.07(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:
 

(A)                              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(B)                                if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this paragraph (iv), if the Registrar or the Issuers so request or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred.

 

32



 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.
 
(i)                                     Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
 

(A)                              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)                                if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)                                if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than that listed in subparagraph (B) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; or

 

(D)                               if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(i) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)                                  Beneficial Interests in Legended Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes.  A beneficial interest in the Legended Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in

 

33



 

the form of a Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
 
(iii)                               Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:
 

(A)                              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(B)                                if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Issuers so request or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an opinion of  counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iv)                              Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.07(b)(ii), the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.07(i), and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.07(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

34



 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

 

(i)                                     Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.  If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
 

(A)                              if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)                                if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)                                if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an “offshore transaction” in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

(D)                               if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuers or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)                                  Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: the Registrar receives the following:
 

(A)                              if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(B)                                if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Issuers so request or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the

 

35



 

Registrar and the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.07(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)                               Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.  A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.07(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.07(e).
 
(i)                                     Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
 

(A)                              if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

(B)                                if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver

 

36



 

a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(ii)                                  Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
 

(A)                              if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(B)                                if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)                               Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
 
(f) [Intentionally omitted].
 
(g) Legends.  The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
 
(i)                                     Private Placement Legend.  Except as permitted below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
 

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT

 

37



 

FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WERE THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES AND GUARANTEES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) to this Section 2.07 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(ii)                                  Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

38



 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS.

 

(h) Regulation S Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
 

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

(i) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
 
(j) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.
 
(i)                                     To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers each shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Issuers’ order or at the Registrar’s request.
 
(ii)                                  No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such
 

39



 
transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.06, 3.08, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05).
 
(iii)                               The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
 
(iv)                              All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
 
(v)                                 The Issuers shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note tendered and not withdrawn in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.
 
(vi)                              Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
(vii)                           The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.
 
(viii)                        All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.07 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
 

Section 2.08.                             Replacement Notes

 

(a)                                  If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuers and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuers may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.
 

 

40



 

(b)                                 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
 

Section 2.09.                             Outstanding Notes

 

(a)                                  The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b).
 
(b)                                 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser or protected purchaser.
 
(c)                                  If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
 
(d)                                 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
 

Section 2.10.                             Treasury Notes

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuers, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.11.                             Temporary Notes

 

(a)                                  Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
 
(b)                                 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

41



 

Section 2.12.                             Cancellation

 

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its procedures for the disposition of canceled securities in effect as of the date of such disposition (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act).  Certification of the disposition of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuers upon their written request.  The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.13.                             Defaulted Interest

 

If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, such interest and interest on such defaulted interest shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the record date set forth in the Notes by virtue of having been such Holder and the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.  The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 10 days before the special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Section 2.14.                             CUSIP Numbers

 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.

 

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION AND OFFERS TO

PURCHASE

 

Section 3.01.                             Notices to Trustee

 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this

 

42



 

Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02.                             Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

 

(a)                                  If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes for redemption as follows:
 
(i)                                     if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such principal national securities exchange; or
 
(ii)                                  if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem appropriate.
 

In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed.  No Notes in amounts of $5,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.  Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $5,000 or whole multiples of $5,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $5,000, shall be redeemed.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.
 

Section 3.03.                             Notice of Redemption

 

(a)                                  At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.
 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(i)                                     the redemption date;
 
(ii)                                  the redemption price;
 
(iii)                               if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note;
 
(iv)                              the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

43



 

(v)                                 that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price and become due on the date fixed for redemption;
 
(vi)                              that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
 
(vii)                           the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
 
(viii)                        that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
 
(b)                                 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 35 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.  The notice, if mailed in the manner provided herein shall be presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.
 

Section 3.04.                             Effect of Notice of Redemption

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.  Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date, unless the Issuers default in making the applicable redemption payment.  A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

 

Section 3.05.                             Deposit of Redemption Price

 

(a)                                  Not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) Eastern Time on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.
 
(b)                                 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is paid and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01.

 

44



 

Section 3.06.                             Notes Redeemed in Part

 

Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.  No Notes in denominations of $5,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

 

Section 3.07.                             Optional Redemption

 

(a)          Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07 prior to September 1, 2009.  On or after September 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below:
 

Year

 

Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

105.188

%

2010

 

103.458

%

2011

 

101.729

%

2012 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)          At any time prior to September 1, 2007, the Issuers may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued hereunder (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 110.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings; provided that:
 
(i)                                     at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued hereunder (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding, for purposes of such calculation, Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries); and
 
(ii)                                  the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Qualified Equity Offering.
 
(c)           If at any time prior to September 1, 2009:
 
(i)                                     (A) the Company has made an Asset Sale Offer for 50% or more of the outstanding Notes in compliance with Section 4.10, (B) the Company has purchased all Notes tendered and (C) less than all of the outstanding Notes have been tendered and purchased pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer; or
 
(ii)                                  the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof has entered into a binding agreement related to a transaction that is subject to Section 5.01 pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is entitled to receive net proceeds in excess of the sum of the principal amount of all Senior Debt and Notes outstanding at such time,

 

45



 

then the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (A) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (B) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (C) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

(d)         Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.
 

Section 3.08.                             Repurchase Offers

 

In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14, the Issuers shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase all or a portion of their respective Notes (a “Repurchase Offer”), they shall follow the procedures specified in such Sections and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the procedures specified below.

 

The Repurchase Offer shall remain open for a period of no less than 30 days and no more than 60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”).  No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuers shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Repurchase Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer.

 

Upon the commencement of a Repurchase Offer, the Issuers shall send, by first class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.  The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Repurchase Offer.  The Repurchase Offer shall be made to all Holders.  The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Repurchase Offer, shall state:

 

(i)                                     that the Repurchase Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.08 and Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 hereof, and the length of time the Repurchase Offer shall remain open;
 
(ii)                                  the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
 
(iii)                               that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
 
(iv)                              that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note (or portion thereof) accepted for payment pursuant to the Repurchase Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

46



 

(v)                                 that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Repurchase Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $5,000 only and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;
 
(vi)                              that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Repurchase Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;
 
(vii)                           that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;
 
(viii)                        that, if the aggregate amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall, subject in the case of a Repurchase Offer made pursuant to Section 4.10, select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $5,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and
 
(ix)                                that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).
 

On the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful, subject in the case of a Repurchase Offer made pursuant to Section 4.10 to the provisions of Section 4.10, accept for payment on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes (or portions thereof) tendered pursuant to the Repurchase Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes (or portions thereof) were accepted for payment by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.08.  The Issuers, a Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than three days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of Notes tendered by such Holder, as the case may be, and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note.  The Trustee, upon written request from the Issuers shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount at maturity equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the respective Holder thereof.  The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Repurchase Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a

 

47



 

Repurchase Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 3.08, 4.10 or 4.14, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.08, 4.10 or 4.14 by virtue of such compliance.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01.                             Payment of Notes

 

(a)     The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, holds as of 12:00 p.m. (noon) Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.
 
(b)     The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful.  The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
 

Section 4.02.                             Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

(a)      The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or Registrar or agent of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
 
(b)    The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes.  The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
 
(c)     The Issuers hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.04 of this Indenture.

 

48



 

Section 4.03.                             Reports

 

(a)     So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall provide the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations, all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including:
 
(i)                                     a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;”
 
(ii)                                  a presentation of Consolidated Cash Flow for each period presented; and
 
(iii)                               with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountant;

 

provided, however, that (A) such reports shall not be required to contain separate financial statements for any Guarantors other than condensed consolidating footnote disclosure containing information with respect to Guarantors and Subsidiaries that are not Guaranteeing the Notes, in each case on an aggregate basis and (B) such reports shall not be required to comply with the rules, regulations and policies of the Commission with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein.

 

(b)    In addition, if the Distribution has not been consummated on or prior to January 1, 2005 and at all times thereafter until the Distribution has been consummated, the Company shall:
 
(i)                                     provide the Trustee and the Holders, within 10 Business Days, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K (other than (x) with respect to any entry into or termination of any agreement for the acquisition of film rights, (y) with respect to any entry into or termination of any affiliation agreement that would not have a material impact on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) Item 5.02 thereof) if the Company were required to file such reports;
 
(ii)                                  hold a quarterly conference call for the Holders to discuss the information contained in the annual and quarterly reports required under this Section 4.03 not later than 5 Business Days from the time the Company distributes such information to the Holders;
 
(iii)                               no fewer than 3 Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with clause (ii) above, issue a press release to the appropriate wire services announcing the time and date of such conference call and directing the Holders, prospective investors and securities analysts to contact the investor relations office of the Company to obtain such information or to access such conference call; and
 
(iv)                              either (A) maintain a non-public website to which Holders, prospective investors and securities analysts are given access and to which such information and

 

49



 

conference call access details are posted or (B) distribute via electronic mail such information and conference call details to Holders, prospective investors and securities analysts who request to receive such distributions.
 
(c)     If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries under this Indenture and such Subsidiaries together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section 4.03 shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
(d)    For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

Section 4.04.                             Compliance Certificate

 

(a)     The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge, the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto) and that to his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
 
(b)    So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Public Accounting Oversight Board or any other body that may oversee independent public accountants’ practices, and so long as permitted to be delivered pursuant to such independent public accountants’ internal rules and guidelines, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(i) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (which shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for

 

50



 

certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has failed to comply with the Company’s financial covenants set forth in Sections 8.8 through 8.11 of the Credit Agreement or, if an event of noncompliance has come to their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.
 
(c)     The Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, promptly after any Officer becomes aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’  Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
 

Section 4.05.                             Taxes

 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, any taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06.                             Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

 

The Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuers and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07.                             Restricted Payments

 

(a)     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
 
(i)                                     declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends, payments or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or dividends, payments or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);
 
(ii)                                  purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the

 

51



 

Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(iii)                               purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, except (i) a payment of interest thereon or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof or (ii) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of any such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation or payment of principal at the Stated Maturity thereof, in each case, due within one year of the date of such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or
 
(iv)                              make any Restricted Investment;
 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in Section 4.07(a)(i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(A)                              no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(B)                                the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) and

 

(C)                                such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x) or (xi) of Section 4.07(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)                                  an amount equal to the Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2004 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (the “Basket Period”) less the product of (x) 1.4 and (y) the Company’s Fixed Charges for the Basket Period; plus

 

(2)                                  100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the date of this Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or from the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); plus

 

(3)                                  with respect to Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of this Indenture, an amount equal to the

 

52



 

aggregate net cash proceeds from the sale of such Restricted Investment, except to the extent that any such proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow; plus

 

(4)                                  to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary that was designated as such after the date of this Indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Fair Market Value (as determined, if such Subsidiary is not an Insignificant Subsidiary, by the Board of Directors) of the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation, not to exceed the amount of Restricted Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

(b)    Section 4.07(a) shall not prohibit:
 
(i)                                     the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
 
(ii)                                  the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company, Co-Issuer Corp. or any Guarantor that is subordinated to the Notes or Note Guarantees or of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a contribution to the common equity of the Company or a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(C)(2);
 
(iii)                               the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of Indebtedness of the Company, Co-Issuer Corp. or any Guarantor that is subordinated to the Notes or Note Guarantees with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
(iv)                              the redemption, repurchase, retirement, conversion, exchange or other acquisition of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that issued the Preferred Stock being redeemed, repurchased, retired or otherwise acquired; provided that the liquidation or face value of such Equity Interests proposed to be issued does not exceed the liquidation or face value of the Preferred Stock being redeemed, repurchased, retired, converted, exchanged or otherwise acquired (plus all accrued dividends thereon and the amount of any reasonable premium and other amounts necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);
 
(v)                                 the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

 

53



 

(vi)                              Investments acquired as a capital contribution to, or in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such acquisition or exchange shall be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(C)(2);
 
(vii)                           the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions on AMC Preferred Stock (and any Preferred Stock issued in exchange therefor or issued to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire AMC Preferred Stock, in each case, pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(iv) above) solely in the form of additional Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock);
 
(viii)                        the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of options or warrants to the extent that such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof;
 
(ix)                                so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to provide for operating costs and expenses and capital expenditures of such direct or indirect parent, including, without limitation, in respect of directors’ fees and expenses, administrative, legal and accounting services and costs and expenses with respect to filings with the Commission; provided that the aggregate amount of such dividends and other distributions, together with all other direct or indirect payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on account of such costs and expenses, in any calendar year shall not exceed $20.0 million for calendar years 2004, 2005 and 2006 and $15.0 million for each calendar year thereafter;
 
(x)                                   so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the payment of dividends or other distributions to any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided that the aggregate amount of such dividends and other distributions shall not, since the date of this Indenture, exceed $325.0 million; or
 
(xi)                                the distribution of the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes and borrowings under the Credit Agreement to the extent described in the Offering Memorandum under the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(c)     The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the date of the Restricted Payment of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment (other than cash) with a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors) in excess of $25.0 million, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed.
 
(d)    If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company makes a Restricted Payment that, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, would, in the Company’s

 

54



 

good faith determination, be permitted under the requirements of this Section 4.07, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this Section 4.07 notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in good faith to the Company’s financial statements for any period affecting the calculations set forth above with respect to such Restricted Payment.
 

Section 4.08.                             Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

 

(a)     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to:
 
(i)                                     pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(ii)                                  make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
 
(iii)                               transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
(b)    The restrictions in paragraph (a) above shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions:
 
(i)                                     existing under, by reason of or with respect to the Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or any other agreements in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or such other agreements, as the case may be, as in effect on the date of this Indenture;
 
(ii)                                  set forth in this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;
 
(iii)                               existing under, by reason of or with respect to applicable law, rule, regulation or order;
 
(iv)                              with respect to any Person or the property or assets of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements,

 

55



 

renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements, or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of the acquisition;
 
(v)                                 in the case of Section 4.08(a)(iii):
 

(A)                              that restrict in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset;

 

(B)                                existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; or

 

(C)                                arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

 

(vi)                              existing under, by reason of or with respect to any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the capital stock of, or property and assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary that restrict distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition;
 
(vii)                           restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts, leases or other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(viii)                        existing under, by reason of or with respect to customary supermajority voting provisions and customary provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property, in each case contained in joint venture, partnership, or limited liability company agreements.
 

Section 4.09.                             Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

 

(a)     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness at any time prior to January 1, 2009 if the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness is less than 7.0 to 1.0 and, at any time on or after January 1, 2009, if the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness is less than 6.0 to 1.0.
 
(b)    So long as no Default would be caused thereby, Section 4.09(a) shall not prohibit the incurrence or issuance of any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

56



 

(i)                                     the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and the incurrence by Co-Issuer Corp. and the Guarantors of Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding pursuant to this clause (i) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed $950.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10;
 
(ii)                                  the incurrence of Existing Indebtedness;
 
(iii)                               the incurrence by the Issuers and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued on the date of this Indenture;
 
(iv)                              the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed $60.0 million at any time outstanding;
 
(v)                                 the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under this Section 4.09(a) or clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (xii) of this Section 4.09(b);
 
(vi)                              the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness owing to and held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:
 

(a)          if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and such Indebtedness is held by a Person that is not the Company, Co-Issuer Corp. or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor;

 

(b)         Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Guarantor must be evidenced by an unsubordinated promissory note, unless the obligor under such Indebtedness is the Company or a Guarantor; and

 

(c)          (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any

 

57



 

such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

 

(vii)                           the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to a Guarantor; provided that (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests that results in such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Guarantor and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Guarantor shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock that was not permitted by this clause (vii);
 
(viii)                        the Guarantee by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;
 
(ix)                                the incurrence of any Monetization Indebtedness;
 
(x)                                   the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness to the extent the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to (i) defease all outstanding Notes pursuant to Article Eight hereof or (ii) satisfy and discharge this Indenture pursuant to Article 11 hereof;
 
(xi)                                the issuance of up to 3,500,000 shares of AMC Preferred Stock, any Preferred Stock issued in exchange therefor or issued to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire such AMC Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(iv), and any subsequent issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) on any of the foregoing as a dividend; or
 
(xii)                             the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), not to exceed $50.0 million; provided that the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Indebtedness of all Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), together with all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any such Indebtedness, shall not at any time exceed $25.0 million.
 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that any proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xii) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company shall be permitted to classify at the time of its incurrence such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued under this Indenture shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (i)

 

58



 

above. In addition, (A) any Indebtedness originally classified as incurred pursuant to clauses (i) through (xii) above may later be reclassified by the Company such that it shall be deemed as having been incurred pursuant to another of such clauses to the extent that such reclassified Indebtedness could be incurred pursuant to such new clause at the time of such reclassification and (B) any Indebtedness originally classified as incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or pursuant to clauses 4.09(b)(ii) through (xii) above may later be reclassified by the Company such that it shall be deemed as having been incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or pursuant to another of such clauses to the extent that such reclassified Indebtedness could be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or such new clause at the time of such reclassification.

 

(c)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09:
 
(i)                                     the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies;
 
(ii)                                  any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
 
(iii)                               neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness on which such interest is paid was originally issued) shall be considered an incurrence of Indebtedness; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Fixed Charges and, in the case of accretion of original issue discount, Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as accrued or accreted, as applicable; and
 
(iv)                              the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) shall not be considered an incurrence of Indebtedness; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Fixed Charges and Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as accrued.
 

Section 4.10.                             Asset Sales

 

(a)     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
 
(i)                                     the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; provided that this clause (i) shall not apply to an Asset Sale resulting solely from a foreclosure or sale by a third party upon assets or property subject to a Lien not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

59



 

(ii)                                  where such Fair Market Value exceeds $25.0 million, the Company’s Board of Directors’ determination of such Fair Market Value is set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
 
(iii)                               at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents:
 

(A)                              any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, or would be shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet on the date of such Asset Sale) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities, Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee and liabilities to the extent owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor; and

 

(B)                                any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted (including by way of any Monetization Transaction) by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion) within 120 days of such Asset Sale.

 

(b)    Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:
 
(i)                                     to repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
 
(ii)                                  to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business (including by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination permitted under this Indenture) to be held, commencing on the date of such acquisition, as or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
 
(iii)                               to pay for or purchase Replacement Assets; or
 
(iv)                              any combination of the foregoing.
 

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(c)     Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(b) above shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” Within 30 days after the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an Asset

 

60



 

Sale offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes or any Note Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth by this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
 
(d)    The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale Offer provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale Offer provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
 

Section 4.11.                             Transactions with Affiliates

 

(a)     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into, make, amend, renew or extend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:
 
(i)                                     such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and
 
(ii)                                  the Company delivers to the Trustee:
 

(A)                              with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this Section 4.11 and, if such Affiliate Transaction is with an entity other than Rainbow Media Enterprises or a Subsidiary thereof, that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and

 

61



 

(B)                                with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a financial point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

 

(b)    The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a):
 
(i)                                     transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(ii)                                  transactions, contracts, agreements, understandings, loans, advances or Guarantees having aggregate consideration (for all such transactions, contracts, agreements, understandings, loans, advances or Guarantees) not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year;
 
(iii)                               transactions or other arrangements pursuant to employment agreements, collective bargaining agreements, employee benefit plans or arrangements for employees, officers or directors, including vacation plans, health and life insurance plans, deferred compensation plans, directors’ and officers’ indemnification arrangements, retirement or savings plans, stock option, stock ownership and similar plans and similar arrangements; provided that, for any of the foregoing (A) any such transaction or arrangement is with respect to any Person other than a Principal and (B) the terms of any such transaction or arrangement have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;
 
(iv)                              Restricted Payments that are not prohibited by the provisions of Section 4.07;
 
(v)                                 any sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
 
(vi)                              loans and advances to officers, directors or employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or guarantees of third party loans to such officers, directors or employees) in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million outstanding at any time;
 
(vii)                           the issuance of up to 3,500,000 shares of AMC Preferred Stock and any action taken by the holders of the AMC Preferred Stock permitted by the certificate of designations for the AMC Preferred Stock;
 
(viii)                        the payment of interest and principal to holders of Indebtedness; provided that (1) the terms of such interest and principal payments were set forth in the original documentation pursuant to which such Indebtedness was incurred, and (2) either (A) the incurrence of such Indebtedness was subject to and not prohibited by this Section 4.11 or (B) such Indebtedness was not initially issued, directly or indirectly, to any Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

62



 

(ix)                                transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements between Rainbow Media Enterprises and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Cablevision Systems Corporation or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, that are (1) put in place on or prior to the date of the Distribution and (2) on terms as favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as those available from unrelated parties for a comparable arrangement, or any amendment, modification or supplement thereto or any replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or arrangement as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than such original agreement or arrangement; and
 
(x)                                   transactions pursuant to other agreements or arrangements in effect on the date of this Indenture that are either (A) described in the Offering Memorandum or (B) would not be required to be described pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, or any amendment, modification or supplement thereto or any replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or arrangement as so amended, modified, supplemented or replaced, taken as a whole, is not materially more disadvantageous to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the original agreement or arrangement as in effect on the date of this Indenture.
 

Section 4.12.                             Liens

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured (or, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, senior thereto, with the same relative priority as the Notes shall have with respect to such subordinated Indebtedness) until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

 

Section 4.13.                             Business Activities

 

(a)     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
(b)    Co-Issuer Corp. shall not hold any material assets or become liable for any Obligations or engage in any business activities; provided that Co-Issuer Corp. may be a co-obligor of the Notes (including any Additional Notes) pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, a borrower or guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement or a co-obligor on other Indebtedness of the Company if the Company is an obligor of such Indebtedness and the net proceeds of such Indebtedness are received by the Company or one or more of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries other than Co-Issuer Corp.  Co-Issuer Corp. may, as necessary, engage in any activities directly related to or necessary in connection with serving as a co-obligor of the Notes, a borrower or guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and a co-obligor on such other Indebtedness. The Company shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity

 

63



 

Interests in Co-Issuer Corp. and shall not permit Co-Issuer Corp., directly or indirectly, to issue or sell or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Interests.
 

Section 4.14.                             Offer to Repurchase upon a Change of Control

 

(a)     If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $5,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer by the Issuers (a “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price (a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the date of the Change of Control Payment Date.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on a date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures described in Section 3.08 (including the notice required thereby). The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
 
(b)    On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful:
 
(i)                                     accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
 
(ii)                                  deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
 
(iii)                               deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuers.
 
(c)     The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or wire transfer to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $5,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Any Note so accepted for payment shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
(d)    The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

64



 

(e)     Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.14, but in any event within 60 days following a Change of Control, the Issuers shall either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this Section 4.14.  The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
(f)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and all other provisions of this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
 

Section 4.15.                             Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt

 

(a)     (1) The Company shall not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company unless it is pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes and (2) Co-Issuer Corp. shall not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of Co-Issuer Corp. unless it is pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes.
 
(b)    No Guarantor shall incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor unless it is pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee.
 
(c)     For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, Co-Issuer Corp. or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of the fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.
 

Section 4.16.                             Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

(a)     Unless designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, each newly acquired or created Subsidiary of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.  Any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Co-Issuer Corp.) may be designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that:
 
(i)                                     any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of any Indebtedness of the Subsidiary being so designated shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (or both, if applicable) at the time of such designation, and such incurrence of Indebtedness would be permitted under Section 4.09;
 
(ii)                                  the aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined by senior management or the Board of Directors, unless such Fair Market Value exceeds $10.0 million, in which

 

65



 

event such Fair Market Value must be determined by the Board of Directors) of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary being so designated (including any Guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary) shall be deemed to be a Restricted Investment made as of the time of such designation and that such Investment would be permitted under Section 4.07;
 
(iii)                               such Subsidiary does not hold any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; and
 
(iv)                              the Subsidiary being so designated:
 

(A)                              is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

(B)                                is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (1) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (2) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

 

(C)                                has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent such Guarantee or credit support would be released upon such designation;

 

(v)                                 no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation; and
 
(vi)                              if the Subsidiary being so designated is a Significant Subsidiary (or if the group of Subsidiaries being so designated would together constitute a Significant Subsidiary), such designation must be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation.
 
(b)    Any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by this Indenture. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet any of the preceding requirements described in Section 4.16(a)(iv) and such failure continues for a period of 30 days, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness, Investments, or Liens on the property, of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred or made by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness, Investments or Liens are not permitted to be incurred or made as of

 

66



 

such date under this Indenture, the Company shall be in violation of the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
 
(c)     The Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that:
 
(i)                                     such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under the Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable two-quarter reference period;
 
(ii)                                  all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and such Investments shall only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under Section 4.07;
 
(iii)                               all Liens upon property or assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be permitted under Section 4.12; and
 
(iv)                              no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
 

Section 4.17.                             Payments for Consent

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 4.18.                             Guarantees

 

(a)     The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Co-Issuer Corp. and any Insignificant Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Company’s other Restricted Subsidiaries unless such Restricted Subsidiary (i) is a Guarantor under this Indenture or (ii) becomes a Guarantor under this Indenture and simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture pursuant to which it agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor, provided that such Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of such other Indebtedness unless such other Indebtedness is Senior Debt, in which case the Note Guarantee may be subordinated to the Guarantee of such Senior Debt to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Senior Debt.
 
(b)    In the event that any Restricted Subsidiary that is an Insignificant Subsidiary ceases to be an Insignificant Subsidiary, then such Restricted Subsidiary must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to which it agrees to be bound by the

 

67



 

terms of this Indenture as a Guarantor and, if requested, deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee. The form of the Note Guarantee is attached as Exhibit E hereto.
 
(c)     Notwithstanding Section 4.18(a), any Note Guarantee may provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances described under Section 10.05 hereof.
 

Section 4.19.                             Suspension of Certain Covenants and Agreements

 

(a)     During any period of time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing (the foregoing conditions being referred to collectively as the “Suspension Condition”), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 3.08, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.14, 4.20 and clauses (iii) and (v) of Section 5.01(a) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).
 
(b)    If the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to the Notes for any period of time pursuant to Section 4.19(a) and, subsequently, one or both Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the Investment Grade Rating assigned to the Notes such that the Notes no longer have an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies, then the Company and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants.  Compliance with the Suspended Covenants with respect to Restricted Payments made after the time of such withdrawal or downgrade shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of Section 4.07 as if such section had been in effect during the entire period of time from the date of this Indenture.
 

Section 4.20.                             Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Restricted Subsidiaries

 

The Company shall not transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, issue, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests (other than issuances of AMC Preferred Stock or any Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)) issued in exchange therefor or issued to redeem, repurchase, retire, convert, exchange or otherwise acquire such AMC Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(iv), and any subsequent issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) on any of the foregoing as a dividend) in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares or issuances of shares of Capital Stock of foreign Restricted Subsidiaries to foreign nationals, to the extent required by applicable law), except:

 

(i)                                     if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect to such issuance or sale would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.07 if made on the date of such issuance or sale and the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer,

 

68



 

conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with Section 4.10; or
 
(ii)                                  sales of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.10.
 

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01.                             Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

 

(a)     The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
 
(i)                                     either: (a) the Company is the surviving corporation or limited liability company; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (1) is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (2) assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
(ii)                                  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
 
(iii)                               immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable two-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a);
 
(iv)                              each Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person with which the Company has entered into a transaction under this Section 5.01, shall have by amendment to its Note Guarantee confirmed that such Note Guarantee shall apply to the obligations of the Company or the surviving Person in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture, and Co-Issuer Corp., unless it is the other party to the transactions in this Section 5.01, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and
 
(v)                                 the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computation to demonstrate compliance with clause 5.01(iii)) and, if

 

69



 
requested, an Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such transaction and such agreement complies with this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
 
(b)                                 In addition, neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary thereof may, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. Section 5.01(a)(iii) shall not apply to any merger, consolidation or sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 

Section 5.02.                             Successor Corporation Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01.                             Events of Default.

 

(a)                                  Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:
 
(i)                                     default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture;
 
(ii)                                  default in payment when due (whether at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture;
 
(iii)                               failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 3.08, 4.10(c), 4.14 or 5.01;
 
(iv)                              failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee or Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture;

 

70



 

(v)                                 default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:
 

(A)                              is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(B)                                results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more;

 

(vi)                              failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment becomes final and non-appealable;
 
(vii)                           except as permitted by this Indenture, the Note Guarantee of any Subsidiary that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any such Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantee;
 
(viii)                        the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
 

(A)                              commences a voluntary case;

 

(B)                                consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(C)                                makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

(D)                               generally is not paying its debts as they become due; and

 

(ix)                                a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
 

(A)                              is for relief against the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or

 

71



 

Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), in an involuntary case; or

 

(B)                                appoints a custodian of the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or

 

(C)                                orders the liquidation of the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02.                             Acceleration.

 

(a)                                  In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (viii) or (ix) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company, any Guarantor that is not an Insignificant Subsidiary or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.  If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement shall be outstanding, that acceleration shall not be effective until the earlier of (i) an acceleration of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; and (ii) five Business Days after receipt by the Issuers and the agent under the Credit Agreement of written notice of the acceleration of the Notes.
 
(b)                                 In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Issuers with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuers would have had to pay if the Issuers then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant Section 3.07, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of such Notes. If an Event of Default occurs during any time that the Notes are outstanding, by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuers with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of such Notes, then the premium specified in Section 3.07(c) shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of such Notes.
 

Section 6.03.                             Other Remedies.

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

72



 

(b)                                 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
 

Section 6.04.                             Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

(a)                                  Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes; provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.
 
(b)                                 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents.  In case of any such waiver, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively.  This Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
(c)                                  In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(v) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(v) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of such Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, except non-payment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes have been cured or waived.
 

Section 6.05.                             Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes.

 

73



 

Section 6.06.                             Limitation on Suits.

 

(a)                                  A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
 
(i)                                     the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
 
(ii)                                  the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(iii)                               such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;
 
(iv)                              the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and
 
(v)                                 during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.
 
(b)                                 A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
 

Section 6.07.                             Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, which right shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

Section 6.08.                             Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(i) or (a)(ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent lawful, and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09.                             Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its

 

74



 

property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 out of the estate in any such proceeding shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10.                             Priorities.

 

(a)                                  If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
 

First:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.06, including payment of all reasonable compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the reasonable costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

Third:  to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct in writing.

 

(b)                                 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
 

Section 6.11.                             Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than ten percent in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

75



 

ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01.                             Duties of Trustee.

 

Except to the extent, if any, provided otherwise in the TIA:

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.
 
(b)                                 Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
 
(i)                                     The Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
 
(ii)                                  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be forwarded to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
 
(c)                                  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
 
(i)                                     this paragraph shall not be construed to limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
 
(ii)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
 
(iii)                               the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; and
 
(iv)                              no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable

 

76



 

grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
 
(d)                                 Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
 

Section 7.02.                             Certain Rights of Trustee.

 

Subject to the provisions of the TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d):

 

(a)                                  the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
 
(b)                                 any request or direction of the Issuers mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a written request or order signed, with respect to either Issuer, (i) by its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, a Vice Chairman, its President or a Vice President and (ii) by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that such written request or order may be signed by any two of the officers or directors listed in clause (i) above in lieu of being signed by one of such officers or directors listed in such clause (i) and one of the officers listed in clause (ii) above and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
 
(c)                                  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;
 
(d)                                 the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
 
(e)                                  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
 
(f)                                    the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to

 

77



 

make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;
 
(g)                                 the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
 
(h)                                 the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
 
(i)                                     in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;
 
(j)                                     the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture; and
 
(k)                                  the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
 

Section 7.03.                             Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuers, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuers of Notes or the proceeds thereof, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder.

 

Section 7.04.                             May Hold Securities.

 

The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Registrar or any other agent of the Issuers, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or such other agent.

 

78



 

Section 7.05.                             Money Held in Trust.

 

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuers.

 

Section 7.06.                             Compensation and Reimbursement.

 

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree:

 

(a)                                  to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed to in writing between the Issuers and the Trustee for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
 
(b)                                 except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall have been caused by its negligence or willful misconduct; and
 
(c)                                  to indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
 

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.06, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or 6.01(ix), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services shall be intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The provisions of this Section 7.06 shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

 

Section 7.07.                             Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder qualified or to be qualified under TIA 310(a)(1) and which shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 to the extent there is such an institution eligible and willing to serve.  If the Trustee publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 7.07,

 

79



 

the combined capital and surplus of the Trustee shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.07, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

Section 7.08.                             Replacement of Trustee.

 

(a)                                  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 7.09.
 
(b)                                 The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuers.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(c)                                  The Trustee may be removed at any time by an Act of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes, delivered to the Trustee and the Issuers.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the removed Trustee may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(d)                                 If at any time:
 
(i)                                     the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Issuers or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months; or
 
(ii)                                  the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 7.07 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuers or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months; or
 
(iii)                               the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,
 

then, in any case, (A) the Issuers by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 6.11, the Holder of any Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e)                                  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuers, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by the Act of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes delivered to the Issuers and the

 

80



 

retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with Section 7.09, become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuers or the Holders of the Notes and so accepted appointment, the Holder of any Note who has been a bona fide Holder for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
 
(f)                                    The Issuers shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Notes as their names and addresses appear in the register of Notes.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.
 

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

Section 7.09.                             Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. 

 

Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuers and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee, provided, however, that the retiring Trustee shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of Section 7.06(c); but, on request of the Issuers or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuers shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

 

Section 7.10.                             Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

 

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

81



 

Section 7.11.                             Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.

 

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Issuers (or any other obligor under the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Issuers (or any such other obligor).

 

Section 7.12.                             Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuers.

 

Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuers may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuers actually received such application) unless, with respect to any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted).

 

Section 7.13.                             Notice of Defaults.

 

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the register of Notes, notice of such Default hereunder actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01.                             Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Eight.

 

Section 8.02.                             Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from all their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged with respect to their obligations under the Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees,

 

82



 

respectively, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(a)                                  the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due;
 
(b)                                 the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes and mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the Issuers’ obligations under Section 4.02;
 
(c)                                  the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and
 
(d)                                 this Section 8.02.
 

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03.                             Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.20, 5.01 and 10.04 with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and neither the Notes nor the Note Guarantees shall thereafter be deemed “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(a)(iii) through (vii) shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

83



 

Section 8.04.                             Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

(a)                                  The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 to the outstanding Notes:
 
(i)                                     the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
 
(ii)                                  in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that (a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(iii)                               in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(iv)                              no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either:  (a) on the date of such deposit; or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit;
 
(v)                                 such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
 
(vi)                              the Issuers must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, (1) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuers or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 123rd day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Issuers under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 123rd day following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights

 

84



 

generally, including Section 547 of the United States Bankruptcy Code and (2) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940;
 
(vii)                           the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes over the other creditors of the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others;
 
(viii)                        if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and
 
(ix)                                the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 

Section 8.05.                             Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 8.06, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
(b)                                 The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
 
(c)                                  Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
 

Section 8.06.                             Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture and

 

85



 

the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 and, in the case of a Legal Defeasance, the Guarantors’ obligations under their respective Note Guarantees shall be revised and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02, in each case until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01.                             Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 below, the Issuers, the Guarantors, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

 

(i)                                     to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
 
(ii)                                  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Certificated Notes;
 
(iii)                               to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuers’ or such Guarantor’s assets;
 
(iv)                              to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes (including additional Note Guarantees or Liens securing the Notes) or that does not materially adversely affect the rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
 
(v)                                 to comply with the provisions of Section 4.18;
 
(vi)                              to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; or
 
(vii)                           to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture.
 

Upon the request of the Issuers authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

86



 

Section 9.02.                             With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.02, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Notes Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Notes Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).
 
(b)                                 The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto.  If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or its duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.
 
(c)                                  Upon the request of the Issuers authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement to this Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers in the execution of such amendment or supplement unless such amendment or supplement directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplement.
 
(d)                                 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
 
(e)                                  After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuers with any provision of this Indenture, or the Notes.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

87



 

(i)                                     reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
(ii)                                  reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of the Notes or alter the provisions, or waive any payment, with respect to the redemption of the Notes to the extent such alteration or waiver reduces the principal amount or premium payable upon redemption of the Notes or changes the date on which the Notes may be redeemed;
 
(iii)                               reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on the Notes;
 
(iv)                              waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, or premium, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
 
(v)                                 make the Notes payable in money other than U.S. dollars;
 
(vi)                              make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes;
 
(vii)                           release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
 
(viii)                        impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees;
 
(ix)                                amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with Section 4.10(c) after the obligation to make such Asset Sale Offer has arisen, or the obligation of the Issuers to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control in accordance with Section 4.14 after such Change of Control has occurred, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto;
 
(x)                                   except as otherwise permitted under Sections 4.18 and 5.01, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Issuers or any Guarantor of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture;
 
(xi)                                amend or modify any of the provisions of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in any manner adverse to the holders of the Notes or Note Guarantee; or
 
(xii)                             make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

 

88



 

Section 9.03.                             Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a document that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04.                             Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.05.                             Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

(a)                                  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
 
(b)                                 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
 

Section 9.06.                             Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement to this Indenture or any Note authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Issuers may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture or Note until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it.  In executing any amendment or supplement or Note, the Trustee shall be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE TEN

NOTE GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01.                       Guarantee.

 

(a)                                  Subject to this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, and fully and unconditionally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of, this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that:  (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or

 

89



 

otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace period provided herein), and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
 
(b)                                 The Guarantors hereby agree that, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Subject to Section 6.06, each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.
 
(c)                                  If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuers, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
 
(d)                                 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.  The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.
 

Section 10.02.                       Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute

 

90



 

(i) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee or (ii) an unlawful distribution under any applicable state law prohibiting shareholder distributions by an insolvent subsidiary to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or this Article Ten, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance or such an unlawful shareholder distribution.

 

Section 10.03.                       Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

 

(a)                                  To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.
 
(b)                                 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.
 
(c)                                  If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
 
(d)                                 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
 
(e)                                  If required by Section 4.18, the Company shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.18 and this Article Ten, to the extent applicable.
 

Section 10.04.                       Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms.

 

(a)                                  A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:
 
(i)                                     immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
(ii)                                  either:

 

91



 

(A)                              the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or

 

(B)                                such sale or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with Section 4.10.

 

(b)                                 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by a Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for a Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
 
(c)                                  Except as set forth in Article Five, and notwithstanding clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 10.04(a), nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.
 

Section 10.05.                       Release of Guarantor.

 

Any Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee;

 

(a)                                  in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale of all such Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with Section 4.10;
 
(b)                                 if the Company properly designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under this Indenture; or
 
(c)                                  upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee (including the Guarantee under the Credit Agreement) which resulted in the creation of such Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.18 (except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee); provided that such Guarantor does not have any Preferred Stock outstanding at such time that is not held by the Company or any Guarantor.

 

92



 

Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that one of the foregoing requirements has been satisfied and the conditions to the release of a Guarantor under this Section 10.05 have been met, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

Section 10.06.                       Subordination of Note Guarantee.

 

Payments under the Note Guarantees shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of such Guarantor, including Senior Debt incurred after the date of this Indenture, on the same basis as the payments by the Issuers on the Notes are subordinated to the prior payment in full of Senior Debt of the Issuers.  Each Holder by accepting a Note agrees to such subordination.  For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by any of the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article Twelve.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01.                       Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

(a)                                  This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:
 
(i)                                     either:
 

(A)                              all Notes that have been authenticated under this Indenture (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuers) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(B)                                all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or shall become due and payable within one year and the Issuers or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(ii)                                  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuers or any Guarantor are a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor are bound;

 

93



 

(iii)                               the Issuers or any Guarantor have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by them under this Indenture; and
 
(iv)                              the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
 
(b)                                 The Issuers must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
 
(c)                                  Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee shall pay to the Issuers or any Guarantor from time to time upon their request any cash or Government Securities held by it as provided in this section which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect a satisfaction and discharge under this Article Eleven.
 
(d)                                 After the conditions to discharge contained in this Article Eleven have been satisfied, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Indenture (except for those surviving obligations specified Section 11.01).
 

Section 11.02.                       Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 11.03 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including either of the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 11.03.                       Repayment to the Issuers.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the

 

94



 

date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuers.

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

SUBORDINATION

 

Section 12.01.                       Agreement to Subordinate.

 

The Issuers agree, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article Twelve, to the prior payment in full in Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt of the Issuers, including Senior Debt of the Issuers incurred after the date hereof.

 

Section 12.02.                       Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

 

The holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers shall be entitled to receive payment in full in Cash Equivalents of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt of the Issuers before the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that Holders of the Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trust pursuant to Article Eight), in the event of any distribution to creditors of either Issuer in connection with:

 

(a)                                  any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of either Issuer;
 
(b)                                 any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to either of the Issuers or their respective properties;
 
(c)                                  any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
 
(d)                                 any marshaling of either of the Issuers’ assets and liabilities.
 

Section 12.03.                       Default on Designated Senior Debt.

 

(a)                                  Neither Issuer may make any payment in respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust pursuant to Article Eight) if:
 
(i)                                     a payment default on Designated Senior Debt of either Issuer occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period; or
 
(ii)                                  any other default (a “non-payment default”) occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt of either Issuer that permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from a representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt.
 
(b)                                 Payments on the Notes may and shall be resumed:

 

95



 

(i)                                     in the case of a payment default on Designated Senior Debt of either Issuer, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and
 
(ii)                                  in the case of a non-payment default on Designated Senior Debt of either Issuer, the earlier of (A) the date on which such default is cured or waived, (B) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received and (C) the date the Trustee receives notice from the representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice, unless the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated.
 
(c)                                  No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
 
(i)                                     360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and
 
(ii)                                  all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the Notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash.
 
(d)                                 No non-payment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.
 
(e)                                  If the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes receives a payment in respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust pursuant to Article Eight) when:
 
(i)                                     the payment is prohibited by this Article Twelve; and
 
(ii)                                  the Trustee or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited (provided that such actual knowledge shall not be required in the case of any payment default on Designated Senior Debt),
 

the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, shall hold the payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of the Issuers. Upon the proper written request of the holders of Senior Debt of either Issuer or if there is any payment default on any Designated Senior Debt, the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, shall deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of Senior Debt of the applicable Issuer or their proper representative.

 

Section 12.04.                       Acceleration of Securities.

 

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuers shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the acceleration.

 

Section 12.05.                       When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.

 

In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust pursuant to Article Eight hereof) at a time when the Trustee or such Holder, as applicable, has

 

96



 

actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited by Article Twelve, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such Holder, as applicable, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full in accordance with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

 

With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article Twelve, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Issuers or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article Twelve, except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.

 

Section 12.06.                       Notice by the Issuers.

 

The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of any facts known to the Issuers that would cause a payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article Twelve, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as provided in this Article Twelve.

 

Section 12.07.                       Subrogation.

 

After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders of Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Indebtedness pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt.  A distribution made under this Article Twelve to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between the Issuers and Holders, a payment by the Issuers on the Notes.

 

Section 12.08.                       Relative Rights.

 

This Article Twelve defines the relative rights of Holders of Notes and holders of Senior Debt.  Nothing in this Indenture shall:

 

(a)                                  impair, as between the Issuers and Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Issuers, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;
 
(b)                                 affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and creditors of the Issuers other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or
 
(c)                                  prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the prior notice requirement set

 

97



 

forth in Section 6.02(a) and the rights of holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holders of Notes.
 

If the Issuers fail because of this Article Twelve to pay principal of or interest on a Note on the due date, the failure is still a Default or Event of Default.

 

Section 12.09.                       Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Issuers.

 

No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Issuers or any Holder or by the failure of the Issuers or any Holder to comply with this Indenture.

 

Section 12.10.                       Distribution or Notice to Representative.

 

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative.

 

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuers referred to in this Article Twelve, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Issuers, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Twelve.

 

Section 12.11.                       Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

 

Notwithstanding this Article Twelve or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article Twelve.  Only the Issuers or a Representative may give the notice.  Nothing in this Article Twelve shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.06 hereof.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

Section 12.12.                       Authorization to Effect Subordination.

 

Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article Twelve, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section 6.09

 

98



 

hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the lenders under the Credit Agreement are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 12.13.                       Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

 

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Notes or to the Company or to any other person cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article or otherwise.  With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.01.                       Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

Section 13.02.                       Notices.

 

(a)                                  Any notice or communication by the Issuers or any Guarantor, on the one hand, or the Trustee on the other hand, to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
 

If to the Issuers and/or any Guarantor:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC
200 Jericho Quadrangle
Jericho, NY 11753
Facsimile:  516-803-3003
Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan

 

And to:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC
200 Jericho Quadrangle
Jericho, NY 11753
Facsimile:  516-803-3003
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

99



 

If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, 8W
New York, NY 10286
Facsimile: 212-815-5707
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

(b)                                 The Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
 
(c)                                  All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
 
(d)                                 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  Any notice when mailed to a Holder in the aforesaid manner shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder whether or not actually received by such Holder.
 
(e)                                  Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance on such waiver.
 
(f)                                    In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.
 
(g)                                 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
 
(h)                                 If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders, they shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
 

Section 13.03.                       Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

100



 

Section 13.04.                       Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee if requested:

 

(i)                                     an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
 
(ii)                                  an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel (who may rely upon an Officers’ Certificate as to matters of fact), all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied;
 

except that, in the case of such request or application as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request or application, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

Section 13.05.                       Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

 

(a)                                  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include:
 
(i)                                     a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
 
(ii)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
 
(iii)                               a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
 
(iv)                              a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
 

Section 13.06.                       Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

101



 

Section 13.07.                       No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner or stockholder of either Issuer or of any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 13.08.                       Governing Law.

 

THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES.

 

Section 13.09.                       Consent to Jurisdiction.

 

Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party and each Holder by accepting the Notes irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail (to the extent allowed under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court.  The parties and each Holder by accepting the Notes irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

Section 13.10.                       Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Issuers or Guarantors may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such certificate or opinion, including any Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representation by, an officer or officers of an Issuer or Guarantor stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer or Guarantor, as applicable, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care

 

102



 

should show, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

Section 13.11.                       Successors.

 

All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind any of their successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind such Guarantor’s successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04.

 

Section 13.12.                       Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 13.13.                       Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 13.14.                       Acts of Holders.

 

(a)                                  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by the Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuers.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuers if made in the manner provided in this Section 13.14.
 
(b)                                 The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such witness, notary or officer the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
 
(c)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.14, the principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Holder, and the date of holding the

 

103



 

same, shall be proved by the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar as provided in Section 2.04.
 
(d)                                 If the Issuers shall solicit from the Holders of the Notes any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuers may, at their option, by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuers shall have no obligation to do so.  Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith or the date of the most recent list of Holders forwarded to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.06 and not later than the date such solicitation is completed.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of the then outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the then outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.
 
(e)                                  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration or transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Issuers in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
 
(f)                                    Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so itself with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note.
 

Section 13.15.                       Benefit of Indenture.

 

Nothing in this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Paying Agent, any Registrar and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Section 13.16.                       Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

104



 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

105



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Indenture as of August    , 2004.

 

 

 

 

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

RNS CO-ISSUER CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS IV HOLDING CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

S-1



 

 

AMC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT PRODUCTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

IFC PROGRAMMING, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

AMC FILM HOLDINGS LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

AMC MOVIE COMPANION LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

S-2



 

 

AMC NEW MEDIA LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

MONSTERS VOD SERVICES LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

WE NEW MEDIA LLC

 

By: WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT LLC

 

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

S-3



 

 

IFC DIGITAL MEDIA LLC

 

By: THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

IFC VOD SERVICES LLC

 

By: THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

S-4



 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

S-5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Face of Note]

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.12 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS.

 

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.  THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WERE THE OWNER OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES AND GUARANTEES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) PRIOR TO THE END OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITHIN THE

 

A-1



 

MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE.  THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

[Additional language for Regulation S Note to be inserted after paragraph 1]

 

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

 

A-2



 

 

CUSIP

 

 

No.

**$               **

 

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC
RNS CO-ISSUER CORPORATION

 

103/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014

 

Issue Date:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers,” which term includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of $500,000,000 on September 1, 2014.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  March 1 and September 1, commencing March 1, 2005.

 

Record Dates:  February 15 and August 15.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

[Attach Notation of Guarantee for Guarantors]

 

A-3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer.

 

 

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RNS CO-ISSUER CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

A-4



 

(Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication)

 

This is one of the 103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:  August 20, 2004

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-5



 

[Reverse Side of Note]

 

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC
RNS CO-ISSUER CORPORATION

 

103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.                                       Interest.  The Issuers promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 103/8% per annum from the date hereof until maturity.  The Issuers shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be March 1, 2005.  The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal from time to time on demand at the same rate; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.                                       Method of Payment.  The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the record date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Issuers, the Issuers shall pay all principal, interest and premium, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions.  All other payments on Notes shall be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York unless the Issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3.                                       Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, the Trustee under the Indenture shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder.  The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

4.                                       Indenture.  The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 20, 2004 (“Indenture”) among the Company, Co-Issuer Corp., the Guarantors and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those specifically made

 

A-6



 

part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder.

 

5.                                       Optional Redemption.  (a)  Except as set forth in paragraphs 5(b) and (c) below, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes prior to September 1, 2009.  On or after September 1, 2009, the Issuers may redeem all or part of the Notes, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2009

 

105.188

%

2010

 

103.458

%

2011

 

101.729

%

2012 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

(b)                                 At any time prior to September 1, 2007, the Issuers may, on any one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 110.375% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings; provided that (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption, excluding Notes held by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries; and (2) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Qualified Equity Offering.

 

(c)                                  If at any time prior to September 1, 2009: (i)(A) the Company has made an Asset Sale Offer for 50% or more of the outstanding Notes in compliance with Section 4.10, (B) the Company has purchased all Notes tendered and (C) less than all of the outstanding Notes have been tendered and purchased pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer; or (ii) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof has entered into a binding agreement related to a transaction that is subject to Section 5.01 pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is entitled to receive net proceeds in excess of the sum of the principal amount of all Senior Debt and Notes outstanding at such time, then the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (A) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (B) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus (C) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

6.                                       Repurchase at Option of Holder.  Upon the occurrence of (a) a Change of Control, the Holders of the Notes shall have the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s outstanding Notes on the terms set forth in the Indenture and (b) an Asset Sale, the Company may be obligated to make offers to purchase Notes with a portion of the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sale on the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-7



 

7.                                       Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $5,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption.

 

8.                                       Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

9.                                       Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  The Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived only in accordance with the Indenture.

 

10.                                 Defaults and Remedies.  In the case of an Event of Default arising from events of bankruptcy or insolvency specified in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes may become due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

11.                                 Trustee Dealings with Issuers.  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may become a creditor of, or otherwise deal with the Issuers or any of their Affiliates, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

12.                                 No Recourse Against Others.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  This waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

13.                                 Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

14.                                 CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

15.                                 Guarantee.  The Issuers’ obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.

 

16.                                 Copies of Documents.  The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

 

A-8



 

200 Jericho Quadrangle
Jericho, New York  11753
Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

And to:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC
200 Jericho Quadrangle
Jericho, NY 11753
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

A-9



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(INSERT ASSIGNEE’S LEGAL NAME)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint

to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-10



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company or the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10(c) or 4.14 of the Indenture, respectively, check the appropriate box below:

 

o Section 4.10(c)

o Section 4.14

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company or the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10(c) or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, respectively, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                 

 

Date:

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Tax Identification No.:

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11



 

[To be inserted for Rule 144A Global Note]

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount at
Maturity
of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in
 Principal Amount at
 Maturity
of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount at
Maturity
 of this Global Note
Following such
decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of
Authorized Officer
of Trustee or
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[To be inserted for Regulation S Global Note]

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or of other Restricted Global Notes for an interest in this Regulation S Global Note, have been made:

 

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount at
Maturity
of this Global Note

 

Amount of Increase in
 Principal Amount at
 Maturity
of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount at
Maturity
 of this Global Note
Following such
decrease (or increase)

 

Signature of
Authorized Officer
of Trustee or
Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-12



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York  11753

Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 8W

New York, New York 10286

Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:  103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors, and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                     (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount at maturity of $            in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to                                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

o            1.             Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

o            2.             Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Legended Regulation S Global Note, or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S.  The

 

B-1



 

Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (A) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (B) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person  (other than an Initial Purchaser).  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Legended Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

o            3.             Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

o            (a)           such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or

 

o            (b)           such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

4.             Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

 

o            (a)           Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Rule 144.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities

 

B-2



 

laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

o            (b)           Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and, in the case of a transfer from a Restricted Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (a) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (b) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (c) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (d) the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person, and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

o            (c)           Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

B-4



 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.             The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

o            (a)           a beneficial interest in the:

 

                (i)            144A Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

 

                (ii)           Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP            ); or

 

o            (b)           a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.             After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

o            (a)           a beneficial interest in the:

 

                (i)            144A Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

 

                (ii)           Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

 

                (iii)          Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

 

o            (b)           a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

o            (c)           an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York  11753

Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 8W

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:  103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

                            (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount at maturity of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”).  In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.             Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

o            (a)           Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

o            (b)           Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer,

 

C-1



 

(ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

o            (c)           Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

o            (d)           Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.             Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

o            (a)           Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

o            (b)           Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.  In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] :

 

144A Global Note, :

 

C-2



 

o            Regulation S Global Note, :

 

with an equal principal amount at maturity, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issues.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

C-3



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York  11753

Attention:  Joshua W. Sapan, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street, 8W

New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re:  103/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”), among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $             aggregate principal amount of:

 

(a)           o            beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 

(b)           o            a Definitive Note,

 

we confirm that:

 

1.             We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2.             We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence.  We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we shall do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the

 

D-1



 

Issuers a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

3.             We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions.  We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

4.             We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

5.             We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

D-2



 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of August 20, 2004 (the “Indenture”) among Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), RNS Co-Issuer Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Co-Issuer Corp.” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, if lawful (subject in all cases to any applicable grace periods provided in the Indenture and the Notes), and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee.  Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and (b) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute (i) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, state or foreign law to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee or (ii) an unlawful distribution under any applicable state law prohibiting shareholder distributions by an insolvent subsidiary to the extent applicable to its Note Guarantee.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

E-1



 

IN WITNESS HEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Notation of Guarantee to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

 

AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS IV HOLDING CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

AMC PRODUCTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT PRODUCTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

E-2



 

 

IFC PROGRAMMING, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

AMC FILM HOLDINGS LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

AMC MOVIE COMPANION LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

AMC NEW MEDIA LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

MONSTERS VOD SERVICES LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

E-3



 

 

WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

WE NEW MEDIA LLC

 

By: WE: WOMEN’S ENTERTAINMENT LLC

 

By: AMERICAN MOVIE CLASSICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

IFC DIGITAL MEDIA LLC

 

By: THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

IFC VOD SERVICES LLC

 

By: THE INDEPENDENT FILM CHANNEL LLC

 

By: RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

E-4


EX-10.1 4 a04-12386_1ex10d1.htm EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

among

 

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC, as Borrower;

 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, as Guarantors;

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent;

 

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,
CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. and
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Co-Documentation Agents;

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Administrative Agent;

 

and

 

THE OTHER CREDIT PARTIES PARTY HERETO

 

 

Dated as of August 20, 2004

 

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC. and BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
as Co-Lead Arrangers and Co-Book Runners

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 -

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2 -

LOANS

 

Section 2.1

The Loans

 

Section 2.2

Manner of Borrowing and Disbursement

 

Section 2.3

Interest

 

Section 2.4

Fees

 

Section 2.5

Optional Prepayments and Reductions

 

Section 2.6

Mandatory Commitment Reductions and Prepayments

 

Section 2.7

Repayment

 

Section 2.8

Swing Loans

 

Section 2.9

Notes; Loan Accounts

 

Section 2.10

Manner of Payment

 

Section 2.11

Reimbursement

 

Section 2.12

Application of Payments.

 

Section 2.13

Capital Adequacy

 

Section 2.14

Incremental Facility Loans

 

Section 2.15

Letters of Credit.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3 -

GUARANTEE

 

Section 3.1

Guarantee

 

Section 3.2

Waivers and Releases

 

Section 3.3

Miscellaneous

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4 -

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Section 4.1

Conditions Precedent to Closing

 

Section 4.2

Conditions Precedent to Each Advance

 

Section 4.3

Conditions Precedent to Issuance of Letters of Credit

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5 -

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 5.1

Representations and Warranties

 

Section 5.2

Survival of Representations and Warranties, etc

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6 -

GENERAL COVENANTS

 

Section 6.1

Preservation of Existence and Similar Matters

 

Section 6.2

Compliance with Applicable Law

 

Section 6.3

Maintenance of Properties

 

Section 6.4

Accounting Methods and Financial Records

 

Section 6.5

Insurance

 

 

i



 

Section 6.6

Payment of Taxes and Claims

 

Section 6.7

Visits and Inspections

 

Section 6.8

Payment of Indebtedness

 

Section 6.9

Use of Proceeds

 

Section 6.10

ERISA

 

Section 6.11

Further Assurances

 

Section 6.12

Broker’s Claims

 

Section 6.13

Indemnity

 

Section 6.14

Covenants Regarding Formation of Subsidiaries, Investments and Acquisitions

 

Section 6.15

Interest Rate Hedging

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7 -

INFORMATION COVENANTS

 

Section 7.1

Quarterly Financial Statements and Information

 

Section 7.2

Annual Financial Statements and Information; Certificate of No Default

 

Section 7.3

Performance Certificates

 

Section 7.4

Copies of Other Reports

 

Section 7.5

Notice of Litigation and Other Matters

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8 -

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Section 8.1

Indebtedness

 

Section 8.2

Investments

 

Section 8.3

Limitation on Liens

 

Section 8.4

Amendment and Waiver

 

Section 8.5

Liquidation; Disposition or Acquisition of Assets

 

Section 8.6

Limitation on Guaranties

 

Section 8.7

Restricted Payments and Purchases

 

Section 8.8

Total Leverage Ratio

 

Section 8.9

Senior Leverage Ratio

 

Section 8.10

Interest Coverage Ratio

 

Section 8.11

Debt Service Ratio

 

Section 8.12

Affiliate Transactions

 

Section 8.13

Real Estate

 

Section 8.14

ERISA Liabilities

 

Section 8.15

Sales and Leasebacks

 

Section 8.16

Negative Pledge

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9 -

DEFAULT

 

Section 9.1

Events of Default

 

 

ii



 

Section 9.2

Remedies

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10 -

THE AGENTS

 

Section 10.1

Appointment and Authorization

 

Section 10.2

Delegation of Duties

 

Section 10.3

Interest Holders

 

Section 10.4

Consultation with Counsel

 

Section 10.5

Documents

 

Section 10.6

Security Documents; Release of Collateral

 

Section 10.7

Affiliates

 

Section 10.8

Responsibility of the Agents

 

Section 10.9

Action by Agents

 

Section 10.10

Notice of Default or Event of Default

 

Section 10.11

Responsibility Disclaimed

 

Section 10.12

Indemnification

 

Section 10.13

Credit Decision

 

Section 10.14

Successor Agents

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11 -

CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES AFFECTING EURODOLLAR ADVANCES

 

Section 11.1

Eurodollar Basis Determination Inadequate or Unfair

 

Section 11.2

Illegality

 

Section 11.3

Increased Costs and Taxes

 

Section 11.4

Effect On Other Advances

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12 -

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.1

Notices

 

Section 12.2

Expenses

 

Section 12.3

Waivers

 

Section 12.4

Set-Off

 

Section 12.5

Assignment

 

Section 12.6

Counterparts

 

Section 12.7

Governing Law

 

Section 12.8

Severability

 

Section 12.9

Headings

 

Section 12.10

Interest

 

Section 12.11

Entire Agreement

 

Section 12.12

Amendment and Waiver

 

Section 12.13

Other Relationships

 

Section 12.14

Confidentiality

 

 

iii




 

Exhibits and Schedules

 

Exhibit A

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

Exhibit B

Form of Lender Addendum

Exhibit C

Form of Notice of Continuation/Conversion

Exhibit D

Form of Pledge Agreement

Exhibit E

Form of Request for Advance

Exhibit F

Form of Request for Issuance of Letter of Credit

Exhibit G

Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit H

Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit I

Form of Subordination of Intercompany Obligations Agreement

Exhibit J

Form of Swing Loan Note

Exhibit K

Form of Term B Note

Exhibit L

Form of Trademark Security Agreement

Exhibit M

Form of Swing Loan Request

Exhibit N

Form of Borrower Loan Certificate

Exhibit O

Form of Holdings Loan Certificate

Exhibit P

Form of Subsidiary Guarantor Loan Certificate

Exhibit Q

Form of Guarantee Supplement

Exhibit R

Form of Performance Certificate

 

Schedule 1

Material Affiliate Contracts

Schedule 5.1(c)-1

Borrower Parties

Schedule 5.1(c)-2

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

Schedule 5.1(i)

Cash for Carriage Payments; Other Liabilities

Schedule 5.1(k)

Investments and Guaranties

Schedule 5.1(l)

Litigation

Schedule 5.1(m)

ERISA

Schedule 5.1(n)

Intellectual Property

Schedule 5.1(q)

Film Rights Agreements and Affiliation Agreements

Schedule 5.1(v)

Names of Borrower Parties

Schedule 7.5(b)

RME Spin-Off

Schedule 8.6

Permitted Guaranties

Schedule 8.12

Affiliate Transactions

 



 

LOAN AGREEMENT
among
RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC, as Borrower;
THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, as Guarantors;
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent;
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,
CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. and
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Co-Documentation Agents;
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Administrative Agent
and
THE OTHER CREDIT PARTIES PARTY HERETO

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Swing Loan Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders make available to it the Commitments, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to, among other things, (a) refinance the outstanding Obligations (as defined in the RMH Loan Agreement) under the RMH Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the RMH Loan Agreement), (b) make Permitted Investments and Acquisitions and Restricted Payments permitted under this Agreement, and (c) fund working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors; and

 

WHEREAS, the Swing Loan Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders are willing to make the Commitments available to the Borrower upon the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, and in order to induce the Credit Parties (as defined herein) to consent to the transactions contemplated hereby, as well as for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of all of the foregoing as legally sufficient consideration being hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto each do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1 -  Definitions.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement:

 

Acquisition” shall mean (a) any acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a business or a business unit, (b) any acquisition of all or substantially all of the capital stock or other ownership interest of any other Person, or (c) any merger by any

 



 

Rainbow Company of or with any other Person, such that, in any such case, such Person shall become consolidated with such Rainbow Company in accordance with GAAP after consummating such transaction.

 

Additional Amounts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c)(ii) hereof.

 

Adjusted Stock Compensation Plan Expense” shall mean, for AMC, IFC and WE on a consolidated basis, the result, to the extent positive, of (a) Employee Stock Compensation Plan Expense, minus (b) seven percent (7%) of Calendar Operating Cash Flow for the immediately preceding fiscal year of AMC, IFC and WE, minus (c) the lesser of (i) Employee Stock Compensation Plan Income attributable to AMC, IFC and WE during such period and (ii) $25,000,000, in each case for the most recently completed twelve (12) month period.

 

Adjustment Date” shall mean the second (2nd) Business Day after the date on which the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1 hereof for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending September 30, 2004, have been delivered to the Arranger Banks.

 

Administrative Agent” shall mean JPMorgan Chase Bank, acting as administrative agent for the Credit Parties, together with any successor administrative agent.

 

Administrative Agent’s Office” shall mean the office of the Administrative Agent located at the address set forth in Section 12.1 hereof, or such other office as may be designated pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.1 hereof.

 

Advance” or “Advances” shall mean amounts advanced to the Borrower pursuant to Article 2 hereof on the occasion of any borrowing.

 

Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Person (other than an individual whose sole relationship with such Person is as an employee) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person, and with respect to the Borrower Parties to the extent not otherwise so deemed an Affiliate, each Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Borrower Parties.  For purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person includes the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

Affiliation Agreement” shall mean any agreement between any Borrower Party and a cable television operator or a direct broadcast satellite system operator pursuant to which such operator agrees, among other things, to distribute and exhibit to its subscribers programming of such Borrower Party.

 

2



 

Agents” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent and the Co-Documentation Agents, and “Agent” shall mean any one of the foregoing Agents.

 

Agreement” shall mean this Loan Agreement.

 

Agreement Date” shall mean August 20, 2004.

 

AMC” shall mean American Movie Classics Company LLC, a New York limited liability company (formerly known as American Movie Classics Company, a New York general partnership).

 

AMC Consulting Agreement” shall mean that certain Consulting Agreement dated as of March 29, 2001, among CSC Holdings, AMC and WE, pursuant to which CSC Holdings has agreed to provide consulting services to AMC and WE for an annual fee equal to three and one-half percent (3.50%) of the gross revenues of AMC and WE during the applicable year and reimbursement of the cost and expenses incurred by CSC Holdings in connection with the consulting services.

 

AMC LLC Agreement” shall mean that certain Limited Liability Agreement of American Movie Classics Company LLC.

 

AMC IV” shall mean American Movie Classics IV Holding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Annualized Cash Flow” shall mean, as of any calculation date for AMC, IFC and WE on a consolidated basis, (a) the product of (i) the result of (A) Cash Flow, plus (B) the sum, to the extent deducted in computing Net Income, of (1) Employee Stock Compensation Plan Expense, (2) Restructuring Charges, (3) through December 31, 2004, the fees accrued under the AMC Consulting Agreement, (4) for any six (6) month period that includes December 31, 2003, an amount of up to $16,600,000 in the aggregate in respect of feature film library holdings write-offs and an amount of up to $4,600,000 in the aggregate in respect of charges relating to the investigation of improper expense accruals at the Subsidiaries of the Borrower and (5) for any six (6) month period that includes March 31, 2004, an amount of up to $4,200,000 in the aggregate in respect of charges relating to the investigation of improper expense accruals at the Subsidiaries of the Borrower, minus (C) the sum, to the extent added in computing Net Income, of (1) Employee Stock Compensation Plan Income, in each case for the most recently completed six (6) month period, times (ii) two (2), minus (b) Adjusted Stock Compensation Plan Expense, minus (c) Restructuring Charges for the most recently completed six (6) month period.

 

Annualized Interest Expense” shall mean the product of (a) Interest Expense for the most recently completed two (2) fiscal quarters, times (b) two (2).

 

3



 

Applicable Law” shall mean, in respect of any Person, all provisions of constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations and orders of governmental bodies or regulatory agencies applicable to such Person and all orders and decrees of all courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions to which the Person in question is a party or by which it is bound.

 

Applicable Margin” shall mean the interest rate margin applicable to Advances hereunder as determined in accordance with Section 2.3(f) hereof.

 

Approved Fund” shall mean, with respect to any Lender that is a Fund that invests in commercial loans, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

 

Arranger Banks” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent.

 

Assignment and Assumption Agreement” shall mean that certain form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, pursuant to which each Lender may, as further provided in Section 12.5 hereof, sell a portion of its Loans (other than Swing Loans) or Commitments.

 

Authorized Debt Issuance” shall mean, with respect to the issuance of any Indebtedness For Money Borrowed by the Borrower or Holdings, or both, (a) up to $800,000,000 in an initial aggregate principal amount raised by the Borrower or Holdings, or both, on or before the date of the consummation of the RME Spin-Off (the “Initial Authorized Debt Issuance”), and (b) up to $300,000,000 in an additional aggregate principal amount raised by the Borrower or Holdings, or both (collectively, the “Subsequent Authorized Debt Issuances”), in each case, on terms and conditions which shall (i) have a maturity date no earlier than six (6) months after the Final Maturity Date, (ii) not have any required cash redemptions prior to six (6) months after the Final Maturity Date, (iii) be unsecured, (iv) be contractually subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger Banks, (v) not be supported by any guaranty of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (unless, with respect to any Authorized Debt Issuance by the Borrower, such guaranty shall be given by a Subsidiary Guarantor and be contractually subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger Banks), (vi) be issued subject to demonstration to the reasonable satisfaction of the Arranger Banks of pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenants through the Final Maturity Date, (vii) be issued on market terms and conditions which shall be no more restrictive on the Borrower Parties than the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (viii) be otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger Banks; provided, however, that clauses (i) and (iv) and the subordination requirement of clause (v) of this definition shall not apply to up to $300,000,000 of the Initial Authorized Debt Issuance (the “Senior Authorized Debt Issuance”).

 

4



 

Authorized Signatory” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such senior personnel of such Person as may be duly authorized and designated in writing by such Person to execute documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of such Person.

 

Available Film Rights Add-Back” shall mean, with respect to any period, (a) $75,000,000 minus (b) the aggregate amount of any Available Film Rights Add-Backs used by the Borrower to calculate Excess Film Rights Payments with respect to any prior periods.

 

Available Revolving Loan Commitment” shall mean, as of any date, the excess of (a) the Revolving Loan Commitment, over (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding on such date and (ii) the L/C Obligations outstanding on such date.

 

Bankruptcy Code” shall mean the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.), as now or hereafter amended, and any successor statute, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy law or other similar law.

 

Base Rate” shall mean, as of any date, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate and (b) the sum of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus (ii) one-half of one percent (0.50%).  The Base Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the opening of business on the effective date of each change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, as the case may be.

 

Base Rate Advance” shall mean an Advance (other than a Swing Loan) which the Borrower requests to be made as a Base Rate Advance or which is converted to a Base Rate Advance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof.

 

Borrower” shall mean Rainbow National Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Borrower Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors, and “Borrower Party” shall mean any one of the foregoing Borrower Parties.

 

Business Day” shall mean a day on which banks are not authorized or required to be closed and foreign exchange markets are open for the transaction of business required for this Agreement in London, England, as relevant to the determination to be made or the action to be taken, and New York City, New York.

 

Calendar Operating Cash Flow” shall mean, as of each fiscal year end for AMC, IFC and WE on a consolidated basis, the result of (a) Cash Flow, plus (b) Employee Stock Compensation Plan Expense, minus (c) Employee Stock Compensation Plan Income, minus (d) Adjusted Stock Compensation Plan Expense, in each case for the twelve (12) month period then ended.

 

5



 

Capital Expenditures” shall mean expenditures for the purchase of assets of long-term use which are capitalized in accordance with GAAP (excluding any expenditures for and under Film Rights Agreements of the Borrower Parties).

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation” shall mean that portion of any obligation of a Person as lessee under a lease which at the time would be required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such lessee in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Equivalents” shall mean the following:

 

(a)                                  marketable, direct obligations of the United States of America maturing within three hundred ninety-seven (397) days of the date of purchase;

 

(b)                                 commercial paper issued by any Lender (or any Lender Affiliate) or by corporations, each of which shall have a consolidated net worth of at least $250,000,000 and each of which conducts a substantial part of its business in the United States of America, maturing within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the original issue thereof, and rated “P-1” or better by Moody’s or “A-1” or better by S&P;

 

(c)                                  fully collateralized repurchase agreements in such amounts and with such financial institutions having a rating of Baa or better from Moody’s, or a rating of “A-” or better from S&P, as the Borrower may select from time to time;

 

(d)                                 certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within three hundred ninety-seven (397) days after the date of purchase, which are issued by any Lender or by a United States national or state bank or foreign bank having capital, surplus and undivided profits totaling more than $100,000,000, and having a rating of Baa or better from Moody’s, or a rating of “A-” or better from S&P; and

 

(e)                                  money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000.

 

Cash Flow” shall mean, for any period, the sum of (a) Net Income (excluding any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary items), plus (b) the sum, in each case to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income, of (i) Interest Expense, (ii) depreciation, (iii) amortization (excluding Film Rights Amortization), (iv) non-cash losses on securities and Interest Hedge Agreements, (v) taxes, (vi) non-cash charges incurred subsequent to the Agreement Date resulting from the application of SFAS No. 123 or SFAS No. 142, (vii) Deferred Carriage Fees, (viii) interest expense in respect of the PIK Preferred and (ix) other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash

 

6



 

expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period), minus (c) the sum, in each case to the extent added in calculating Net Income, of (i) non-cash gains on securities and Interest Hedge Agreements and (ii) non-cash items increasing Net Income, other than the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice.

 

Change of Control” shall mean any of the following events:

 

(a)                                  Prior to the consummation of the RME Spin-Off, CSC Holdings shall, at any time, cease to own and vote, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of RME;

 

(b)                                 RME shall, at any time, cease to own and vote, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of Holdings;

 

(c)                                  Holdings shall, at any time, cease to own and vote, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of the Borrower;

 

(d)                                 the Borrower shall, at any time, cease to own and vote, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the Voting Stock of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (except to the extent that (i) the Voting Stock of any such Subsidiary Guarantor is permitted to be disposed of, and (ii) any such Subsidiary Guarantor is permitted to issue any additional Voting Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement);

 

(e)                                  the Dolan Family Interests, collectively and in the aggregate, shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the outstanding Voting Stock of RME; or

 

(f)                                    the Dolan Family Interests shall, at any time, cease to have management control over the business and operations of the Borrower Parties, other than as a result of a sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under Section 8.5 of this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consummation of the RME Spin-Off shall not be deemed a Change of Control.

 

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Co-Documentation Agents” shall mean, collectively, Credit Suisse First Boston, Citicorp North America, Inc. and Wachovia Bank, National Association, in their

 

7



 

respective capacities as documentation agent under this Agreement, and “Co-Documentation Agent” shall mean any one of the foregoing Co-Documentation Agents.

 

Collateral” shall mean any assets in which any Credit Party may have a security interest pursuant to any Security Document.

 

Commitment Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the Commitments of such Lender, divided by (b) the aggregate Commitments of all of the Lenders.  As of the Agreement Date, the Commitment Percentage of each Lender is set forth on Schedule 1 to the Lender Addendum delivered by such Lender.

 

Commitments” shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Loan Commitment, the Term B Loan Commitment, any Incremental Facility Commitments issued hereunder and any replacement commitments of any of the foregoing issued hereunder.

 

Company” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity.

 

Constituent Documents” shall mean, (a) with respect to any corporation, such corporation’s certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws, (b) with respect to any partnership, such partnership’s partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership (if applicable), and (c) with respect to any limited liability company, such limited liability company’s operating agreement and certification of organization (or other similar document, as the case may be).

 

Converted Term Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d)(ii).

 

Credit Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, the Syndication Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Loan Lender, the Issuing Bank and any Incremental Facility Lenders.

 

Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements” shall mean all Interest Hedge Agreements between the Borrower, on the one hand, and any Credit Party (or any Lender Affiliate thereof or any Person that was a Credit Party (or a Lender Affiliate thereof) on the date of entering into such Interest Hedge Agreement), on the other hand.

 

CSC Holdings” shall mean CSC Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

CVC” shall mean Cablevision Systems Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

8



 

Debt Service” shall mean, as of any date of determination, for the Rainbow Companies on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) Annualized Interest Expense, (b) cash taxes paid during the most recently completed twelve (12) calendar month period, (c) payments of Obligations outstanding under the Revolving Loan Commitment in connection with Mandatory Commitment Reductions during the immediately succeeding twelve (12) calendar month period, (d) scheduled and mandatory payments of the Term B Loans pursuant to Sections 2.6 and 2.7 hereof during the immediately succeeding twelve (12) calendar month period (other than the mandatory payments of the Term B Loans scheduled to be made on June 30, 2011, September 30, 2011, December 31, 2011, and March 31, 2012), (e) scheduled principal payments under Capitalized Lease Obligations during the immediately succeeding twelve (12) calendar month period and (f) Excess Film Rights Payments during the immediately succeeding twelve (12) calendar month period.

 

Debt Service Ratio” shall mean, on any calculation date, the ratio of (a) Annualized Cash Flow to (b) Debt Service.

 

Default” shall mean any Event of Default, and any of the events specified in Section 9.1 hereof which with any passage of time or giving of notice (or both) would constitute such event an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate” shall mean a simple per annum interest rate equal to the sum of (a) the Base Rate, (b) the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Base Rate Advances, and (c) two percent (2%).

 

Deferred Carriage Fees” shall mean the amortization by AMC, IFC and WE of (a) launch support payments and (b) payments in exchange for carriage, which expenditures shall, at all times, be amortized in accordance with GAAP.

 

Discretionary Distributions Basket Amount” shall mean, for calendar year 2004 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of this Agreement, $50,000,000.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that amounts available under the Discretionary Distributions Basket Amount with respect to any calendar year are not used, such amounts may be carried forward to increase the Discretionary Distributions Basket Amount during the years following such year; provided, however, that the aggregate amount available under the Discretionary Distributions Basket Amount during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $200,000,000.

 

Dolan” shall mean Charles F. Dolan.

 

Dolan Family Interests” shall mean (a) any Dolan Family Member, (b) any trusts for the benefit of any Dolan Family Members, (c) any estate of any Dolan Family Member or testamentary trust of any Dolan Family Member for the benefit of any Dolan Family Members, (d) any executor, administrator, conservator or legal or personal representative of any Person or Persons specified in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above to the

 

9



 

extent acting in such capacity on behalf of any Dolan Family Member or Members and not individually, (e) any Person, eighty percent (80%) of which is owned and controlled by any of the foregoing or combination of the foregoing, and (f) The Dolan Family Foundation, a New York not-for-profit corporation.

 

Dolan Family Members” shall mean (a) Dolan and (b) any spouse, child, child of a spouse, parent, grandchild or other descendant of Dolan (where applicable in each of the foregoing instances, whether natural or adopted), and any other intestate distribute, heir or legatee of Dolan.

 

Dollars” or “$” shall mean the basic unit of the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Eligible Assignee” shall mean (a) a Lender, (b) a Lender Affiliate, (c) an Approved Fund, or (d) any other Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) approved by the Administrative Agent and, unless a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (such approval of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

Employee Stock Compensation Plan Expense” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the expense incurred for the respective period in respect of the employee stock incentive programs of such Person, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Employee Stock Compensation Plan Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person, income attributable to such Person for the respective period as a result of the reversal of any Employee Stock Compensation Plan Expense accrued during a prior period, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as in effect from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any “affiliate” of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code.

 

Eurodollar Advance” shall mean an Advance (other than a Swing Loan) which the Borrower requests to be made as a Eurodollar Advance or which is continued as or converted to a Eurodollar Advance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof.

 

Eurodollar Advance Period” shall mean, in connection with any Eurodollar Advance, the term of such Advance selected by the Borrower, which may be one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months, and subject to the last proviso of this definition nine (9) or twelve (12) months, or otherwise determined in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) any applicable Eurodollar Advance Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business

 

10



 

Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Eurodollar Advance Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (b) any applicable Eurodollar Advance Period which begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Eurodollar Advance Period is to end shall (subject to clause (a) above) end on the last day of such calendar month, and (c) no Eurodollar Advance Period shall extend beyond the Final Maturity Date or such earlier date as would interfere with the repayment obligations of the Borrower under Section 2.7 hereof; provided further, however, the Borrower may not select a Eurodollar Advance Period in excess of six (6) months unless the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that (i) that each of the Lenders has available to it funds for such Lender’s share of the proposed Advance which are not required for other purposes, (ii) such funds are available to each Lender at a rate (exclusive of reserves and other adjustments) at or below the Eurodollar Rate for such proposed Advance and Eurodollar Advance Period, and (iii) each Lender has, in its sole discretion, agreed to fund such Advance.

 

Eurodollar Basis” shall mean a simple per annum interest rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (1/100%)) equal to the quotient of (a) the Eurodollar Rate divided by (b) one minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage, stated as a decimal, and once determined, shall be subject to Article 11 hereof and shall remain unchanged during the applicable Eurodollar Advance Period, except for changes to reflect adjustments in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

 

Eurodollar Rate” shall mean, for any Eurodollar Advance Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic mean of the interest rates per annum (rounded upward to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16%)) which appear on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time), or, if unavailable, the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, two (2) Business Days before the first day of such Eurodollar Advance Period, in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount of, and for a length of time approximately equal to the Eurodollar Advance Period for, the Eurodollar Advance sought by the Borrower.

 

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” shall mean the percentage which is in effect from time to time under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as such regulation may be amended from time to time, as the actual reserve requirement applicable with respect to Eurocurrency liabilities (as that term is defined in Regulation D), to the extent any Lender has any Eurocurrency liabilities subject to such reserve requirement at that time.  The Eurodollar Basis for any Eurodollar Advance shall be adjusted as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

 

Event of Default” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 9.1 hereof, provided that any requirement for notice or lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

11



 

Excess Film Rights Payments” shall mean, for any period, the excess, if any, of (a) cash payments in respect of film rights over (b) Film Rights Amortization; provided, however, that, at the Borrower’s option, such excess may be reduced to not less than zero (0) by all or any portion of the Available Film Rights Add-Back.

 

Exemption Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c)(iii) hereof.

 

Existing Term Loan” shall mean an “Incremental Term C Loan” (as defined in the RMH Loan Agreement).

 

FCC” shall mean the Federal Communications Commission, or any successor thereto.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, as of any date, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next one-hundredth of one percent (1/100 of 1%)) of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with the members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next one-hundredth of one percent (1/100 of 1%)) of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three (3) federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fee Letters” shall mean those certain Fee Letters by and between the Borrower, on the one hand, and each of the Administrative Agent and the Arranger Banks, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, as co-lead arrangers and co-book runners, on the other hand, setting forth the applicable fees relating to this Agreement.

 

Film Rights Agreements” shall mean, collectively, each agreement between any of the Borrower Parties and any other Person for the agreement to use, produce, license, exhibit or distribute programming.

 

Film Rights Amortization” shall mean the amortization of expenditures of AMC, IFC and WE for the acquisition of film rights and broadcast programming, which expenditures shall, at all times, be amortized in accordance with GAAP.

 

Final Maturity Date” shall mean March 31, 2012, or such earlier date on which the payment of all outstanding Obligations shall be due (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

 

Financial Covenants” shall mean the financial covenants applicable to the Borrower from time to time as set forth in Sections 8.8, 8.9, 8.10 and 8.11 hereof.

 

12



 

Financial Statements Delivery Date” shall mean (a) with respect to the delivery of quarterly financial statements and information pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof for each fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended during the term of this Agreement, the date which is sixty (60) days after the last day of each such fiscal quarter, and (b) with respect to the delivery of annual financial statements and information pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof for each fiscal year of the Borrower ended during the term of this Agreement, the date which is one hundred ten (110) days after the end of each such fiscal year.

 

Flow Through Entity” shall mean an entity that (a) for federal income tax purposes, constitutes a business entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owners under the Code, the Treasury regulations, or any published administrative guidance of the IRS (a “Federal Flow Through Entity”), and (b) for state and local jurisdiction tax purposes, is subject to treatment on a basis under applicable state or local income tax law substantially similar to a Federal Flow Through Entity.

 

Foreign Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c)(iii) hereof.

 

Fund” shall mean any Person (other than the Borrower or any of its Affiliates) that is (or will be) primarily engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.

 

Guarantee Supplement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.14(a) hereof.

 

Guarantors” shall mean, collectively, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors, and “Guarantor” shall mean any one of the foregoing Guarantors.

 

Guaranty” or “Guaranteed” as applied to an obligation (each a “primary obligation”), shall mean and include (a) any guaranty, direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such primary obligation, and (b) any agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of any part or all of such primary obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, any reimbursement obligations as to amounts drawn down by beneficiaries of outstanding letters of credit and any obligation of a Person (the “primary obligor”), whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property or asset constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital, equity capital or the net worth, cash flow, solvency or other balance sheet or income statement condition of any other Person, (iii) to purchase property, assets, securities or

 

13



 

services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner or holder of any primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor with respect to such primary obligation to make payment thereof, or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner or holder of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

Holdings” shall mean Rainbow Programming Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

IFC” shall mean The Independent Film Channel LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Incremental Facility Commitments” shall mean, collectively, the aggregate commitments of the Incremental Facility Lenders to make Advances of the Incremental Facility Loans to the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.14 hereof.  The Borrower may obtain Incremental Facility Commitments from more than one Incremental Facility Lender, which commitments shall be several obligations of each such Incremental Facility Lender.

 

Incremental Facility Indebtedness” shall mean all principal, interest, fees, and other amounts from time to time due or accrued in connection with the Incremental Facility Loans.

 

Incremental Facility Lenders” shall mean any Lenders having an Incremental Facility Commitment or making Incremental Facility Loans pursuant thereto.

 

Incremental Facility Loans” shall mean the amounts advanced by the Incremental Facility Lenders to the Borrower as Incremental Facility Loans under the Incremental Facility Commitment, not to exceed the amount of the Incremental Facility Commitment.

 

Incremental Facility Maturity Date” shall mean the maturity date for the Incremental Facility Loans as set forth in the Notice of Incremental Facility Commitment applicable thereto, or such earlier date on which the payment of all outstanding Obligations in respect of such Incremental Facility Commitment shall be due (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

 

Incremental Facility Notes” shall mean those certain Incremental Facility Notes described in Section 2.14(d) hereof.

 

Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) all items (except items of shareholders’ and partners’ equity or capital stock or surplus or general contingency or deferred tax reserves or obligations with respect to the PIK Preferred as permitted by Sections 8.5(c) and 8.7 hereof) which in accordance with GAAP would be included in determining total liabilities as shown on the liability side of a balance sheet of such Person, (b) all direct or indirect obligations secured by any Lien to which any

 

14



 

property or asset owned by such Person is subject, whether or not the obligation secured thereby shall have been assumed, (c) to the extent not otherwise included, all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (d) all reimbursement obligations with respect to outstanding letters of credit, and (e) all net obligations in respect of Interest Hedge Agreements.

 

Indebtedness For Money Borrowed” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all money borrowed by such Person and all Indebtedness represented by notes payable by such Person and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit to such Person, all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments, all net obligations in respect of Interest Hedge Agreements, all reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, all Indebtedness of such Person upon which interest charges, commitment fees or letter of credit fees are customarily paid, and all Indebtedness of such Person issued or assumed as full or partial payment for property or services, whether or not any such notes, drafts, obligations, or Indebtedness represent Indebtedness for money borrowed (excluding accounts payable and other accruals incurred in the ordinary cause of business and all obligations with respect to the PIK Preferred as permitted by Sections 8.5(c) and 8.7 hereof).  For purposes of this definition, interest which is accrued but not paid on the original due date or within any applicable cure or grace period as provided by the underlying contract for such interest shall be deemed Indebtedness For Money Borrowed.

 

Indemnitee” shall have the meaning given thereto in Section 6.13 hereof.

 

Indentures” shall mean, collectively, the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.

 

Initial Authorized Debt Issuance” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Authorized Debt Issuance.

 

Initial Maturity Date” shall mean September 30, 2011, or such earlier date on which the payment of all outstanding Obligations in respect of the Revolving Loan Commitment shall be due (whether by acceleration or otherwise).

 

Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any insolvency, receivership, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization proceeding, or any other proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, by or against such Person, under the Bankruptcy Code or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law or laws, federal or state, relating to the relief of debtors of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect, and any out-of-court composition, assignment for the benefit of creditors, readjustment of Indebtedness, reorganization, extension or other debt arrangement of any kind.

 

Interest Coverage Ratio” shall mean, on any calculation date, the ratio of (a) Six Month Cash Flow to (b) Trailing Six Month Interest Expense.

 

15



 

Interest Expense” shall mean, for any period with respect to any Person, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the interest and commitment fees accrued during such period with respect to the aggregate amount of Indebtedness For Money Borrowed, (b) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (c) Restricted Payments made to Holdings for the purpose of paying interest on Indebtedness of Holdings.

 

Interest Hedge Agreement” shall mean any interest rate swap, cap, collar, floor, caption or swap agreement, or any similar arrangement designed to hedge the risk of variable interest rate volatility or to reduce interest costs, arising at any time between the Borrower, on the one hand, and any other Person, on the other hand, as such agreement or arrangement may be modified, supplemented, amended, and in effect from time to time.

 

Investment” shall mean any capital contributions to, loans to, repurchase agreements with or investments in securities of, or Guaranties issued for the benefit of, a Person (including, without limitation, any of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries), but in any case shall not include any Acquisition.

 

IRS” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Issuing Bank” shall mean the Administrative Agent and, upon any such Person’s agreement to act as an Issuing Bank hereunder, any Lender or any Lender Affiliate, in each case as issuer of any Letter of Credit hereunder.

 

L/C Obligations” shall mean, at any date, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit which have not then been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.15 hereof.

 

Lender Addendum” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, a Lender Addendum, substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, to be executed and delivered by such Lender on the Agreement Date as provided in Section 12.17 hereof.

 

Lender Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any Lender, (a) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Lender or (b) any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is wholly-owned by a Lender or a Lender Affiliate of such Lender.

 

Lenders” shall mean the financial institutions or other entities that from time to time become parties to this Agreement as Lenders (including the Swing Loan Lender), and “Lender” shall mean any one of the foregoing Lenders.

 

16



 

Letter of Credit” shall mean any Letter of Credit issued by any Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.15 hereof.

 

Letter of Credit Committed Amount” shall mean $50,000,000.

 

Lien” shall mean, with respect to any property, any mortgage, lien, pledge, assignment, charge, security interest, title retention agreement, levy, execution, seizure, attachment, garnishment, or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of such property, whether or not choate, vested, or perfected.

 

Liquidity” shall mean the sum of (a) the Available Revolving Loan Commitment permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.2 and 4.3 hereof minus outstanding Swing Loans plus (b) the cash on hand of the Rainbow Companies.

 

Loan Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the Fee Letters, the Security Documents, the Subordination of Intercompany Obligations Agreement, all documents executed in connection with any Incremental Facility Loans, all Letters of Credit, all Requests for Advance, all Requests for Issuance of Letters of Credit, all documents executed by any of the Borrower Parties pursuant to Section 6.14 hereof and all other fee letters, documents, instruments, certificates and agreements executed or delivered in connection with or contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements shall constitute Loan Documents.

 

Loans” shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Loans, the Term B Loans, the Swing Loans, and, if any Incremental Facility Commitments have been issued hereunder, the Incremental Facility Loans made under such Incremental Facility Commitments, and “Loan” shall mean any of the foregoing.

 

Majority Lenders” shall mean, at any time, (a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and termination of the Commitments, Lenders the sum of whose Undrawn Commitments plus Loans then outstanding equals or exceeds fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the sum of the Undrawn Commitments plus the Loans then outstanding for all Lenders, or (b) at any time that there exists an Event of Default hereunder and the Commitments have been terminated, Lenders the total of whose Loans outstanding equals or exceeds fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the total principal amount of the Loans then outstanding hereunder.

 

Mandatory Borrowing” shall have the meaning given thereto in Section 2.8(b) hereof.

 

Mandatory Commitment Reductions” shall mean, as of any calculation date, the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans, the Swing Loans and the L/C Obligations outstanding at the beginning of the period being

 

17



 

measured, over (b) the lowest amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment during the period being measured.

 

Material Affiliate Contracts” shall mean, collectively, (a) the AMC Consulting Agreement, (b) the Services Agreement, and (c) each agreement between any of the Borrower Parties with any of its Affiliates identified on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

 

Material Film Rights Agreement” shall mean any Film Rights Agreement of any Borrower Party pursuant to which such Borrower Party is obligated to make payments of $10,000,000 or more in the aggregate.

 

Material Affiliation Agreement” shall mean any Affiliation Agreement covering 1,000,000 or more subscribers.

 

Material Subsidiaries” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Guarantors and (b) any other Subsidiaries of the Borrower having (either individually or collectively, in the case of any holding company Subsidiaries, with their respective operating Subsidiaries) a “fair market value” of $5,000,000 or more, as determined by the Arranger Banks in their reasonable discretion.

 

Materially Adverse Effect” shall mean any materially adverse effect upon the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower Parties, taken as a whole on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, or upon the ability of the Borrower Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their respective Obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Maturity Date” shall mean, with respect to all amounts owing or Advances made, under (a) the Revolving Loan Commitment, the Initial Maturity Date, (b) the Term B Loan Commitment, the Final Maturity Date, and (c) any Incremental Facility Commitment, the Incremental Facility Maturity Date applicable thereto.

 

Maximum Guaranteed Amount” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.3(e) hereof.

 

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.

 

Multiemployer Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to any issuance or sale by any Person of Indebtedness or stock or other equity interests, and with respect to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets, the amount equal to (a) the gross cash consideration (including, without limitation, any payments received in respect of covenants not to compete, consulting or management fees, and any portion of the amount received in cash upon payment of a buyer promissory note or other evidence of

 

18



 

Indebtedness) in connection with such issuance, sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, minus (b) the sum of (i) any underwriting or commitment fees or sales commissions required to be paid on the closing of such transaction, (ii) any attorneys’ fees incurred by such Person in connection with such transaction, and (iii) cash taxes related to the transaction to the extent payable by such Person.

 

Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate amount of net income of such Person, after taxes (unless such Person is a partnership or limited liability company), for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

New Affiliated Equity” shall mean any infusion of equity by Holdings, RME, any Affiliate of RME or any other Person satisfactory to the Majority Lenders into the Borrower after the Agreement Date (whether the amount of such equity shall have been obtained by any such Person in connection with the public issuance of stock or other equity interests by such Person or otherwise), including, without limitation, any contribution to the Borrower of the PIK Preferred as permitted by Sections 8.5(c) and 8.7 hereof.

 

Notes” shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Notes, the Term B Notes, the Swing Loan Note and, if applicable, the Incremental Facility Notes.

 

Notice of Continuation/Conversion” shall mean a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.

 

Notice of Incremental Facility Commitment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(b) hereof.

 

Obligations” shall mean (a) all payment and performance obligations of the Borrower and all other obligors to the Lenders, the Swing Loan Lender, the Incremental Facility Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as they may be amended from time to time, or as a result of making the Loans or the Incremental Facility Loans, (b) the obligation to pay an amount equal to the amount of any and all damages which the Lenders, the Swing Loan Lender, the Incremental Facility Lenders, the Administrative Agent or the other Credit Parties, or any of them, or any of their Lender Affiliates, may suffer by reason of a breach by the Borrower or any other obligor of any obligation, covenant or undertaking with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (c) all obligations of the Borrower arising from or in connection with any Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements (only to the extent that such Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements are permitted pursuant to Section 8.1(d) hereof).

 

Payment Date” shall mean the last day of each Eurodollar Advance Period.

 

19



 

PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Permitted Investments” shall mean Investments described in and permitted to be made under Section 8.2 hereof.

 

Permitted Liens” shall mean, as applied to any Person:

 

(a)                                  Any Lien in favor of any Credit Party given to secure the Obligations;

 

(b)                                 (i) Liens on real estate for real estate taxes not yet delinquent and (ii) Liens for taxes, assessments, judgments, governmental charges or levies, or claims the non-payment of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside on such Person’s books, but only so long as no foreclosure, distraint, sale, or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect thereto and remain unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days after their commencement;

 

(c)                                  Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, laborers, and materialmen incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor;

 

(d)                                 Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation and unemployment insurance;

 

(e)                                  Restrictions on the transfer of assets imposed by any agreement (other than any agreement relating to Indebtedness), or by any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance applicable to such Person;

 

(f)                                    Easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, and other similar encumbrances on the use of real property which do not interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of such Person, or Liens on real property  incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its real properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; and

 

(g)                                 Liens in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Agreement.

 

Person” shall mean an individual, Company, unincorporated organization, or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

20



 

PIK Preferred” shall mean paid in kind preferred membership interests issued by AMC (a) the terms of which provide that (i) no dividends thereon shall be required to be paid in cash prior to twelve (12) years after the Agreement Date and (ii) no mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments shall be required prior to twenty (20) years after the Agreement Date, other than in connection with a “Change of Control” (as defined in the AMC LLC Agreement as in effect on the Agreement Date and as amended, modified or supplemented on terms no less favorable to the Rainbow Companies, taken as a whole) and (b) which shall be issued upon terms otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Arranger Banks.

 

Plan” shall mean, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA sponsored or maintained by or contributed to by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries, as the case may be, but excluding any Multiemployer Plan.

 

Pledge Agreement” shall mean that certain Pledge Agreement among certain of the Borrower Parties and the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Agreement Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, pursuant to which the Borrower has pledged to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Credit Parties, all of the stock and other equity interests owned directly by the Borrower (other than the stock or other equity interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) to secure the Obligations.

 

Prime Rate” shall mean, at any time, the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City.  The Prime Rate is not necessarily the lowest rate of interest charged to borrowers of JPMorgan Chase Bank.

 

Pro Rata Share” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 3 hereof.

 

Rainbow Companies” shall mean, collectively, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and “Rainbow Company” shall mean any one of the foregoing Rainbow Companies.

 

 “Rainbow DBS Holdings Basket Amount” shall mean, for calendar year 2004 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of this Agreement, $150,000,000.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that amounts available under the Rainbow DBS Holdings Basket Amount with respect to any calendar year are not used, such amounts may be carried forward to increase the Rainbow DBS Holdings Basket Amount during the years following such year; provided, however, that the aggregate amount available under the Rainbow DBS Holdings Basket Amount during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $600,000,000.

 

21



 

Rainbow Group” shall mean, collectively, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.5(b)(iii) hereof.

 

Regulatory Change” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, any change on or after the Agreement Date in United States federal, state or foreign laws or regulations (including, without limitation, Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives or requests applying to a class of banks including such Lender of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign, laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

 

Reportable Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4043 of ERISA, other than an event for which the reporting requirement has been waived by regulations promulgated under such Section.

 

Request for Advance” shall mean any certificate signed by an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower requesting an Advance (other than a Swing Loan) hereunder, which certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto.

 

Request for Issuance of Letter of Credit” shall mean any certificate signed by an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower requesting a Letter of Credit hereunder, which certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

 

Restricted Payment” shall mean (a) any direct or indirect distribution, dividend or other payment to any Person on account of any shares of capital stock or other securities of any of the Rainbow Companies, (b) any payment of consulting or management fees, or any interest thereon, by any of the Rainbow Companies to CVC or to any other Affiliate of the Rainbow Companies (including, without limitation, payments under the AMC Consulting Agreement or the Services Agreement), (c) any  distribution, dividend or other payment to Holdings or an Affiliate of Holdings for and in the amount of Federal and state taxes payable by Holdings or such Affiliate which are attributable to the operations or assets of the Borrower, and (d) any payment of principal or interest on account of any Indebtedness of any of the Rainbow Companies or Holdings issued in connection with an Authorized Debt Issuance or pursuant to Sections 8.1(f) or 8.1(h) hereof.

 

Restricted Purchase” shall mean any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement of any shares of capital stock or other securities of any of the Rainbow Companies, including, without limitation, any warrants or other rights or options to acquire shares of capital stock or other securities of any of the Rainbow Companies.

 

22



 

Restructuring Charges” shall mean, as determined for any period for AMC, IFC and WE on a consolidated basis, restructuring charges incurred by AMC, IFC and WE in connection with exiting an activity or restructuring an operation or activity, in accordance with GAAP.

 

Revolving Commitment Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the Revolving Loan Commitment of such Lender, divided by (b) the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders.  As of the Agreement Date, the Revolving Commitment Percentage of each Lender is set forth on Schedule 1 to the Lender Addendum delivered by such Lender under the caption “Revolving Commitment Percentage”.

 

Revolving Loan Commitment” shall mean the several obligations of certain of the Lenders to advance the sum of up to $350,000,000 to the Borrower, on or after the Agreement Date, in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages and as such amount may be reduced from time to time, all pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Revolving Loans” shall mean, collectively, the amounts advanced by certain of the Lenders to the Borrower under the Revolving Loan Commitment, not to exceed the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment and not to include Swing Loans.

 

Revolving Notes” shall mean those certain revolving promissory notes issued by the Borrower to each of the Lenders issuing a Revolving Loan Commitment that requests a promissory note in accordance with each such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage, each one substantially in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto, and any extensions, modifications, renewals or replacements of or amendments to any of the foregoing.

 

RME” shall mean Rainbow Media Enterprises, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

RME Spin-Off” shall mean the distribution by CVC of the outstanding equity interests of RME and its Subsidiaries to the shareholders of CVC and the actions taken in connection therewith.

 

RMH” shall mean Rainbow Media Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

RMH Loan Agreement” shall mean that certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of December 19, 2003, among RMH, as borrower, the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto, as guarantors, Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc., as administrative agent, and the other Credit Parties (as defined therein) party thereto, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the Agreement Date.

 

23



 

S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc.

 

SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency thereof.

 

Security Agreement” shall mean that certain Security Agreement among the Borrower Parties and the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Agreement Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit H attached hereto.

 

Security Documents” shall mean the Pledge Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement, any other agreement or instrument providing Collateral for the Obligations whether now or hereafter in existence, and any filings, instruments, agreements and documents related thereto and providing the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Credit Parties, with Collateral for the Obligations.

 

Senior Debt” shall mean, as of any date without duplication, the result of (a) Total Debt, minus (b) the aggregate principal amount of any Authorized Debt Issuance (other than the Senior Authorized Debt Issuance) then outstanding minus (c) the aggregate principal amount of any other Indebtedness For Money Borrowed that is contractually subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger Banks.

 

Senior Authorized Debt Issuance” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Authorized Debt Issuance.

 

Senior Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any calculation date, the ratio of (a) Senior Debt to (b) Annualized Cash Flow.

 

Senior Notes Indenture” shall mean that certain Indenture, dated as of the Agreement Date, among The Bank of New York, the Borrower, RNS Co-Issuer Corporation and the “Guarantors” (as defined therein) with respect to the 8 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2012.

 

Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture” shall mean that certain Indenture, dated as of the Agreement Date, among The Bank of New York, the Borrower, RNS Co-Issuer Corporation and the “Guarantors” (as defined therein) with respect to the 10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014.

 

Services Agreement” shall mean that certain Services Agreement identified on Schedule 8.12 attached hereto.

 

Six Month Cash Flow” shall mean the result of (a) Annualized Cash Flow, divided by (b) two (2).

 

24



 

Solvent” shall mean, with respect to any Person on any date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property (tangible or intangible) of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured will not be greater than the fair salable value of the assets of such Person at such time, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged.  In computing the amount of any contingent liability at any time, it is intended that such liability will be computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that might reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Subordination of Intercompany Obligations Agreement” shall mean that certain Subordination of Intercompany Obligations Agreement, dated as of the Agreement Date, among the Administrative Agent, CSC Holdings, the Borrower, AMC, WE and any other Affiliate of CSC Holdings that is a party to the AMC Consulting Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit I attached hereto, pursuant to which the payment of fees under the AMC Consulting Agreement and the Services Agreement have been subordinated to the Obligations as provided therein.

 

Subsequent Authorized Debt Issuance” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of Authorized Debt Issuance.

 

Subsidiary” shall mean, as applied to any Person, (a) any corporation of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of its board of directors, regardless of the existence at the time of a right of the holders of any class or classes of securities of such corporation to exercise such voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, or any partnership or other Company of which fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding partnership or other equity interests, is at the time owned directly or indirectly by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, and (b) any other entity which is controlled or capable of being controlled by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; provided that, in the case of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the term “Subsidiary” shall exclude the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, except that, notwithstanding anything in this definition to the contrary, (a) any Companies formed pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiaries” shall be considered Subsidiaries for purposes of determining compliance with such clause, (b) the Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be considered “Subsidiaries” solely for purposes of Sections 5.1(h), 5.1(m), 6.6,

 

25



 

6.10, 7.5(a)(iv), 8.14 and 9.1(l) of this Agreement, and (c) with respect to the definition of “Material Subsidiaries,” the Unrestricted Subsidiaries will be considered Material Subsidiaries to the extent such Companies would have constituted Material Subsidiaries but for application of the exclusion set forth in this proviso.

 

Subsidiary Guarantors” shall mean all of the now or hereafter existing direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrower, and “Subsidiary Guarantor” shall mean any one of the foregoing Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Swing Loan Committed Amount” shall mean $5,000,000.

 

Swing Loans” shall mean revolving loans made to the Borrower by the Swing Loan Lender from time to time in the Swing Loan Lender’s sole discretion and for the Swing Loan Lender’s account, which revolving loans shall be made in accordance with Sections 2.1(b) and 2.8 hereof.

 

Swing Loan Lender” shall mean any Lender or the Administrative Agent as agreed to at any time by the Borrower and such Lender or the Administrative Agent, in either case as designated in accordance with this Agreement.  The initial Swing Loan Lender shall be JPMorgan Chase Bank.

 

Swing Loan Note” shall mean that certain Swing Loan Note dated as of the Agreement Date, in the principal amount of $5,000,000, issued by the Borrower to the Swing Loan Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto, and any amendments, replacements, extensions or renewals thereof.

 

Swing Loan Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a)(i) hereof.

 

Syndication Agent” shall mean Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as syndication agent under this Agreement.

 

Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c)(i) hereof.

 

Term B Commitment Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the Term B Loan Commitment of such Lender, divided by (b) the aggregate Term B Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders.  As of the Agreement Date, the Term B Commitment Percentage of each Lender is set forth on Schedule 1 to the Lender Addendum delivered by such Lender under the caption “Term B Commitment Percentage”.

 

Term B Loan Commitment” shall mean the several obligations of certain of the Lenders to advance the sum of up to $600,000,000 to the Borrower on the Agreement Date, in accordance with their respective Term B Commitment Percentages, all pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

26



 

Term B Loans” shall mean, collectively, the amount advanced by certain of the Lenders to the Borrower under the Term B Loan Commitment, not to exceed the amount of the Term B Loan Commitment.

 

Term B Notes” shall mean those certain term notes issued by the Borrower to each of the Lenders issuing a Term B Loan Commitment that requests a promissory note in accordance with each such Lender’s Term B Commitment Percentage, each one substantially in the form of Exhibit K attached hereto, and any extensions, modifications, renewals or replacements of or amendments to any of the foregoing.

 

Total Debt” shall mean, as of any date without duplication, with respect to the Rainbow Companies on a consolidated basis, (a) all outstanding Indebtedness For Money Borrowed (other than obligations under Interest Hedge Agreements), (b) all obligations Guaranteed by the Rainbow Companies in respect of Indebtedness for Money Borrowed, and (c) all Capitalized Lease Obligations (other than obligations under Film Rights Agreements).

 

Total Leverage Ratio” shall mean, on any calculation date, the ratio of (a) Total Debt to (b) Annualized Cash Flow.

 

Trademark Security Agreement” shall mean that certain Trademark Security Agreement between each Borrower Party owning any trademarks or trademark applications and the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Credit Parties, dated as of the Agreement Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit L attached hereto, and any similar security agreement or any security agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.14 hereof.

 

Trailing Six Month Interest Expense” shall mean Interest Expense for the Rainbow Companies on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed six (6) month period.

 

Transaction” shall mean the execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower Party of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements to which such Borrower Party is intended to be a party, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

Transponder Lease Agreement” shall mean any agreement by and between any of the Rainbow Companies and any other Person for the license, lease or other agreement to use telecommunications satellites for purposes of broadcasting the programming of such Rainbow Companies and any other agreement related to the transmission, origination and production of such programming and the related technical services.

 

27



 

Undrawn Commitments” shall mean, collectively, the unfunded portions of the Revolving Loan Commitment, together with the undrawn amount of all Incremental Facility Commitments issued hereunder.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiaries” shall mean, collectively, each of the Companies designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of the Agreement Date on Schedule 5.1(c)-2 hereto, and “Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean any one of the foregoing Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that after the Agreement Date, the Borrower may designate as additional Unrestricted Subsidiaries (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower formed after the Agreement Date so long as such Subsidiary shall have (either individually or collectively, in the case of any holding company Subsidiaries) a “fair market value” of less than $5,000,000, as determined by the Arranger Banks in their reasonable discretion, and (b) other Companies with the approval of the Arranger Banks.

 

USA Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001), as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.

 

Viewing Subscribers” shall mean any household which is a subscriber carried and paid for pursuant to (a) any Affiliation Agreement existing on the Agreement Date or arising after the Agreement Date or (b) any such Affiliation Agreement which expires or has expired, provided that negotiations are continuing in good faith to renew or extend such expired Affiliation Agreement and following the expiration of such Affiliation Agreement, the programming of the applicable Borrower Parties continues to be exhibited, distributed and paid for by the applicable pay television distributor under its existing terms or under terms materially no less favorable to the Borrower Parties than such existing terms.

 

Voting Stock” of a Person shall mean all classes of capital stock, partnership interests or other equity interests of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

 

WE” shall mean WE:  Women’s Entertainment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Each definition of an agreement in this Article 1 shall include such agreement as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (and, to the extent applicable, as renewed or extended) from time to time provided that, if required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders (or such other composition of Lenders as may be required under Section 12.12 hereof) shall have been given with respect to such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification.  Except where the context otherwise requires, definitions imparting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.  Except where otherwise specifically

 

28



 

restricted, reference to a party to a Loan Document or a Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreement includes that party and its successors and assigns.  An Event of Default shall “exist”, “continue” or be “continuing” until such Event of Default has been waived in writing in accordance with Section 12.12 hereof.  All terms used herein which are defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof and which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as set forth therein.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any covenant or other provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such covenant or provision occurring after the date hereof (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Majority Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until the earlier of (a) the withdrawal by the Borrower (or the Administrative Agent) of such notice and (b) the amendment of the relevant covenant or other provision in accordance herewith.  Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, all references to financial information and results of the Borrower shall be determined on a consolidated basis among the Rainbow Group.

 

ARTICLE 2 -  Loans.

 

Section 2.1                                      The Loans.  Subject to the terms and conditions of, and in reliance upon the representations and warranties made in, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Lenders agree, severally in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages and not jointly, to make Loans to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Nine Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($950,000,000).

 

(a)                                  The Revolving Loans.  The Lenders that have issued a Revolving Loan Commitment agree, severally in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages and not jointly, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, to lend and re-lend to the Borrower, on and after the Agreement Date, but prior to the Initial Maturity Date, amounts which, in the aggregate, together with the principal amount of any Swing Loans and any L/C Obligations outstanding at any time, do not exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and prior to the Initial Maturity Date, Advances under the Revolving Loan Commitment may be repaid and reborrowed from time to time on a revolving basis or may be continued or converted pursuant to a Notice of Continuation/Conversion as provided in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

29



 

(b)                                 The Swing Loans.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, including, without limitation, Section 2.8 hereof, the Swing Loan Lender, in its individual capacity, may in its sole discretion make revolving loans to the Borrower (each a “Swing Loan” and, collectively, the “Swing Loans”) from time to time on and after the Agreement Date, but prior to the Initial Maturity Date, for the purposes hereinafter set forth; provided, however, that (i) the aggregate amount of Swing Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swing Loan Committed Amount, and (ii) the sum of Revolving Loans, plus Swing Loans, plus L/C Obligations outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment.  Swing Loans hereunder may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(c)                                  The Letters of Credit.  Each Issuing Bank agrees, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, to issue from time to time, on and after the Agreement Date, but prior to the Initial Maturity Date, for the account of the Borrower, Letters of Credit to such beneficiaries as shall be designated in writing by the Borrower to such Issuing Bank, up to the limit of the Letter of Credit Committed Amount.

 

(d)                                 The Term B Loans.  (i) The Lenders that have issued a Term B Loan Commitment, severally in accordance with their respective Term B Commitment Percentages and not jointly, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, agree to lend (or, pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(ii) hereof, elect to convert all or a portion of such Lender’s Existing Term Loans into a Term B Loan) to the Borrower on the Agreement Date an amount equal to the Term B Loan Commitment.  After the Agreement Date, Advances under the Term B Loan Commitment may be continued or converted pursuant to a Notice of Conversion/Continuation as provided in Section 2.2 hereof; provided, however, there shall be no increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Term B Loans outstanding at any time after the Agreement Date.  Amounts repaid under the Term B Loan Commitment may not be reborrowed.

 

(ii)                                  In connection with the making of the Term B Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(d)(i) hereof, by delivering written notice to the Administrative Agent at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Agreement Date, any Lender of Existing Term Loans may elect to make all or any portion of such Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment Percentage of the Term B Loans requested by the Borrower to be made on the Agreement Date by converting all or a portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Existing Term Loans held by such Lender into Term B Loans in a principal amount equal to the amount of Existing Term Loans so converted (each such Existing Term Loan, to the extent it is to be converted, hereinafter a “Converted Term Loan”).  On the Agreement Date, the Converted Term Loans shall be converted for all purposes of this Agreement into Term B Loans, and the Administrative Agent shall record in the Register the aggregate amounts of Converted Term Loans converted into Term B Loans.  Any written notice to the Administrative Agent delivered by an applicable Lender pursuant to this Section shall specify the amount of such Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment and the

 

30



 

 

principal amount of Existing Term Loans held by such Lender that are to be converted into Term B Loans.

 

(e)                                  Use of Proceeds.  The proceeds of the Loans may be used solely to (i) finance a distribution to RMH to be used to repay the outstanding Obligations (as defined in the RMH Loan Agreement) under the RMH Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the RMH Loan Agreement), (ii) make Permitted Investments and Acquisitions and Restricted Payments permitted under this Agreement, and (iii) fund working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Section 2.2                                      Manner of Borrowing and Disbursement.

 

(a)                                  Choice of Interest Rate, Etc.  Any Advance (i) under the Revolving Loan Commitment (except with respect to (A) the initial Advance of the Revolving Loans on the Agreement Date, (B) Swing Loans and (C) Advances in respect of reimbursement of amounts advanced to beneficiaries under Letters of Credit, which Advances shall in all cases be Base Rate Advances initially) shall, at the option of the Borrower, be made as a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Advance, and (ii) under the Term B Loan Commitment shall, at the option of the Borrower, be made as a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Advance (except with respect to the initial Advance of the Term B Loans on the Agreement Date, which Advance shall be a Base Rate Advance initially); provided, however, that (A) if the Borrower fails to give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice specifying whether a Eurodollar Advance is to be repaid, continued or converted on a Payment Date, such Eurodollar Advance shall be converted to a Base Rate Advance on such Payment Date, and (B) the Borrower may not select a Eurodollar Advance if, at the time of such selection, a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  Eurodollar Advances shall in all cases be subject to Article 11 hereof.  Any notice given to the Administrative Agent in connection with a requested Advance hereunder shall be given to the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) in order for such Business Day to count toward the minimum number of Business Days required.

 

(b)                                 Base Rate Advances.

 

(i)                                     Initial and Subsequent Advances.  The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent, in the case of Base Rate Advances, irrevocable notice not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date of the requested Advance by telephone followed immediately by a Request for Advance.  Upon receipt of such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender by telephone or telecopy of the contents thereof.

 

(ii)                                  Repayments and Conversions.  The Borrower may (A) repay or prepay a Base Rate Advance upon prior irrevocable telephonic notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date of

 

31



 

repayment or prepayment, or (B) convert all or a portion of the principal amount of a Base Rate Advance to one or more Eurodollar Advances upon prior irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date three (3) Business Days prior to such conversion in the form of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or notice by telephone or telecopy followed immediately by a Notice of Conversion/Continuation.  On the date indicated by the Borrower, such Base Rate Advance shall be so repaid or, as applicable, converted.

 

(iii)                               Miscellaneous.  Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Agreement which may be construed to the contrary, each Base Rate Advance shall be in a principal amount of at least $1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof, or in the case of Advances of the Revolving Loans, the remaining amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment.

 

(c)                                  Eurodollar Advances.

 

(i)                                     Initial and Subsequent Advances.  The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent, in the case of Eurodollar Advances, irrevocable telephonic notice followed by a Request for Advance prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the requested Advance.  The Administrative Agent, whose determination shall be conclusive, shall determine the available Eurodollar Basis and shall notify the Borrower of such Eurodollar Basis.  The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent by telecopy or by telephone, and shall immediately confirm any such telephonic notice in writing, of its selection of a Eurodollar Basis and a Eurodollar Advance Period for such Advance.  Upon receipt of such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender by telephone or telecopy of the contents thereof.

 

(ii)                                  Repayments, Continuations and Conversions.  The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable written notice in the form of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or notice by telephone or telecopy followed immediately by a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, (A) not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) at least three (3) Business Days prior to each applicable Payment Date, specifying whether all or a portion of any Eurodollar Advance outstanding on such Payment Date is to be continued in whole or in part as a Eurodollar Advance, in which case such notice shall also specify the Eurodollar Advance Period which the Borrower shall have selected for such continued Eurodollar Advance, (B) not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) at least three (3) Business Days prior to each applicable Payment Date, specifying whether all or any portion of any Eurodollar Advance outstanding on such Payment Date, is to be converted in whole or in part to a Base Rate Advance, or (C) not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on each applicable Payment Date, specifying whether all or any portion of any Eurodollar Advance outstanding on such Payment Date, is to be repaid and not continued or converted.  Upon such Payment Date, such

 

32



 

Eurodollar Advance will, subject to the provisions hereof, be so repaid, continued or converted, as applicable.

 

(iii)                               Miscellaneous.  Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Agreement which may be construed to the contrary, each Eurodollar Advance shall be in a principal amount of at least $1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof, and at no time shall the aggregate number of all Eurodollar Advances exceed twelve (12).

 

(d)                                 Telephone Notice.  The failure by the Borrower to confirm any notice by telephone or telecopy with a Request for Advance or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as applicable, shall not invalidate any notice so given.  The Administrative Agent may rely upon telephonic instructions reasonably believed given by any Authorized Signatory of the Borrower and shall have no obligation to inquire into the propriety of any such instructions.

 

(e)                                  Notification of Lenders.  Upon receipt of a Request for Advance, or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation under this Section 2.2 from the Borrower, or a request by an Issuing Bank for reimbursement under Section 2.15 hereof, or a request or a deemed request by the Swing Loan Lender for repayment of any outstanding Swing Loans under Section 2.8(b) hereof, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender by telephone or telecopy of the contents thereof and the amount of such Lender’s portion of the applicable Advance.  Each Lender shall, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date specified in such notice, make available to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, or at such account as the Administrative Agent shall designate, the amount of its portion of the applicable Advance in immediately available funds, except, in the case of Term B Loans, to the extent such Lender elects to convert Existing Term Loans into Term B Loans pursuant to Section 2.2(d).

 

(f)                                    Disbursement.  Prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of an Advance hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 2.2 and in Article 4 hereof, disburse the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders in immediately available funds by (i) transferring the amounts so made available by wire transfer pursuant to the instructions of the Borrower, or (ii) in the absence of such instructions, crediting the amounts so made available to the account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent.  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of any Advance that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Advance, and so long as notice has been given as provided in Section 2.2(e) hereof, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Advance and the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion and in

 

33



 

reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount.  If and to the extent such Lender shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent, at a rate equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for such period.  If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender’s portion of the applicable Advance for purposes of this Agreement.  If such Lender does not repay such corresponding amount immediately upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower, and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent, together with all interest accrued thereon at the interest rate that would have applied to such Advance had such Lender funded its portion thereof.  The failure of any Lender to fund its portion of any Advance shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to fund its respective portion of the Advance on the date of such borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for any such failure of any other Lender.  In the event that, at any time when the Borrower is not in Default and has otherwise satisfied all of the conditions to funding set forth in this Agreement, a Lender for any reason fails or refuses to fund its portion of an Advance, then, until such time as such Lender has funded its portion of such Advance, or all other Lenders have received payment in full (whether by repayment or prepayment) of the principal and interest due in respect to such advance, such non-funding Lender shall (i) have no right to vote regarding any issue on which voting is required or advisable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and the calculation of Majority Lenders with respect solely to such votes shall be adjusted as if such non-funding Lender has no Commitments and no Loans outstanding, and (ii) be entitled to receive no payments of principal, interest or fees from the Borrower in respect of such Loans which such Lender failed to make.  Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any failure by such Lender to fund its portion of any Advance.

 

Section 2.3                                      Interest.

 

(a)                                  On Base Rate Advances.  Interest on each Base Rate Advance shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement.  Interest on Base Rate Advances then outstanding shall also be due and payable on the date of any repayment made under Sections 2.5, 2.6 or 2.7 hereof and on the applicable Maturity Date.  Interest shall accrue and be payable on each Base Rate Advance at the simple per annum interest rate equal to the sum of (i) the Base Rate and (ii) the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time with respect to Base Rate Advances pursuant to Section 2.3(f) hereof.

 

34



 

(b)                                 On Eurodollar Advances.  Interest on each Eurodollar Advance shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable in arrears (i) on the applicable Payment Date for such Eurodollar Advance, and (ii) if the Eurodollar Advance Period for such Eurodollar Advance exceeds three (3) months, on each three (3) month anniversary of the making of such Eurodollar Advance.  Interest on Eurodollar Advances then outstanding shall also be due and payable on the date of any repayment made under Sections 2.5, 2.6 or 2.7 hereof and on the applicable Maturity Date.  Interest shall accrue and be payable on each Eurodollar Advance at the simple per annum interest rate equal to the sum of (A) the Eurodollar Basis applicable to such Eurodollar Advance and (B) the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time with respect to Eurodollar Advances pursuant to Section 2.3(f) hereof.

 

(c)                                  Interest if No Notice of Selection of Interest Rate.  If the Borrower fails to give the Administrative Agent timely notice of its selection of a Eurodollar Basis, or if for any reason a determination of a Eurodollar Basis for any Eurodollar Advance is not timely concluded, the Base Rate shall apply to such Advance and if the Borrower fails to elect to repay, continue or convert any Eurodollar Advance then outstanding prior to the last Payment Date applicable thereto in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof, as applicable, the Base Rate shall apply to such Advance commencing on and after such Payment Date.

 

(d)                                 Interest Upon Default.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Majority Lenders shall have the option (but shall not be required to give prior notice thereof to the Borrower, accelerate the maturity of the Loans or exercise any other rights or remedies hereunder in connection with the exercise of this right) to charge interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loans at the Default Rate from the date of such Event of Default; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, interest shall automatically accrue on the outstanding principal balance of the Loans at the Default Rate, without any action necessary on the part of the Majority Lenders or any other Person, from and after the occurrence of an Event of Default under any of Sections 9.1(b), (i) or (j) hereof.  Such interest shall be payable on the earlier of demand or the applicable Maturity Date, and shall accrue until the earlier of (i) waiver or cure (to the satisfaction of the Majority Lenders) of the applicable Event of Default, (ii) agreement by the Majority Lenders to rescind the charging of interest at the Default Rate, or (iii) payment in full of the Obligations.

 

(e)                                  Computation of Interest.  In computing interest on any Advance, the date of making the Advance shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if an Advance is repaid on the date that it is made, one (1) day’s interest shall be due with respect to such Advance.

 

35



 

(f)                                    Applicable Margins.

 

(i)                                     Advances Under the Revolving Loan Commitment.  With respect to any Advance under the Revolving Loan Commitment (except with respect to Swing Loans), the Applicable Margin shall be (A) on and after the Agreement Date to and including the Adjustment Date, (x) 2.50% with respect to any Eurodollar Advance and (y) 1.50% with respect to any Base Rate Advance, and (B) after the Adjustment Date, the interest rate margin, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio for the most recent calendar quarter end, expressed as a per annum rate of interest as follows:

 

If the Total Leverage:

 

Then the Eurodollar
Applicable Margin shall be:

 

Then the Base Rate
Applicable Margin shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00

 

2.50

%

1.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 5.00 to 1.00

 

2.25

%

1.25

%

 

Any increase in the Applicable Margin shall take effect on the second (2nd) Business Day after the performance certificate is required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof.  Any decrease in the Applicable Margin shall take effect on the later of (I) the second (2nd) Business Day after the performance certificate is required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof and (II) the date on which the performance certificate is actually provided pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof.

 

(ii)                                  Advances of the Term B Loans.  With respect to any Advance of the Term B Loans, the Applicable Margin shall be (A) 2.75% per annum with respect to any Eurodollar Advance and (B) 1.75% per annum with respect to any Base Rate Advance.

 

Section 2.4                                      Fees.

 

(a)                                  Fees Payable Under the Fee Letters.  The Borrower agrees to pay such fees as are described in the Fee Letters.

 

(b)                                 Commitment Fee.  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders, in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages, a commitment fee on the Available Revolving Loan Commitment for each day from (and including) the Agreement Date to the Initial Maturity Date, at a rate of one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum.  Such commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for the actual number of days elapsed, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each quarter, and continuing on the last Business Day of each successive quarter and on the Initial Maturity Date, and shall be fully earned when due and nonrefundable when paid.

 

36



 

(c)                                  Letter of Credit Fee.  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter for the calendar quarter then ending (adding any fee applicable to dates during such calendar quarter falling after the last Business Day of such calendar quarter to the fee payable for the immediately succeeding calendar quarter), a fee equal to the product of (i) the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Advances of the Revolving Loans, multiplied by (ii) the face amount of each Letter of Credit outstanding during such calendar quarter for such Letter of Credit’s duration for such calendar quarter, computed on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for the actual number of days elapsed.  The Administrative Agent shall remit such fee promptly following receipt to each Lender in accordance with such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage.

 

(d)                                 Issuing Bank Fee.  The Borrower shall pay to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, an issuing bank fee equal to 0.125% of the face amount of each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank hereunder, on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter for the calendar quarter then ending, for each calendar quarter in which such Letter of Credit is outstanding.  The foregoing fee shall be fully earned when due and nonrefundable when paid.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any letter of credit reimbursement agreements or indemnification agreements between the Borrower and any Issuing Bank with respect to the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank hereunder, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

Section 2.5                                      Optional Prepayments and Reductions.

 

(a)                                  Prepayment of Advances under the Revolving Loan Commitment.  The principal amount of any Base Rate Advance under the Revolving Loan Commitment may be prepaid in full or in part at any time, without penalty, upon prior written notice prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) to the Administrative Agent on the date of such prepayment, and the principal amount of any Eurodollar Advance under the Revolving Loan Commitment may be prepaid prior to the applicable Payment Date, upon telephonic notice to the Administrative Agent (promptly confirmed in writing) prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date three (3) Business Days prior thereto, provided that the Borrower shall reimburse the Lenders and the other Credit Parties, on the earlier of demand or the Initial Maturity Date, for any loss or out-of-pocket expense incurred by the Lenders or the other Credit Parties in connection with such prepayment as set forth in Section 2.11 hereof.  Each notice of prepayment shall be irrevocable.  Partial prepayments shall be in a principal amount of not less than $500,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Upon receipt of any notice of prepayment, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the contents thereof by telephone or telecopy and of such Lender’s portion of the prepayment.

 

37



 

(b)                                 Permanent Prepayments and Reductions.

 

(i)                                     Terms of Prepayments or Reductions.  Optional permanent prepayments of principal of the Term B Loans, and permanent reductions of the Revolving Loan Commitment hereunder, may be made by the Borrower, at any time and from time to time, following irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date three (3) Business Days prior thereto, without premium or penalty, on a pro rata basis among the Lenders, provided that the Borrower shall reimburse the Lenders and the other Credit Parties, on the earlier of demand or the applicable Maturity Date, for any loss or out-of-pocket expense incurred by the Lenders or the other Credit Parties in connection with such reduction as set forth in Section 2.11 hereof.  Each notice of prepayment or reduction shall be irrevocable.  Partial prepayments and reductions shall be in a principal amount of not less than $500,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Upon receipt of any notice of prepayment or reduction, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the contents thereof by telephone or telecopy and of such Lender’s portion of the prepayment or reduction, as applicable.

 

(ii)                                  Application of Payments or Reductions.

 

(A)                              In the event that the Borrower shall make a prepayment of the Term B Loans, such prepayment shall be applied to permanently reduce the Term B Loans.  Each such reduction allocated to the Term B Loans shall be applied to reduce, in the inverse order of maturity, the remaining scheduled installments of principal due under the Term B Loans as set forth in Section 2.7(b) hereof.  Each prepayment hereunder shall also be made together with accrued interest on the amount so prepaid.

 

(B)                                As of the date of cancellation or reduction set forth in any notice thereof, the Revolving Loan Commitment shall be permanently reduced to the amounts stated in the Borrower’s notice for all purposes herein, and the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, the amount necessary to reduce the principal amount of the Revolving Loans then outstanding to not more than the amount equal to the result of (I) the Available Revolving Commitment as so reduced, less (II) the aggregate principal amount of Swing Loans then outstanding, together with the accrued interest the amount so prepaid and the commitment fee set forth in Section 2.4(b) hereof accrued through the date of the reduction with respect to the amount reduced.

 

(C)                                In connection with any such permanent repayment, the Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on demand, for any loss or out-of-pocket expense actually incurred by any of them in connection with such repayment of any Eurodollar Advances as set forth in Section 2.11 hereof.  Upon receipt of any notice of prepayment or reduction, the Administrative Agent

 

38



 

shall promptly notify each Lender of the contents thereof by telephone or telecopy and of such Lender’s portion of the prepayment or the reduction, as applicable.

 

Section 2.6                                      Mandatory Commitment Reductions and Prepayments.  In addition to the reductions and repayments provided for in Section 2.7 hereof, the Borrower shall, if required pursuant to this Section 2.6, permanently prepay the Loans as follows:

 

(a)                                  Issuance of Debt.  (i) If the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall conduct any issuance of Indebtedness For Money Borrowed (other than in connection with any Authorized Debt Issuance, any obligations under Interest Hedge Agreements or any Incremental Facility Indebtedness), such issuance shall be only in exchange for cash and the Borrower shall apply, on the date of its receipt thereof, one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower in connection with such issuance to prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereof.

 

(ii)                                  If Holdings shall conduct any issuance of Indebtedness For Money Borrowed (other than in connection with any Authorized Debt Issuance), such issuance shall be only in exchange for cash and Holdings shall deliver to the Borrower, and the Borrower shall apply, on the date of its receipt thereof, fifty percent (50%) of the Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings in connection with such issuance to prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereof.

 

(b)                                 Disposition of Assets.  If the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets (including, without limitation, any assets constituting capital stock, partnership interests or other equity interests), in each case for cash and except as any such sale, transfer or other disposition shall be permitted or approved under Section 8.5 hereof, such Company shall deliver to the Borrower, and the Borrower shall apply, (i) on the date of its receipt thereof, one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds received by any such Company in connection with such sale, transfer or other disposition that such Company does not intend to reinvest as permitted under Section 8.5(a) hereof, and (ii) no later than the date three hundred sixty (360) days within its receipt thereof, one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds that are not reinvested by such Company as permitted under Section 8.5(a) hereof, to prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.6(c) hereof.  In the event a Company intends to reinvest Net Cash Proceeds as permitted under Section 8.5(a) hereof, such Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (i) on or before the date of completion thereof, notice of (A) the sale, transfer or other disposition of the assets described in such notice, (B) the date on which such action will occur, (C) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds to be received by such Company in connection therewith and (D) its intent to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds as permitted under Section 8.5(a) hereof, and (ii) on or before the date of the acquisition of replacement assets, notice of (A) the acquisition of replacement assets, (B) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds used to acquire

 

39



 

such replacement assets, and (C) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds outstanding after such acquisition, if any.

 

(c)                                  Application of Payments.  The amount of any prepayment of the Loans required to be made pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be applied as follows:  (i) first, to permanently reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Term B Loans, with the amount allocated to the Term B Loans being applied to reduce, in the inverse order of maturity, the remaining scheduled installments of principal due under the Term B Loans as set forth in Section 2.7(b) hereof, and (ii) thereafter, to prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans, with a corresponding permanent reduction in the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment in the inverse order of scheduled reductions.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of any prepayment required to be made pursuant to this Section 2.6, the amount of such prepayment shall be applied to prepay, on a pro rata basis, the Term B Loans and the Revolving Loans.  Accrued interest and fees on the principal amount of the Loans being prepaid and the Commitments being reduced pursuant to this Section 2.6 to the date of such prepayment or reduction shall be paid by the Borrower concurrently with such reduction and prepayment.  In connection with any mandatory repayment due under this Section 2.6, the Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on demand, for any loss or out-of-pocket expense actually incurred by any of them in connection with such repayment of any Eurodollar Advances as set forth in Section 2.11 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Term B Loans each shall have the right to decline any mandatory partial prepayment of the Term B Loans, in which case the amount of such prepayment shall be applied to prepay the Revolving Loans, with a corresponding permanent reduction in the Revolving Loan Commitment, in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 2.7                                      Repayment.  The Borrower hereby promises to pay the Obligations (including principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses) in Dollars in full to the Lenders as follows and as and when otherwise due and payable under the terms of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements:

 

(a)                                  Revolving Loan Commitment.  Commencing on December 31, 2009, the Revolving Loan Commitment shall be reduced automatically and permanently on the last Business Day of each quarter and on the Initial Maturity Date (which reduction shall be inclusive of any reduction pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof during such quarter) as set forth below:

 

40



 

Quarters Ended

 

Amount of Quarterly Reduction
(which shall include any
reductions made during such
quarter pursuant
to Section 2.5)

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2009 through September 30, 2010

 

$

35,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010 through Initial Maturity Date

 

$

52,500,000

 

 

As of the date of each reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment as set forth above, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, the amount necessary to reduce the principal amount of the Revolving Loans, plus Swing Loans, plus L/C Obligations, then outstanding to not more than the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment as so reduced, together with accrued interest on the amount so prepaid and the commitment fee set forth in Section 2.4(b) hereof accrued through the date of the reduction with respect to the amount reduced.  Any unpaid principal and accrued interest of the Revolving Loans and the Swing Loans and any other outstanding Obligations in respect of the Revolving Loan Commitment shall be due and payable in full on the Initial Maturity Date.

 

(b)                                 Term B Loans.  Commencing on June 30, 2005, and at the end of each calendar quarter thereafter, the principal balance of the Term B Loans then outstanding shall be repaid as set forth below:

 

Quarters Ended

 

Amount of Quarterly
Repayment (which shall include
any repayments made during
such quarter
pursuant
to Section 2.5)

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2005 through March 31, 2011

 

$

1,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2011 through Final Maturity Date

 

$

141,000,000

 

 

Any unpaid principal and accrued interest of the Term B Loans and any other outstanding Obligations (other than any outstanding Obligations under any of the Incremental Facility Commitments) shall be due and payable in full on the Final Maturity Date.

 

(c)                                  Incremental Facility Loans.  Any unpaid principal and interest of the Incremental Facility Loans and any other outstanding Obligations under any of the Incremental Facility Commitments shall be due and payable in full on the Incremental Facility Maturity Date applicable thereto.

 

41



 

(d)                                 Overadvances.  In addition to the foregoing, if, at any time, the amount of the Revolving Loans, plus Swing Loans, plus L/C Obligations, then outstanding shall exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment, the Borrower shall immediately make a repayment of principal in an amount equal to such excess, which repayment shall be applied to the Revolving Loans and the Swing Loans as set forth in Section 2.12 hereof.

 

(e)                                  Letter of Credit Advances and Swing Loans.  All Base Rate Advances made pursuant to draws under Letters of Credit and all Swing Loans shall be deemed to be Advances under the Revolving Loan Commitment and shall be due and payable on the Initial Maturity Date.

 

Section 2.8                                      Swing Loans.

 

(a)                                  Swing Loan Advances.

 

(i)                                     Notices; Disbursement.  Whenever the Borrower desires an Advance of the Swing Loans hereunder it shall give irrevocable notice to the Swing Loan Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of the requested Advance by telephone, followed immediately by a confirmation of such request in writing in the form of Exhibit M hereto (a “Swing Loan Request”).  Subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein, the Swing Loan Lender shall initiate the transfer of funds representing such Advance to the Borrower by 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day specified by the Borrower in the applicable Swing Loan Request.

 

(ii)                                  Minimum Amounts.  Each Advance of the Swing Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 and integral multiples of $250,000, in excess thereof.

 

(b)                                 Repayment of Swing Loans.  Each Advance of the Swing Loans shall be due and payable on the earliest of (i) seven (7) days from the date of such Advance, (ii) the date of the next Advance of the Revolving Loans, or (iii) the Initial Maturity Date; provided, however, the Borrower may prepay any Swing Loan Advance prior to the date it is due upon notice to the Swing Loan Lender not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of prepayment of such Advance.  If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid.  If, and to the extent, any Swing Loans shall be outstanding on the date of any Advance of the Revolving Loans, such Swing Loans shall be repaid from the proceeds of such Advance of the Revolving Loans prior to any distribution of such proceeds to the Borrower.  If, and to the extent, an Advance of the Revolving Loans is not requested prior to earlier of (A) the Initial Maturity Date or (B) the last day of any such seven (7) day period from the date of any Advance of the Swing Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Base

 

42



 

Rate Loan on the Business Day immediately preceding the Initial Maturity Date or the last day of such seven (7) day period, as applicable, in the amount of the Swing Loans then outstanding, the proceeds of which shall be used to repay the Swing Loan Lender for such Swing Loans.  In addition, the Swing Loan Lender may, at any time, in its sole discretion by written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, require repayment of its Swing Loans by way of a Revolving Loan, in which case the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Base Rate Advance of the Revolving Loans in the amount of such Swing Loans; provided, however, that any such demand shall be deemed to have been given one (1) Business Day prior to the Initial Maturity Date and upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 9.1(i) or 9.1(j) hereof and also upon acceleration of the Obligations, whether on account of an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(i) or 9.1(j) hereof or any other Event of Default, in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.2 hereof following an Event of Default (each such Revolving Loan made on account of any such deemed request therefor as provided herein being hereinafter referred to as a “Mandatory Borrowing”).  Each Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make its Revolving Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Loans promptly upon any such request or deemed request on account of each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the same such date, notwithstanding (I) the amount of Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for advances of Revolving Loans otherwise required hereunder, (II) whether any conditions specified in Article 4 are then satisfied, (III) whether a Default or an Event of Default then exists, (IV) failure for any such request or deemed request for Revolving Loans to be made by the time otherwise required in Section 2.2, (V) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing, or (VI) any reduction in the Revolving Loan Commitment or termination of the Revolving Loan Commitment relating thereto immediately prior to such Mandatory Borrowing or contemporaneously therewith; provided, however, that no Lender shall be required to make such Revolving Loans if, at the time that the Swing Loan Lender agreed to fund any Swing Loan Request, the Swing Loan Lender had knowledge of the existence of an Event of Default or such Mandatory Borrowing would cause a Lender to exceed its Revolving Loan Commitment.  In the event that any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including, without limitation, as a result of the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to the Borrower or any other obligor hereunder), then each Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase (as of the date the Mandatory Borrowing would otherwise have occurred, but adjusted for any payments received from the Borrower on or after such date and prior to such purchase) from the Swing Loan Lender such participations in the outstanding Swing Loans as shall be necessary to cause each such Lender to share in such Swing Loans ratably based upon its respective Revolving Commitment Percentage (determined before giving effect to any termination of the Revolving Loan Commitment pursuant to Section 9.2), provided that (A) all interest payable on the Swing Loans shall be for the account of the Swing Loan Lender until the date as of which the respective participation is purchased, and (B) at the time any purchase of participations pursuant to this sentence is actually made, the purchasing Lender shall be required to pay (to the extent not paid by the Borrower) to the

 

43



 

Swing Loan Lender interest on the principal amount of participation purchased for each day from and including the day upon which the Mandatory Borrowing would otherwise have occurred but excluding the date of payment for such participation, at the rate equal to, if paid within two (2) Business Days of the date of the Mandatory Borrowing, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and thereafter at a rate equal to the Base Rate.

 

(c)                                  Interest on Swing Loans.  Swing Loans shall bear interest at the simple per annum interest rate equal to the sum of (x) the Base Rate and (y) the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Base Rate Advances of the Revolving Loans, computed on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for the actual number of days elapsed; provided, however, that (i) from and after any failure to make any payment of principal or interest in respect of any of the Loans hereunder when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period), whether at scheduled or accelerated maturity or on account of any mandatory prepayment or (ii) while any Swing Loans in which the Lenders have acquired participations pursuant to Section 2.8(b) hereof remain outstanding, the principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, interest on, Swing Loans shall bear interest, payable on demand, at the Default Rate.  Interest on each Swing Loan shall be payable in arrears on the date payment of such Swing Loan is due pursuant to Section 2.8(b) hereof.

 

(d)                                 Reporting.  Unless the Swing Loan Lender is the Administrative Agent, the Swing Loan Lender shall provide to the Administrative Agent, on Friday of each week and on each date the Administrative Agent notifies the Swing Loan Lender that the Borrower has made a Request for Advance or the Administrative Agent otherwise requests the same, an accounting for the outstanding Swing Loans in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)                                  Termination of Swing Loans; Designation of Swing Loan Lender.  Unless a Default or an Event of Default then exists, the Swing Loan Lender shall give the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at least seven (7) days’ prior written notice before exercising its discretion herein not to make Swing Loans.  The Borrower must give ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of any change in designation of the Swing Loan Lender.   The replaced Swing Loan Lender shall continue to be a “Swing Loan Lender” for purposes of repayment of any Swing Loans made prior to such replacement and outstanding after such replacement.

 

Section 2.9                                      Notes; Loan Accounts.

 

(a)                                  The Loans shall be repayable in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth herein.  Upon the request of any Lender, (i) a Revolving Note shall be issued by the Borrower to the order of such Lender in accordance with such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage, and (ii) a Term B Note shall be issued by the Borrower to the order of such Lender in accordance with such Lender’s Term B Commitment Percentage.  The Swing Loans shall be evidenced by the Swing Loan Note, which Swing Loan Note shall be issued by the Borrower and payable to the order of the

 

44



 

Swing Loan Lender in the amount of the Swing Loan Committed Amount.  If applicable, an Incremental Facility Loan Note shall be issued by the Borrower to the order of any Incremental Facility Lender in accordance with its pro rata share of the Incremental Facility Commitments.  Any Notes issued by the Borrower shall be duly executed and delivered by one or more Authorized Signatories of the Borrower.

 

(b)                                 Each Lender may open and maintain on its books in the name of the Borrower a loan account with respect to the Loans and interest thereon.  Each Lender which opens such loan account or accounts shall debit the applicable loan account for the principal amount of each Advance made by it and accrued interest thereon, and shall credit such loan account for each payment on account of principal of or interest on the Loans.  The records of each Lender with respect to the loan accounts maintained by it shall be prima facie evidence of the Loans and accrued interest thereon, but the failure to maintain such records shall not impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Indebtedness hereunder.

 

(c)                                  Each Advance of the Revolving Loans from the Lenders (other than the Swing Loan Lender) under this Agreement shall be made pro rata by the Lenders on the basis of their respective Revolving Commitment Percentages.

 

Section 2.10                                Manner of Payment.

 

(a)                                  Each payment (including any prepayment) by the Borrower on account of the principal of or interest on the Loans, commitment fees, and any other amount owed to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be made not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date specified for payment under this Agreement or such other Loan Document to the Administrative Agent to an account designated by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds.  Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. (New York time) shall be deemed received on the next Business Day for purposes of interest and fee accrual.  In the case of a payment for the account of a Lender, the Administrative Agent will promptly thereafter distribute the amount so received in like funds to such Lender.  If the Administrative Agent shall not have received any payment from the Borrower as and when due, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders accordingly.

 

(b)                                 If any payment under this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Loans shall be specified to be made upon a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in computing interest and fees, if any, in connection with such payment.

 

(c)                                  Except as otherwise provided below, any and all payments by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party under this

 

45



 

Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Loans shall be made without set-off or counterclaim or deduction whatsoever.

 

(i)                                     Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, any and all payments by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties, or any of them, under this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Loans shall be made without any deduction or withholding for present or future income, excise, stamp or franchise taxes and other taxes, fees, duties, withholdings or other charges of any nature whatsoever imposed by any taxing authority, excluding, however, franchise, withholding, branch or other similar taxes, duties, fees or charges imposed on or measured by any Credit Party’s net income or receipts (such non-excluded items being called “Taxes”).

 

(ii)                                  If the Borrower shall be required by Applicable Law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any amounts payable hereunder or otherwise in respect of the Loans to the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party, (A) except as otherwise provided in this Section, the sum payable shall be increased (“Additional Amounts”) as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.10(c)), the Administrative Agent or such other Credit Party, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no deductions been made, (B) the Borrower shall make such deductions, and (C) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with Applicable Law.  Moreover, if any Taxes (which for purposes of this sentence shall include taxes and charges imposed on or measured by net income or receipts of any Credit Party by any jurisdiction to the extent imposed on Additional Amounts) are directly asserted against any Credit Party with respect to any payment received by such Credit Party hereunder, such Credit Party may pay such Taxes, and, except as otherwise provided in this Section, the Borrower will promptly pay such additional amount (including any penalties, interest or expenses) as is necessary in order that the net amount received and retained by such Credit Party after the payment of such Taxes (including any Taxes on such additional amount) shall equal the amount such Credit Party would have received and retained had no such Taxes been asserted; provided, however, such Credit Party shall give written notice to the Borrower, accompanied by, to the extent provided by the relevant taxing authority, a calculation in reasonable detail of the amount demanded and evidence of the Taxes imposed on such Credit Party, after such Credit Party has actual knowledge of the imposition of any Taxes.  Where notice is not given to the Borrower within forty-five (45) days after the Credit Party receives written notice of the assertion of Taxes and the Borrower does not otherwise have notice of such assertion, the Borrower shall not be required to pay penalties, additions to taxes, expenses, and interest accruing on such Taxes from the date forty-five (45) days after the receipt by the Credit Party of written notice of the assertion of such Taxes until the date that the Borrower receives such notice.  The Borrower shall furnish to such Credit Party within forty-five (45) days (or as soon thereafter as available) after the date the payment of any

 

46



 

Taxes is due pursuant to Applicable Law true and correct copies of tax receipts evidencing payment by the Borrower.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section, if the Borrower fails to pay any Taxes that it is required to pay pursuant to the terms of this Agreement when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to any of the Credit Parties the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Credit Parties for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Credit Parties primarily as a result of any such failure.

 

(iii)                               Each Lender that is not a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701 of the Code (a “Foreign Lender”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, no later than the date hereof (or if such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (whether by assignment or otherwise) after the date hereof, the date upon which such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto), (A) two (2) complete, duly executed original IRS Forms W-8ECI or IRS Forms W-8BEN, or any successors thereto, establishing that such Foreign Lender is on the date of delivery thereof entitled to receive any and all payments from the Borrower under this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Loans free from withholding of United States federal income tax or (B) in the case of such Foreign Lender that is not legally entitled to deliver either form listed in clause (b)(iii)(A), (I) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of such Foreign Lender to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (x) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (y) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code or (z) a controlled foreign corporation receiving interest from a related person within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (such certificate, an “Exemption Certificate”) and (II) two (2) duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or successor applicable form, certifying that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from United States federal withholding tax on payments of interest.  Each Foreign Lender shall, from time to time, deliver updated or corrected IRS Forms W-8ECI, IRS Forms W-8BEN or Exemption Certificates, or any successors thereto, to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to the extent and in the manner required under United States federal tax law.  The Borrower shall not be required to pay any Additional Amounts under Section 2.10(c)(ii) hereof to a Foreign Lender if such Foreign Lender (I) fails to comply with the requirements of this Section 2.10(c)(iii) hereof or, (II) fails to qualify for a complete reduction or exemption of United States federal tax withholding for any reason other than a change in the United States federal tax law, or the official interpretation thereof, in each case, after the delivery of IRS Forms W-8ECI, IRS Forms W-8BEN or an Exemption Certificate, or any successors thereto, or (III) is treated as a “conduit entity” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.881-3 or any successor provision.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the date of an assignment pursuant to which a Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, the assignor was entitled to payments under Section 2.10(c)(ii) hereof, then, to such extent, the assignee shall not be required to deliver IRS Forms W-8ECI, IRS Forms W-8BEN or an Exemption Certificate, or any successors thereto, establishing a withholding rate for such Foreign Lender that is less than the rate the

 

47



 

assignor was subject to, and the assignee shall be entitled to receive Additional Amounts to such extent the assignor was so entitled.

 

(iv)                              Each of the Credit Parties agrees that it will, to the extent reasonable and without material cost or risk to it, (A) take all actions reasonably requested by the Borrower to maintain all exemptions, if any, available to it from United States federal withholding taxes (whether available by treaty, statute, or existing administrative waiver) and (B) otherwise cooperate with the Borrower to minimize any amounts payable by the Borrower under this Section 2.10(c), including the contest of any asserted tax liability.

 

(v)                                 Any Credit Party that becomes aware that it is entitled to receive a refund (whether by way of a direct payment or by offset) in respect of Additional Amounts paid by the Borrower, which refund would reasonably be considered allocable to or resulting from such payment or indemnification made pursuant to this Section 2.10, shall promptly notify the Borrower of the availability of such refund and shall, within thirty (30) days after the receipt of a request from the Borrower, apply for such refund with the Borrower being responsible for any incremental costs associated with such refund request; provided, however, that (A) the Borrower shall not be entitled to any damages as a result of the failure of such Credit Party to so notify the Borrower of the availability of such refund and (B) the Borrower shall not have the right to examine the books or records of any Credit Party.  If any Credit Party receives any such refund (as described in the preceding sentence), it shall promptly repay the amount of such refund (together with any interest received thereon) to the Borrower; provided, however, that the Borrower, upon the request of the applicable Credit Party, shall repay the amount paid over to the Borrower in the event such Credit Party is required to repay such refund to the applicable authority.

 

(vi)                              If the Borrower is or becomes required to pay any Additional Amounts to a Credit Party pursuant to this Section 2.10, the Borrower shall have the right, upon notice to the Administrative Agent and such Credit Party, to (A) prepay without penalty, on a non-pro rata basis, all or any portion of a Loan held by such Credit Party plus all interest and Additional Amounts owing to such Credit Party as of the date of such prepayment, (B) require such Credit Party to use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loan under this Agreement or to assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, or (C) require such Credit Party to effect an assignment of all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to another Credit Party designated by the Borrower if, in the case of clause (B) or (C), such designation or assignment (x) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.10 in the future and (y) would not cause the imposition on such Credit Party of any additional costs or legal or regulatory burdens deemed by such Credit Party to be material or otherwise disadvantageous to such Credit Party.

 

48



 

Section 2.11                                Reimbursement.  Whenever any Lender shall actually incur any losses or out-of-pocket expenses in connection with (a) the failure by the Borrower to convert, continue or borrow any Eurodollar Advance after having given notice of its intention to convert, continue or borrow such Eurodollar Advance in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof (whether by reason of the election of the Borrower not to proceed or the non-fulfillment of any of the conditions set forth in Article 4 hereof) other than a failure to borrow resulting from an unavailability which occurs after notice from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 hereof, (b) the prepayment of any Eurodollar Advance in whole or in part (including a prepayment pursuant to Sections 11.2 and 11.3(b) hereof), or (c) the failure by the Borrower to prepay any Advance after notice of prepayment has been given by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof, the Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender, upon the earlier of such Lender’s demand or the applicable Maturity Date, an amount sufficient to compensate such Lender for all such losses and out-of-pocket expenses.  Such Lender’s good faith determination of the amount of such losses and out-of-pocket expenses, absent manifest error, shall be binding and conclusive.  Upon request of the Borrower, any Lender seeking reimbursement under this Section 2.11 shall provide a certificate setting forth the amount to be paid to it by the Borrower hereunder and calculations therefor.

 

Section 2.12                                Application of Payments.

 

(a)                                  Prior to the Final Maturity Date or the acceleration of the Loans under Section 9.2 hereof, and other than with respect to payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof (which shall be applied as set forth in Section 2.6), if some but less than all amounts due from the Borrower are received by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent will distribute such amounts as follows:  FIRST, pro rata among the Credit Parties based on the total amount of such fees, costs and expenses, to the payment of any fees, costs and expenses then due and payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; SECOND, pro rata among the Lenders based on the principal amount of the Loans outstanding immediately prior to such payment, to any unpaid interest then due and payable on the Loans; THIRD, pro rata among the Lenders based on the principal amount of the Loans outstanding immediately prior to such payment, to any unpaid principal of the Loans; and FOURTH, pro rata among the Credit Parties based on the amount of such Obligations outstanding immediately prior to such payment, to the payment of any other Obligations not otherwise referred to in this Section 2.12(a) then due and payable.

 

(b)                                 Subsequent to the Final Maturity Date or the acceleration of the Loans under Section 9.2 hereof, payments made to any Credit Party, or otherwise received by any Credit Party (from realization on Collateral or otherwise), shall be distributed as follows:  FIRST, to the costs and expenses, if any, incurred by the Credit Parties, or any of them, to the extent permitted by Section 12.2 hereof, in the collection of such amounts under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, including,

 

49



 

without limitation, any reasonable costs incurred in connection with the sale or disposition of any Collateral for the Obligations; SECOND, pro rata among the Credit Parties based on the total amount of fees then due and payable, to any fees then due and payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document and to any other fees then due and payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; THIRD, pro rata among the Lenders based on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans outstanding immediately prior to such payment, to any unpaid interest which may have accrued on the Loans; FOURTH, pro rata (i) among the Lenders based on the principal amount of the Loans outstanding immediately prior to such payment, to any unpaid principal of the Loans and (ii) to the payment of any Obligation arising in respect of the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements having aggregate notional amounts not to exceed the Commitments; FIFTH, to any other Obligations not otherwise referred to in this Section 2.12(b) until all such Obligations are paid in full; SIXTH, pro rata among the Credit Parties based on the amount of damages outstanding immediately prior to such payment, to damages incurred by the Credit Parties, or any of them, by reason of any breach of this Agreement or of any other Loan Documents; and SEVENTH, upon satisfaction in full of all Obligations, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by law.

 

(c)                                  If any Lender shall obtain any payment on any date (whether involuntary or otherwise) on account of the Loans (excluding any Swing Loans) made by it in excess of its ratable share of the payments made by the Borrower to the Credit Parties on such date (in the aggregate), such that, after giving effect thereto, such Lender’s outstanding Loans (excluding any Swing Loans) are less than such Lender’s ratable share of all the Loans then outstanding (in the aggregate) in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment Percentage, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by such other Lenders as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to each purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery.  The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12(c) may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation so long as the Obligations are not increased as a result of such participation.  If the Swing Loan Lender shall receive any payment on any date on account of its Swing Loans in excess the amount to which it is entitled in accordance with Section 2.8(b), the Swing Loan Lender shall remit the amount of such excess to the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent may direct in accordance with Section 2.8(b).

 

Section 2.13                                Capital Adequacy.  In the event that any Lender shall have determined that a Regulatory Change has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking

 

50



 

into consideration such Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, ten (10) days after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, together with a certificate (which shall be conclusive absent manifest error) setting forth the calculations evidencing such requested additional amount, and the law or regulation with respect thereto and certifying that such request is consistent with such Lender’s treatment of other similar customers having similar provisions generally in their agreements with such Lender and that such request is being made on the basis of a reasonable allocation of the costs resulting from such law or regulation, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.  Allocations shall not be deemed reasonable unless made ratably, to the extent practicable, to all affected assets, commitments, activities or other relevant aspects of such Lender’s business, whether or not the Lender is entitled to compensation with respect thereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall only be obligated to compensate such Lender for any amount under this subsection arising or occurring during (a) in the case of each such request for compensation, any time or period commencing not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date on which such Lender submits such request and (b) any other time or period during which, because of the unannounced retroactive application of such law, regulation, interpretation, request or directive, such Lender reasonably could not have known that the resulting reduction in return might arise.  Each Lender will notify the Borrower that it is entitled to compensation pursuant to this subsection as promptly as practicable after it determines to request such compensation; provided, however, that the failure to provide such notice shall not restrict the ability of such Lender to be reimbursed under this Section 2.13.

 

Section 2.14                                Incremental Facility Loans.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Borrower may request Incremental Facility Commitments on any Business Day; provided, however, that the Borrower may not request Incremental Facility Commitments or an Incremental Facility Loan during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, including, without limitation, any Default or Event of Default that would result after giving effect to any Incremental Facility Loan; and provided further, that the Borrower may request up to three (3) Incremental Facility Commitments (each of which commitments may be from more than one Lender) which may be no less than $50,000,000 and no more than $300,000,000 in the aggregate.  Each Incremental Facility Commitment shall have a weighted average life to maturity equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the Term B Loan Commitment.  In requesting Incremental Facility Commitments, the Borrower shall offer each of the Lenders an opportunity to provide an Incremental Facility Commitment; provided that none of the Lenders shall be required to issue an Incremental Facility Commitment and the decision of any Lender to issue or not issue an Incremental Facility Commitment to the Borrower shall be at such Lender’s sole discretion after being offered such right of first refusal (and

 

51



 

the failure to respond to any such offer by the requested deadline shall be deemed a refusal).  Persons not then Lenders may be included as Lenders having Incremental Facility Commitments with the written approval of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.  The Incremental Facility Commitments (i) may be in the form of a revolving or a term credit facility and may be structured as an institutional tranche, (ii) must not (A) have scheduled amortization providing for principal repayments or commitment reductions earlier than, or in an amount on a percentage basis larger than, those dates or amounts set forth in the amortization schedule for the Term B Loans set forth herein, or (B) be secured by more or different collateral than the Loans hereunder, and (iii) must be governed by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and be subject to terms and conditions not more restrictive than those set forth herein and therein for the Loans.

 

(b)                                 Prior to the effectiveness of any Incremental Facility Commitment, the Borrower shall (i) deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a notice (each a “Notice of Incremental Facility Commitment”), in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, setting forth terms and provisions with respect to interest rates and scheduled amortization with respect to the proposed Incremental Facility Loan and (ii) provide revised projections to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and which shall demonstrate the Borrower’s ability to timely repay such Incremental Facility Commitment and any Incremental Facility Loans thereunder and to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

(c)                                  No Incremental Facility Commitment shall by itself result in any reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitment or the Term B Loan Commitment or of the Commitment Percentages with respect thereto of such Lender issuing such Incremental Facility Commitment.

 

(d)                                 Advances of the Incremental Facility Loans (i) shall bear interest at the Base Rate or the Eurodollar Rate or such other reasonable rate agreed to by the Lenders making such Incremental Facility Loans; (ii) subject to Section 2.14(a) hereof, shall be repaid as agreed to by the Borrower and the Lenders making such Incremental Facility Loans; (iii) shall for all purposes be Obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents; (iv) shall be represented by promissory notes which set forth terms and provisions with respect to interest rates and scheduled amortization with respect to such Incremental Facility Loans and are in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (each, an “Incremental Facility Note”), and (v) shall rank pari passu with the Loans for purposes of Sections 2.12 and 9.2 hereof (unless the applicable Incremental Facility Lender shall otherwise agree in writing to have its Incremental Facility Loans be junior to the Loans).

 

(e)                                  Incremental Facility Loans shall be requested by the Borrower pursuant to a request (which shall be substantially in the form of a Request for

 

52



 

Advance) delivered in the same manner as a Request for Advance, but shall be funded pro rata only by those Lenders that hold the applicable Incremental Facility Commitments.

 

(f)                                    In the event that the interest rate applicable to any of the Incremental Facility Loans (including, without limitation, any original issue discount in respect of such Incremental Facility Loans) shall exceed the interest rate applicable to the Term B Loans by more than twenty-five (25) basis points, the Applicable Margin for the Term B Loans shall automatically be increased such that the interest rate applicable to the Term B Loans is twenty-five (25) basis points less than the interest rate applicable to such Incremental Facility Loans without any action or consent of the Borrower or any Lender.

 

Section 2.15                                Letters of Credit.

 

(a)                                  Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of at least three (3) Business Days’ written notice from the Borrower in the form of a Request for Issuance of Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly forward such notice to the Issuing Bank or, if requested by the Borrower, to another Lender agreeing to act as an Issuing Bank (and if such Lender shall accept and countersign such Request for Issuance of Letter of Credit, such Lender shall become the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit), and the applicable Issuing Bank will issue a Letter of Credit in the amount requested subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and further subject to the following: (i)  after giving effect to the requested issuance, the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding hereunder would not exceed the Letter of Credit Committed Amount; and (ii) after giving effect to the requested issuance, the aggregate amount of all L/C Obligations then outstanding, plus the aggregate amount of Swing Loans then outstanding, plus the aggregate amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding shall not exceed the Revolving Loan Commitment.  No Letter of Credit shall have a maturity extending beyond the earlier of (x) a term of one (1) year from the date of issuance or (y) the Initial Maturity Date.  Subject to the maturity limitations provided herein and so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, Letters of Credit shall be renewable annually upon the request of the Borrower and with the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld but shall be subject to compliance with customary letter of credit practices at the times of any proposed renewal.  Each Request for Issuance of Letter of Credit from the Borrower shall specify in reasonable detail the documents which must be presented to draw under such Letter of Credit, which specification shall include all documents which the applicable Issuing Bank may reasonably require.

 

(b)                                 If a Letter of Credit provides that it is automatically renewable unless notice is given by the Issuing Bank with respect thereto that it will not be renewed, such Issuing Bank and the Borrower shall give notice of non-renewal to the Administrative Agent at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the last date on which a

 

53



 

notice of non-renewal may be given to the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and, unless so directed by the Majority Lenders at least three (3) Business Days prior to the last date on which a notice of non-renewal may be given to the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit shall not be bound to give notice of non-renewal to the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit.

 

(c)                                  Provided that no Default or Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Issuing Bank to issue, reconfirm, reissue and extend each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Each Issuing Bank hereby sells, and each other Lender that has issued a Revolving Loan Commitment hereby purchases, on a continuing basis, a participation and an undivided interest in (A) the obligations of such Issuing Bank to honor any draws under the Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement, and (B) the Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Issuing Bank under this Agreement in respect of Letters of Credit issued by it, such participation being in the amount of such Lender’s pro rata share of such obligations and Indebtedness based on such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage, in each case without further action by any party.

 

(d)                                 Upon receipt of a draw certificate from the beneficiary of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn notify the Borrower and each Lender that has issued a Revolving Loan Commitment, by telephone or telecopy, of the amount of the requested draw and, in the case of each such Lender, such Lender’s portion of such draw amount as calculated in accordance with its Revolving Commitment Percentage.

 

(e)                                  The Borrower hereby irrevocably requests, and the Lenders that have issued Revolving Loan Commitments hereby severally agree to make, a Base Rate Advance to the Borrower (notwithstanding the minimum amount requirements otherwise applicable to Base Rate Advances) on each day on which a draw is made under any Letter of Credit and in the amount of such draw, and each such Lender shall fund such Lender’s share of such Base Rate Advance by payment to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.2(e) hereof and its Revolving Commitment Percentage, without reduction for any set-off counterclaim of any nature whatsoever.  The obligation of each such Lender to make payments to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Issuing Bank, in accordance with this Section 2.15 shall be absolute and unconditional, and no such Lender shall be relieved of its obligations to make such payments by reason of non-compliance by any other Person with the terms of any Letter of Credit or for any other reason other than the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received from the applicable Lenders.

 

54



 

(f)                                    The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Issuing Bank in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it, except for such actions or omissions as shall constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Issuing Bank or such Issuing Bank’s willful failure to pay under any such Letter of Credit after presentation to it of documents complying with the terms of such Letter of Credit, shall be binding on the Borrower as between the Borrower and such Issuing Bank, and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Bank to the Borrower.  The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Lenders for Advances made to reimburse any Issuing Bank for draws under the Letters of Credit issued by it shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever, including, without limitation, the following circumstances:

 

(i)                                     Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document;

 

(ii)                                  Any amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any or all of the Loan Documents;

 

(iii)                               Any improper use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or any improper acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit in connection therewith;

 

(iv)                              The existence of any claim, set-off, defense or any right which the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or Persons for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting) or any Lender (other than the defense of payment to such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) or any other Person, whether in connection with any Letter of Credit, any transaction contemplated by any Letter of Credit, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any unrelated transaction;

 

(v)                                 Any statement or any other documents presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be insufficient, forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever, provided that such payment shall not have constituted gross negligence of willful misconduct of the applicable Issuing Bank;

 

(vi)                              The insolvency of any Person issuing any documents in connection with any Letter of Credit;

 

(vii)                           Any breach of any agreement between the Borrower and any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit;

 

55



 

(viii)                        Any irregularity in the transaction with respect to which any Letter of Credit is issued, including any fraud by the beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit;

 

(ix)                                Any errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, wireless or otherwise, whether or not they are in code;

 

(x)                                   Any act, error, neglect or default, omission, insolvency or failure of business of any of the correspondents of the applicable Issuing Bank, provided that the same shall not have constituted the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank;

 

(xi)                                Any other circumstances arising from causes beyond the control of the applicable Issuing Bank;

 

(xii)                             Payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a sight draft or a certificate which does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, provided that such payment shall not have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank; and

 

(xiii)                          Any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, provided that such other circumstances or happenings shall not have been the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct of the applicable Issuing Bank or any Lender.

 

(g)                                 If, after the Agreement Date, any change in Applicable Law, any change in the interpretation or administration thereof, or any change in compliance with Applicable Law by any Issuing Bank or any other Lender as a result of any request or directive of any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency (whether or not having the force of law) shall (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit, capital adequacy, assessment or other requirements or conditions against letters of credit issued by any Issuing Bank or against participations by any other Lender in the Letters of Credit or (ii) impose on any Issuing Bank or any other Lender any other condition regarding any Letter of Credit or any participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing in the reasonable determination of such Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, is to increase the cost to such Issuing Bank or such Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining any participation therein, as the case may be, by an amount (which amount shall be reasonably determined) deemed by such Issuing Bank or such Lender to be material, and the designation of a different lending office will not avoid the need for (or reduce the amount of) additional compensation, then, on the earlier of ten (10) days following the date of demand (which demand shall be made not later than six (6) months following such Issuing Bank’s or such Lender’s determination of a need for

 

56



 

additional compensation) by such Issuing Bank or such Lender or the Initial Maturity Date, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as such Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, determines will compensate it for such increased costs.  Within sixty (60) days of such written demand by such Issuing Bank or such Lender, the Borrower may, in its discretion, provide a replacement bank or banks for such Issuing Bank or such Lender, which replacement bank or banks will be subject to the approval of the Arranger Banks and the Majority Lenders (which approval, in each case, will not be unreasonably withheld), and shall take all necessary actions to transfer the rights, duties and obligations of such Issuing Bank or such Lender to such replacement bank or banks within such 60-day period.  A certificate of such Lender setting forth the amount, and in reasonable detail the basis for such Issuing Bank’s or such Lender’s determination of such amount, to be paid to such Issuing Bank or such Lender by the Borrower as a result of any event referred to in this paragraph shall, absent manifest error, be conclusive.  Such certificate shall be delivered to the Borrower with each written demand for payment referenced above.  Each Issuing Bank and each Lender further agree that they shall use their best efforts to give the Borrower thirty (30) days’ prior notice, and in any event shall give prompt notice, of any event referred to in this paragraph which may have the effect of materially increasing the cost to such Issuing Bank or such Lender of issuing or maintaining the Letter of Credit or purchasing or maintaining any participation therein.

 

(h)                                 Each Lender shall be responsible for its pro rata share (based on such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage) of any and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses (including reasonable legal fees) and disbursements which may be incurred or made by any Issuing Bank in connection with the collection of any amounts due under, the administrative of, or the presentation or enforcement of any rights conferred by any Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, the Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to reimburse or otherwise.  In the event the Borrower shall fail to pay such expenses of any Issuing Bank within thirty (30) days of demand for payment by such Issuing Bank, provided that such Issuing Bank has, during such 30-day period, made a diligent collection effort with respect to such expenses, and provided that such costs will not result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Issuing Bank, each Lender shall thereupon pay to such Issuing Bank its pro rata share (based on such Lender’s Revolving Commitment Percentage) of such expenses within ten (10) days from the date of such Issuing Bank’s notice to the Lenders of the Borrower’s failure to pay; provided, however, that if the Borrower or any Guarantor shall thereafter pay such expense, such Issuing Bank will repay to each Lender the amounts received from such Lender hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3 -  Guarantee

 

Section 3.1                                      Guarantee.  Each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally guarantees to the Credit Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns and the subsequent holders of the Obligations (including, without

 

57



 

 limitation, any interest on the Loans accruing after the filing of a petition initiating any Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not such interest accrues or is recoverable against the Borrower after the filing of such petition for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code or is an allowed claim in such proceeding), irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements or the Obligations of any of the Borrower Parties hereunder or thereunder, the value or sufficiency of any Collateral or any other circumstance that might otherwise affect the liability of a guarantor, that:  (a) the principal of and interest on the Loans and all other Obligations under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Loans or any other of such Obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  The foregoing guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be obligated, jointly and severally, to pay the same immediately.

 

Section 3.2                                      Waivers and Releases.  Each of the Guarantors hereby waives notice of, and consents to, any extension of time of payment, renewals, releases of Collateral, delays in obtaining or realizing upon or failures to obtain, perfect, or maintain perfection of, or realize upon Collateral or other indulgence from time to time granted by any of the Credit Parties in respect of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreement.  Each of the Guarantors hereby releases the Borrower from all, and agrees not to assert or enforce (whether by or in a legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise), any “claims” (as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101(4)), whether arising under Applicable Law or otherwise, to which such Guarantors are or would be entitled by virtue of their obligations hereunder, any payment made pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Credit Parties of their rights with respect to any Collateral, including any such claims to which such Guarantors may be entitled as a result of any right of subrogation, exoneration or reimbursement.  To the extent not released by such Guarantors under this Article 3, each of the Guarantors agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation, exoneration, reimbursement or contribution in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby.  With respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements, each of the Guarantors hereby waives presentment, protest, demand of payment, notice of dishonor and all other notices and demands whatsoever.  Each of the Guarantors further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other hand, (a) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 9.2 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (b) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Section 9.2 hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each of the Guarantors for purposes of this

 

58



 

Guarantee.  The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article 3 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any holder of any of the Obligations guaranteed hereunder, whether as a result of any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will, jointly and severally, indemnify the Credit Parties on demand for reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Credit Parties in connection with such rescission or restoration.  Each Guarantor further agrees with the Borrower for the benefit of each of its creditors (including, without limitation, the Credit Parties) that any payment referred to in this Article 3 by a Guarantor shall constitute a contribution of capital by such Guarantor to the Borrower (or an investment in the equity capital of the Borrower by such Guarantor).

 

Section 3.3                                      Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Upon the bankruptcy or winding up or other distribution of assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary of the Borrower or of any surety or guarantor of any of the Obligations of the Borrower to the Credit Parties, the rights of the Credit Parties against the Guarantors shall not be affected or impaired by the omission of any Credit Party to prove its claim, or to prove its full claim, and the Administrative Agent may prove such claims as it sees fit and may refrain from proving any claim and in its discretion may value as it sees fit or refrain from valuing any security held by it without in any way releasing, reducing or otherwise affecting the liability to the Credit Parties of any Guarantor.

 

(b)                                 Each of the Guarantors absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably waives any and all right to assert any defense, set-off, counterclaim or cross-claim of any nature whatsoever with respect to this Article 3 or the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder or the obligations of any other Person or party (including, without limitation, the Borrower) relating to this Article 3 or the obligations of any other guarantor with respect to the Obligations in any action or proceeding brought by any Credit Party to collect the Obligations or any portion thereof, or to enforce the obligations of the Guarantors under this Article 3.

 

(c)                                  If a claim is ever made upon any of the Credit Parties for the repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by such Person in payment of any of the Obligations and such Person repays all or part of such amount by reason of (i) any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such Person or any of its property, or (ii) any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by such Person with any such claimant, including the Borrower, then in such event the Guarantors agree that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement or compromise shall be binding upon the Guarantors, notwithstanding any revocation hereof or the cancellation of any promissory note or other instrument evidencing any of the Obligations, and the Guarantors shall be and remain obligated to such Person hereunder

 

59



 

for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by such Person.

 

(d)                                 The Guarantors expressly represent and acknowledge that any financial accommodations by the Credit Parties, or any of them, to the Borrower, including, without limitation, the extension of the Loans, are and will be of direct interest, benefit and advantage to the Guarantors.

 

(e)                                  It is the intention of each Subsidiary Guarantor and the Credit Parties that each Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under this Article 3 shall be, but not in excess of, the Maximum Guaranteed Amount (as herein defined).  The “Maximum Guaranteed Amount” with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall mean the maximum amount which could be paid by such Subsidiary Guarantor without rendering the Guaranty contained in this Article 3 void or voidable as would otherwise be held or determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in any insolvency proceeding involving any state or any federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws relating to the insolvency of debtors.

 

(f)                                    Pursuant to Section 6.14 hereof, any new Subsidiary of the Borrower is required to enter into this Agreement for purposes of joining in this Guarantee by executing and delivering in favor of the Credit Parties a Guarantee Supplement.  Upon the execution and delivery of a Guarantee Supplement by such new Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein.  The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor hereunder shall not require the consent of any party of this Agreement.  The rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 4 -  Conditions Precedent

 

Section 4.1                                      Conditions Precedent to Closing.  The obligation of each of the Lenders to undertake its respective Commitments and to make the initial Advance of the Loans hereunder is subject to the prior fulfillment of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger Banks and their counsel and to the Majority Lenders:

 

(i)                                     this duly executed Agreement;

 

(ii)                                  the duly executed Security Agreement, together with evidence of the filing of appropriate UCC-1 financing statements forms;

 

60



 

(iii)                               the duly executed Pledge Agreement, together with appropriate original securities certificates and undated securities powers with respect thereto executed in blank and evidence of the filing of appropriate UCC-1 financing statement forms;

 

(iv)                              a loan certificate of the Borrower, including a certificate of incumbency with respect to the signature of each Authorized Signatory of the Borrower, which loan certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit N attached hereto, together with appropriate attachments which shall include, without limitation, the following items:  (A) a true, complete and correct copy of the articles of organization of the Borrower, certified by the Secretary of State of Delaware, (B) a true, complete and correct copy of the limited liability company agreement, if any, of the Borrower, (C) a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors, or other appropriate entity, of the Borrower, authorizing the Borrower with respect to the borrowings hereunder and the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (D) certificates of existence for the Borrower issued by the Secretary of State or similar state official for the State of Delaware and for each state in which the Borrower is, or is required to be, qualified to do business, and (E) a true, complete and correct copy of any agreement in effect with respect to the voting rights, ownership interests or management of the Borrower;

 

(v)                                 a loan certificate of Holdings, including a certificate of incumbency with respect to the signature of each Authorized Signatory of Holdings, which loan certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit O attached hereto, together with appropriate attachments which shall include, without limitation, the following items:  (A) a true, complete and correct copy of the articles of organization of Holdings, certified by the Secretary of State of Delaware, (B) a true, complete and correct copy of the limited liability company agreement, if any, of Holdings, (C) a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors, or other appropriate entity, authorizing Holdings with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by Holdings of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (D) certificates of existence for Holdings issued by the Secretary of State or similar state official for the State of Delaware and for each state in which Holdings is, or is required to be, qualified to do business;

 

(vi)                              a loan certificate of each Subsidiary Guarantor, including a certificate of incumbency with respect to the signature of each Authorized Signatory of such Guarantor, which loan certificate shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit P attached hereto, together with appropriate attachments which shall include, without limitation, the following items:  (A) a true, complete and correct copy of the articles of incorporation, certificate of limited partnership or certificate of organization of such Guarantor, certified by the Secretary of State of such Guarantor’s organization, (B) a true, complete and correct copy of by-laws, partnership agreement or limited liability company or operating agreement of such Guarantor, (C) a copy of the resolutions of the

 

61



 

board of directors, or other appropriate entity, of such Guarantor, authorizing such Guarantor with respect to the execution, delivery and performance by such Guarantor of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (D) certificates of existence for such Guarantor issued by the Secretary of State or similar state official for the state of such Guarantor’s organization and for each state in which such Guarantor is, or is required to be, qualified to do business, and (E) a true, complete and correct copy of any agreement in effect with respect to the voting rights, ownership interests or management of such Guarantor;

 

(vii)                           the duly executed Fee Letters;

 

(viii)                        the duly executed Subordination of Intercompany Obligations Agreement;

 

(ix)                                the duly executed Trademark Security Agreement, together with an appropriate filing coversheet and evidence of the filing of appropriate UCC-1 financing statement forms;

 

(x)                                   opinions of counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors addressed to each Credit Party and in form and substance satisfactory to the Arranger Banks and their counsel;

 

(xi)                                a copy of the corporate organizational chart of the Borrower Parties and the Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(xii)                             a copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements for the Rainbow Group for the quarter ended March 31, 2004;

 

(xiii)                          copies of insurance binders or certificates covering the assets of the Rainbow Companies, and otherwise meeting the requirements of, and to the extent required by, Section 6.5 hereof;

 

(xiv)                         a duly executed Request for Advance for the initial Advance of the Loans;

 

(xv)                            evidence that the Borrower shall have obtained updated debt ratings from both Moody’s and S&P with respect to the Loans;

 

(xvi)                         evidence that the outstanding Obligations (as defined in the RMH Loan Agreement) under the RMH Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the RMH Loan Agreement) shall have been repaid in full and the Liens securing such Obligations have been released; and

 

62



 

(xvii)                      evidence that all steps necessary to effect the following ownership structure have been completed:  RME shall directly own 100% of Holdings; Holdings shall directly own 100% of the Borrower; and the Borrower shall own (directly or indirectly) 100% of all of the Voting Stock of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

(b)                                 All of the representations and warranties of the Borrower Parties under this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower so stating.

 

(c)                                  No Default or Event of Default shall exist, both before and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of initial Advance, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower so stating.

 

(d)                                 No litigation shall have been commenced against any of the Borrower Parties since the filing by RME of its Form 10 with the SEC on May 11, 2004, which, if such litigation could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to any such Company, could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect (other than any such litigation identified on Schedule 5.1(l)).

 

(e)                                  There shall have been no material adverse change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Rainbow Group, taken as a whole, from that reflected in the audited consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements for the Rainbow Group for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

(f)                                    The Arranger Banks shall have received the results of lien searches against each of the Borrower Parties from all applicable jurisdictions which shall be reasonably satisfactory to them and their counsel.

 

(g)                                 The Credit Parties shall have received payment of all fees and expenses due and payable on the Agreement Date in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.2                                      Conditions Precedent to Each Advance.  The obligations of the Lenders to make each Advance (including the initial Advance hereunder and any Advance of the Swing Loans, but excluding any Advance the proceeds of which are to reimburse (x) the Swing Loan Lender for Swing Loans or (y) any Issuing Bank for amounts drawn under a Letter of Credit)) of the Loans is subject to the fulfillment of each of the following conditions immediately prior to or contemporaneously with such Advance:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent, or in the case of a Swing Loan, the Swing Loan Lender, shall have received a duly executed and completed Request for Advance or Swing Loan Request, as applicable, signed by an Authorized Signatory of the

 

63



 

Borrower, which Request for Advance or Swing Loan Request, as applicable, shall (i) certify that there does not exist as of the date hereof, and after giving effect to the requested Advance there shall not exist, any Default or Event of Default, (ii) certify that, as of the date of the requested Advance and after giving effect to the application of proceeds thereof, the representations and warranties in Section 5.1 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent any representation or warranty is made solely as of the Agreement Date, (iii) certify that, as of the date of the requested Advance, there shall exist no litigation commenced against any of the Borrower Parties since the Agreement Date, which, if such litigation could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to any such Company, could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect, (iv) provide calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 8.8 and 8.9 hereof before and after giving effect to the requested Advance and (v) certify that the incurrence of the requested Advance (A) shall not violate the Indenture and (B) shall constitute “Senior Debt” (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture).

 

(b)                                 There shall have occurred no event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect since the date of the most recent audited financial statements provided to the Credit Parties.

 

(c)                                  Each Request for Advance and each Swing Loan Request shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower made as of the time of requesting such Advance that the conditions specified in this Section 4.2 have been fulfilled as of the time of such Advance.

 

Section 4.3                                      Conditions Precedent to Issuance of Letters of Credit.  The obligation of any Issuing Bank to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder is subject to the fulfillment of each of the following conditions immediately prior to or contemporaneously with the issuance of such Letter of Credit:

 

(a)                                  The Administrative Agent shall have received a duly executed and completed Request for Issuance of Letter of Credit signed by an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower, which Request for Issuance of Letter of Credit shall (i) certify that there does not exist as of the date hereof, and after giving effect to the request there shall not exist, any Default or Event of Default, (ii) certify that as of the date of the issuance of the requested Letter of Credit and after giving effect thereto, the representations and warranties in Section 5.1 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent and representation or warranty is made solely as of the Agreement Date, (iii) certify that, as of the date of the issuance of the requested Letter of Credit, there shall exist no litigation commenced against any of the Borrower Parties since the Agreement Date, which, if such litigation could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to any such Company, could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect, (iv) provide calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 8.8 and 8.9 hereof before and after giving effect to the issuance of the requested

 

64



 

Letter of Credit and (v) certify that (A) issuance of the requested Letter of Credit shall not violate the Indentures and (B) the L/C Obligations with respect to the requested Letter of Credit shall constitute “Senior Debt” (as defined in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture).

 

(b)                                 There shall have occurred no event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect since the date of the most recent audited financial statements provided to the Credit Parties.

 

(c)                                  Each Request for Issuance of Letter of Credit shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower made as of the time of requesting such Letter of Credit that the conditions specified in Section 4.3 have been fulfilled as of the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit.

 

ARTICLE 5 - -  Representations and Warranties

 

Section 5.1                                      Representations and Warranties.  Each of the Borrower Parties, for itself and on behalf of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, hereby agrees, represents, and warrants that:

 

(a)                                  Organization; Power; Qualification.  The Borrower is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having Holdings as its only equity holder.  Each of the Guarantors is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.  Each of the Borrower Parties has the power and authority to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being and hereafter proposed to be conducted, and is duly qualified and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary in view of the character of its properties or the nature of its business requires such qualification or authorization, except for qualifications and authorizations, the lack of which, singly or in the aggregate, has not had and is not likely to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                 Authorization; Enforceability.  Each of the Borrower Parties has all power, corporate or otherwise, and has taken all necessary action to authorize it to execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party in accordance with the terms thereof and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by each of the Borrower Parties party thereto, and each of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which any Borrower Party is a party is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower Party party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to limitations on enforceability under bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and limitations on the availability of the remedy of specific performance imposed by the application of general equity principles.

 

65



 

(c)                                  Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.  Except as listed on Schedule 5.1(c)-1 attached hereto (as amended by the Borrower after the Agreement Date upon written notice to the Lenders from time to time to the extent permitted hereunder), the Borrower does not have any Subsidiaries.  With respect to each of the Borrower Parties, Schedule 5.1(c)-1 also sets forth, as of the Agreement Date, the following:  (i) the direct owners of such Company and the extent of such ownership; (ii) the state of such Company’s incorporation or organization; (iii) all jurisdictions in which such Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or partnership, as the case may be; and (iv) the federal tax identification number, the state organizational identification number (if issued by the state of such Company’s incorporation or organization), the address of the chief executive office and principal place of business of such Company, and the name and registered office of the registered agent appointed by such Company.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1(c)-2 attached hereto, there are no Unrestricted Subsidiaries.  With respect to each Unrestricted Subsidiary, Schedule 5.1(c)-2 also sets forth, as of the Agreement Date, the following:  (i) the direct owners of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and the extent of such ownership; (ii) the state of such Unrestricted Subsidiary’s incorporation or organization; and (iii) all jurisdictions in which such Unrestricted Subsidiary is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or partnership, as the case may be.

 

(d)                                 Compliance with Laws, Other Loan Documents, and Contemplated Transactions.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the terms and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not (i) violate any Applicable Law, (ii) result in a breach of, or constitute a default under the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws or other governing documents, as the case may be and as amended, of any of the Borrower Parties, or under any Material Affiliation Agreement, or under any indenture, agreement, or other instrument to which any of the Borrower Parties is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, or (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower Party except Permitted Liens; except, with respect to items (i) and (ii) above, where such violations, breaches or defaults, if any, singly or in the aggregate, has not had and is not likely to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                  Necessary Authorizations.  No approval or consent of, or filing or registration with, any federal, state or local commission or other regulatory authority is required in connection with (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by each of the Guarantors of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party.  All such described action required to be taken as a condition to the execution and delivery of each of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which any of the Borrower Parties is a party has been duly taken by all such commissions and authorities or other

 

66



 

Persons, as the case may be, and all such action required to be taken as a condition to the initial Advance has been or will be duly taken prior to such Advance.

 

(f)                                    Title to Properties.  Each of the Borrower Parties has good and legal title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its respective material properties and assets free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens.

 

(g)                                 Collective Bargaining.  None of the Borrower Parties has entered into any collective bargaining agreement with any trade or labor union or other employee collective bargaining agent.

 

(h)                                 Taxes.  All federal, state, and other tax returns of each of the Borrower Parties and each of its respective Subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been duly filed, and all federal, state, and other taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges or levies upon each of the Borrower Parties and each of its respective Subsidiaries, and any of their respective properties, income, profits, and assets, which are due and payable, have been paid, except any such tax payment of which such Borrower Party or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is contesting in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and as to which neither any Lien other than a Permitted Lien has attached nor any foreclosure, distraint, sale, or similar proceedings have been commenced, and except any such tax payments which the failure to pay, singly or in the aggregate, has not had and is not likely to have a Materially Adverse Effect.  The charges, accruals, and reserves on the books of each of the Borrower Parties and each of its respective Subsidiaries in respect of taxes are, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower Parties, adequate.

 

(i)                                     Financial Statements.  The Borrower has furnished, or caused to be furnished, to the Credit Parties the financial statements required pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(xii) hereof, all of which are complete and correct in all material respects and present fairly in accordance with GAAP the financial position of the Rainbow Group as at the dates thereof, and the results of operations for the periods ended as of such dates, subject to normal year-end adjustments with respect to any unaudited statements.  Except as disclosed in such financial statements or in Schedule 5.1(i) attached hereto, none of the Rainbow Companies had any material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, and there are no material unrealized or anticipated losses of any such Companies which have not heretofore been disclosed in writing to the Credit Parties.

 

(j)                                     No Adverse Change.  Since December 31, 2003, there has occurred no event which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

(k)                                  Investments and Guaranties.  None of the Rainbow Companies has made Investments in, advances to or guaranties of the obligations of any Person, except as reflected in the financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(i) above or disclosed in Schedule 5.1(k) attached hereto.

 

67



 

(l)                                     Liabilities, Litigation, etc.  Except (i) for liabilities incurred in the normal course of business, (ii) as disclosed or referred to in the financial statements described in Section 5.1(i) above, or (iii) as disclosed on Schedule 5.1(l) attached hereto, none of the Borrower Parties has any material (individually or in the aggregate) direct or contingent liabilities.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.1(l) attached hereto, there is no litigation, legal or administrative proceeding, investigation, or other action of any nature pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower Parties, threatened against or affecting the any of the Borrower Parties or any of their respective properties which involves the possibility of any judgment or liability not fully covered by insurance that, singly or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

(m)                               ERISA.  Each Plan maintained, or contributed to, by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their ERISA Affiliates is listed on Schedule 5.1(m) attached hereto.  Each of such Plans is in compliance in all material respects with their terms, ERISA and the Code.  None of such Plans has a material “accumulated funding deficiency” within the meaning of ERISA or the Code.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has incurred any material liability to the PBGC in connection with any such Plan.  The assets of each such Plan which is subject to Title IV of ERISA are sufficient to provide the benefits under such Plan if such Plan were determined on an ongoing basis.  No Reportable Event, for which the thirty (30) day notice provision has not been waived in accordance with ERISA Section 4043(a), has occurred with respect to any such Plan.  No party in interest, fiduciary, trustee or administrator of any such Plan or trust created thereunder has engaged in a “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which is not statutorily or administratively exempt under Sections 407 or 408 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, each of which exemptions are disclosed on Schedule 5.1(m)) which would subject the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates to a material tax on “prohibited transactions” imposed by Section 4975 of the Code; provided that this representation and warranty is based upon the Borrower’s understanding provided by Lenders that the source of the Loans will not at any time constitute assets of any such Plan.  No party in interest, fiduciary, trustee or administrator of any such Plan or trust created thereunder has committed a material breach of its fiduciary duty or knowingly participated in any violation of ERISA which would subject the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates to a material penalty under Section 502 of ERISA.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1(m), none of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates is a participant in or obliged to make any payment to a Multiemployer Plan.  Except as required by Sections 601 through 609 of ERISA or as disclosed on Schedule 5.1(m), Section 4980(B) of the Code and applicable state law, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has made any oral or written commitments to provide post-employment health or life insurance coverage with respect to any former or current employee.  The Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective ERISA Affiliates have properly classified individuals providing services to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates as employees and

 

68



 

non-employees, except to the extent that a misclassification would not result in a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

(n)                                 Patents, Trademarks, etc.  Schedule 5.1(n) attached hereto sets forth all registered trademarks and pending applications for trademarks of each of the Rainbow Companies.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.1(n) attached hereto (as amended by the Borrower upon written notice to the Lenders from time to time, together with, if necessary, an amendment to the Trademark Security Agreement reflecting the addition of any new trademarks or trademark applications), each of the Rainbow Companies owns, possesses or has the right to use all licenses and rights to all patents, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, service marks, and copyrights, and rights with respect thereto, necessary to conduct its business in all material respects as now conducted, without known conflict with any patent, trademark, trade name, service mark, license or copyright of any other Person, and in each case, with respect to patents, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name and copyrights and licenses with respect thereto owned by the Rainbow Companies, subject to no mortgage, pledge, lien, lease, encumbrance, charge, security interest, title retention agreement or option other than as otherwise permitted hereunder.  Except to the extent that there is not likely to be a Materially Adverse Effect resulting from such ineffectiveness or non-compliance, all such licenses and rights with respect to patents, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, service marks and copyrights are in full force and effect, and to the extent applicable, each of the Rainbow Companies is in full compliance in all material respects with all of the provisions thereof.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1(n) attached hereto (as amended by the Borrower upon written notice to the Lenders from time to time), no such patent, trademark, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, service marks, copyrights or licenses is subject to any pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened attack or revocation.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1(n) attached hereto, (i) none of the Rainbow Companies owns any patents or material registered copyrights and (ii) the business of the Rainbow Companies is not subject to any license issued by the FCC.

 

(o)                                 Compliance with Law; Absence of Default.  Each of the Borrower Parties is in compliance with all Applicable Laws the non-compliance with which is likely to have a Materially Adverse Effect and with all of the provisions of its articles or certificate of incorporation and by-laws, or other governing documents, as applicable, which would adversely affect any Borrower Party’s ability to perform the Obligations, and no event has occurred or has failed to occur which has not been remedied or waived, the occurrence or non-occurrence of which constitutes (i) a Default or (ii) a default by any of the Borrower Parties under any other indenture, agreement, or other instrument, or under any Material Affiliation Agreement or Material Film Rights Agreement, or any judgment, decree, or order to which any of the Borrower Parties is a party or by which any of the Borrower Parties, or any of their respective properties, may be bound, which default, judgment, decree or order could reasonably be considered to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

69



 

(p)                                 Casualties; Taking of Properties, etc.  Since the date of the most recent audited financial statements provided to the Credit Parties by the Borrower, neither the business nor the properties of any of the Rainbow Companies has been materially and adversely affected as a result of any fire, explosion, earthquake, flood, drought, windstorm, accident, strike or other labor disturbance, embargo, requisition or taking of property or cancellation of contracts, permits or concessions by any domestic or foreign government or any agency thereof, riot, activities of armed forces, or acts of God or of any public enemy.

 

(q)                                 Accuracy and Completeness of Information.  None of the financial statements or any written statements delivered to any of the Credit Parties pursuant to this Agreement contains, as at the date of delivery thereof, any untrue statement of material fact nor do such financial statements, and such written statements, taken as a whole, omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.  As of the Agreement Date and as supplemented by the Borrower from time to time pursuant to Section 7.4(f), Schedule 5.1(q) attached hereto sets forth certain summary information with respect to each Material Affiliation Agreement and each Material Film Rights Agreement to which any of the Borrower Parties is a party.

 

(r)                                    Compliance with Regulations U and X.  None of the Borrower Parties is engaged principally or as one of its important activities in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying, and the Borrower does not own or presently intend to acquire, any “margin security” or “margin stock” as defined in Regulations U and X (12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (herein called “margin stock”).  None of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock or for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry margin stock or for any other purpose which would constitute this transaction a “purpose credit” within the meaning of said Regulations U and X.  Neither the Borrower nor any bank acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action which would cause this Agreement or the Notes to violate Regulation U or X or any other regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or to violate the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  If so requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish the Administrative Agent with (i) a statement or statements in conformity with the requirements of Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U of said Board of Governors and (ii) other documents evidencing its compliance with the margin regulations, including, without limitation, an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders.

 

(s)                                  Solvency.  Each of the Borrower, Holdings, AMC, IFC, WE and any Material Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Agreement Date is Solvent, and, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Loan

 

70



 

Documents, each of the Borrower, Holdings, AMC, IFC, WE and any Material Subsidiary formed or acquired after the Agreement Date will be Solvent.

 

(t)                                    Broker’s or Finder’s Commissions.  No broker’s or finder’s fee or commission will be payable with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and no other similar fees or commissions will be payable by the Borrower for any other services rendered to the Borrower ancillary to the transactions contemplated herein.

 

(u)                                 Business.  The Borrower is a holding company whose assets consist of the equity interests of the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.  Holdings is a holding company whose assets consist of the equity interests of the Rainbow Group.  The business of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors includes either acting as a holding company whose assets consist of the equity interests of its Subsidiaries or producing and acquiring various types of programming and distributing such programming to cable and other non-broadcast delivery systems and activities directly related thereto.

 

(v)                                 Name of Borrower Parties.  Except as set forth on Schedule 5.1(v) attached hereto, none of the Borrower Parties has (i) changed its name within the five (5) year period immediately preceding the Agreement Date or (ii) transacted business under any other name or trade name or acquired any assets except for valid consideration.

 

(w)                               Investment Company Act.  None of the Borrower Parties is required to register under the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and neither the entering into or performance by the Borrower of this Agreement nor the making of the Loans violates any provision of such Act or requires any consent, approval, or authorization of, or registration with, any governmental or public body or authority pursuant to any of the provisions of such Act.

 

Section 5.2                                      Survival of Representations and Warranties, etc.  All representations and warranties made under this Agreement shall be deemed to be made, and shall be true and correct in all material respects, at and as of the Agreement Date and on the date of each Advance, except to the extent any representation or warranty is made solely as of the Agreement Date in accordance with the terms hereof.  All representations and warranties made under this Agreement shall survive, and not be waived by, the execution hereof by the Credit Parties, any investigation or inquiry by any of the Credit Parties or the making of any Advance under this Agreement.

 

71



 

ARTICLE 6 -  General Covenants

 

So long as any of the Obligations is outstanding and unpaid (other than Obligations under Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements) or the Borrower shall have the right to borrow hereunder (whether or not the conditions to borrowing have been or can be fulfilled), and unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

 

Section 6.1                                      Preservation of Existence and Similar Matters.  Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of the other Borrower Parties to, (a) preserve and maintain their respective existence, rights, licenses and privileges in their respective jurisdictions of organization and (b) qualify and remain qualified and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary in view of the character of their respective properties or in which the nature of their respective businesses requires such qualification or authorization, except for qualifications and authorizations, the lack of which, singly or in the aggregate, has not had and is not likely to have a Materially Adverse Effect; provided, however, any of the Borrower Parties may liquidate or dissolve, or cause the liquidation or dissolution of, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that holds no assets and conducts no business activities.

 

Section 6.2                                      Compliance with Applicable Law.  Holdings and the Borrower will, and will cause each of the other Borrower Parties to, comply with the requirements of all Applicable Law, except where failure to comply has not had and is not likely to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.3                                      Maintenance of Properties.  The Borrower will maintain, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to maintain, or cause to be maintained in the ordinary course of business in good repair, working order, and condition all properties necessary in their respective businesses (whether owned or held under lease).

 

Section 6.4                                      Accounting Methods and Financial Records.  The Borrower (or RME on the Borrower’s behalf) will maintain, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to maintain, or will maintain on their behalf, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and will (or RME on behalf of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors will), keep and cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to keep adequate records and books of account in which complete entries will be made in accordance with such accounting principles consistently applied and reflecting all transactions required to be reflected by such accounting principles.

 

Section 6.5                                      Insurance.  The Borrower (or RME on the Borrower’s behalf) will, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to:

 

(a)                                  maintain or cause to be maintained (i) insurance on the assets and properties and on its operations including, but not limited to, public liability, business interruption and fidelity coverage insurance, from responsible insurance companies in such amounts and against such risks as shall be reasonably acceptable to the

 

72



 

Majority Lenders and (ii) maintain insurance coverage comparable to that in place on the Agreement Date, taking into account the growth of their respective businesses and operations after the Agreement Date; and

 

(b)                                 maintain insurance coverage with respect to the Collateral, comparable to that in place on the Agreement Date (taking into account any increase in value with respect to the Collateral) insuring against loss or damage by fire, theft, burglary, pilferage, loss in transit, explosions and hazards insured against by extended coverage, all premiums thereon to be paid by the Rainbow Companies or RME, on behalf of the Rainbow Companies; and

 

(c)                                  require that each insurance policy on its assets and properties name the Administrative Agent, as administrative agent for the Credit Parties, as additional insured and loss payee to the extent of the Obligations, and provide for at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent of any default under, termination of or proposed cancellation or nonrenewal of, such policy.

 

Section 6.6                                      Payment of Taxes and Claims.  The Borrower will pay and discharge, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or levies imposed upon them or upon their respective incomes or profits or upon any properties belonging to them prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful claims for labor, materials, and supplies which, if unpaid, would become a Lien other than a Permitted Lien upon any of their respective properties; except that no such tax, assessment, charge, levy, or claim need be paid which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been set aside on the appropriate books, but only so long as such tax, assessment, charge, levy, or claim does not become a Lien or charge other than a Permitted Lien and no foreclosure, distraint, sale, or similar proceedings shall have been commenced and remain unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days after such commencement.

 

Section 6.7                                      Visits and Inspections.  The Borrower will permit, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to permit, representatives of (a) prior to a Default, the Arranger Banks upon three (3) Business Days’ written notice to the Borrower, and (b) subsequent to a Default, each Credit Party, upon notice prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on such date, to (a) visit and inspect the properties of each of the Rainbow Companies during normal business hours, (b) inspect and make extracts from and copies of their respective books and records, and (c) discuss with their respective principal officers its businesses, assets, liabilities, financial positions, results of operations, and business prospects relating to each of the Rainbow Companies.

 

Section 6.8                                      Payment of Indebtedness.  Holdings and the Borrower will pay, and will cause each of the other Borrower Parties to pay, subject to any provisions therein regarding subordination, any and all of their respective Indebtedness For Money

 

73



 

Borrowed when and as the same becomes due, other than amounts duly disputed in good faith, the non-payment of which is not likely to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.9                                      Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans solely as provided in Section 2.1(e).

 

Section 6.10                                ERISA.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times make, or cause to be made, prompt payment of all material contributions required under the terms of their Plans and to meet the minimum funding standards set forth in ERISA with respect to such Plans.  The Borrower shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, each of their respective Plans in material compliance with the terms of such Plans and the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.

 

Section 6.11                                Further Assurances.  Each Borrower Party will promptly cure, or cause to be cured, defects in the creation and issuance of any Notes and the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, this Agreement) and any of the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements, resulting from any act or failure to act by any of the Borrower Parties or any employee or officer thereof.  Each Borrower Party at its expense will promptly execute and deliver to the Credit Parties, or cause to be executed and delivered to the Credit Parties, all such other and further documents, agreements, and instruments in compliance with or for the accomplishment of the covenants and agreements of the Borrower Parties in the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, this Agreement) and any of the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements, or to correct any omissions in the Loan Documents or any of the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements, or more fully to state the obligations set out herein or in any of the Loan Documents or in any of the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements, or to obtain any consents, all as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith and as may be reasonably requested.

 

Section 6.12                                Broker’s Claims.  The Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold each of the Credit Parties harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses which may be suffered or incurred by the Credit Parties, or any of them, in respect of any claim, suit, action or cause of action now or hereafter asserted by a broker or any Person acting in a similar capacity arising from or in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or therein.

 

Section 6.13                                Indemnity.  Each of the Borrower Parties, jointly and severally, will indemnify each of the Credit Parties, such Credit Party’s Lender Affiliates, and the respective employees, agents, advisors, trustees, officers and directors of such Credit Party and such Credit Party’s Lender Affiliates (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and

 

74



disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

 

Section 6.14                              Covenants Regarding Formation of Subsidiaries, Investments and Acquisitions.  In connection with the consummation of any Acquisition or any Investment made by any of the Rainbow Companies, or the formation of any new Subsidiary (which, consistent with the limitations set forth in the definition of “Subsidiary,” shall not include an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Section) of any of the Rainbow Companies, as soon as available and in any event on or before the effective date thereof, the Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, provide to the Administrative Agent the following (all of which shall be in such form and substance as shall be acceptable to the Arranger Banks):

 

(a)                                a duly executed joinder and supplement to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit Q attached hereto (each a “Guarantee Supplement”), pursuant to which each new Subsidiary shall agree to join as a Guarantor of the Obligations under Article 3 hereof;

 

(b)                               a duly executed supplement to the Security Agreement for each new Guarantor, together with appropriate UCC-1 financing statement forms;

 

(c)                                a loan certificate for each new Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit P attached hereto, together with appropriate attachments thereto;

 

(d)                               in the case of any new Guarantor holding any issued and outstanding shares of capital stock (or other instruments or securities evidencing ownership) of any other Rainbow Company, a duly executed supplement to the Pledge Agreement, pursuant to which such new Guarantor shall pledge to the Administrative Agent all of such capital stock (or other instruments or securities evidencing ownership) held by it, whether now owned or hereafter acquired;

 

75



 

(e)                                a duly executed amendment or supplement, as applicable, to the Pledge Agreement, pursuant to which (i) all of the issued and outstanding capital stock (or other instruments or securities evidencing ownership) of each new Guarantor shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent as additional Collateral for the Obligations, and (ii) all shares of capital stock (or other instruments or securities evidencing ownership) with respect to any Investment (including, without limitation, any Investment made pursuant to Section 8.2(d) hereof but excluding any equity interests in any of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries) beneficially owned or held by any of the Rainbow Companies shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent as additional Collateral for the Obligations, but only to the extent (except with respect to any Investment made pursuant to Section 8.2(d) hereof) that the pledge of any such shares or other interests in or with respect to any Company that is not wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Borrower will not (A) violate the Constituent Documents applicable to such Company (and, if the pledge of any such shares or other interests will violate any of such Constituent Documents, such shares or other interests shall be held by the Rainbow Companies subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) and (B) require the consent of any unaffiliated third party (which consent the Borrower is unable to obtain after taking reasonable steps to do so), and in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), together with all original securities certificates, duly executed securities powers and appropriate UCC-1 financing statement forms; and

 

(f)                                  all other documentation, including, without limitation, (i) an amendment or supplement, as applicable, to the Trademark Security Agreement covering any additional registered trademarks or trademark applications owned by any of the Rainbow Companies, and (ii) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent one or more opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent is appropriate with respect to the Acquisition or formation of any new Guarantor or the addition of any new Collateral as security for the Obligations.

 

Any document, agreement or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.14 shall be and constitute a “Loan Document” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.15                              Interest Rate Hedging.

 

(a)                                So long as the Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 4.00 to 1.00 and the Fixed Rate Debt Percentage (as defined below) is less than forty percent (40%), the Borrower shall maintain one or more Interest Hedge Agreements which fix or place a limit on the Borrower’s interest obligations at interest rates reasonably acceptable to the Arranger Banks such that, at all times, the Fixed Rate Debt Percentage shall equal at least forty percent (40%).  The Borrower shall enter into such Interest Hedge Agreements as required by this Section 6.15 within ninety (90) days after the delivery of the initial performance certificate pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof indicating the Total

 

76



 

Leverage Ratio exceeds 4.00 to 1.00.  For purposes of this Section 6.15, “Fixed Rate Debt Percentage” shall mean the quotient of Indebtedness For Money Borrowed bearing a fixed rate of interest (as may be adjusted by Interest Hedge Agreements) divided by all Indebtedness For Money Borrowed.

 

(b)                               All obligations of the Borrower to the Credit Parties, or any of them, or any of their respective Lender Affiliates, pursuant to any Interest Hedge Agreement involving notional amounts which in the aggregate do not exceed the Commitments shall rank pari passu with all other Obligations and shall be entitled to all benefits of the Guaranties provided in Article 3 and be secured by the Security Documents.

 

ARTICLE 7 -  Information Covenants

 

So long as any of the Obligations is outstanding and unpaid (other than Obligations under Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements) or the Borrower has a right to borrow hereunder (whether or not the conditions to borrowing have been or can be fulfilled) and unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, Holdings or the Borrower will furnish or cause to be furnished to each of the Credit Parties at their respective offices:

 

Section 7.1                                    Quarterly Financial Statements and Information.  On or before each applicable Financial Statements Delivery Date, with respect to each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, a copy of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets, of the Rainbow Group as at the end of the quarter then ended, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations, equity and cash flows for the Rainbow Group for such quarter and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such quarter, and setting forth, in the case of the statements of operations, the financial performance of AMC, WE and IFC (by programming segment) by footnote, for such quarter and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such quarter.

 

All of the foregoing financial statements shall set forth in comparative form such figures for the same period for the prior fiscal year and shall be certified by an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower to, in his or her opinion, present fairly, in accordance with GAAP, the consolidated financial position of the Rainbow Group, in each case as at the end of such period, and the results of operations for such period, and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such period, subject only to normal year-end adjustments.

 

Section 7.2                                    Annual Financial Statements and Information; Certificate of No Default.  On or before each applicable Financial Statements Delivery Date, with respect to each fiscal year of the Borrower a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets, and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, equity and cash flows of the Rainbow Group, setting forth the financial information of the Rainbow Group as at the end of the fiscal year then ended, and setting forth, in the case of the

 

77



 

statements of operations, the financial performance of AMC, WE and IFC and (by programming segment) by footnote, as at the end of the fiscal year then ended.

 

All of the foregoing financial statements shall set forth in comparative form such figures for the same period for the prior fiscal year and, with respect to the audited financial statements, shall be accompanied by an opinion of KPMG LLP or a firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by the Borrower and satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, together with a statement of such accountants certifying that no Default or Event of Default under the Financial Covenants was detected during the examination of the Rainbow Group and that such accountants have authorized the Borrower to deliver such financial statements and opinion thereon to the Credit Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 7.3                                    Performance Certificates.  Together with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, a certificate of an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit R attached hereto:

 

(a)                                setting forth as at the end of such quarter or year, as the case may be, the arithmetical calculations required to establish (i) the Applicable Margin and (ii) whether or not the Borrower was in compliance with the requirements of the Financial Covenants;

 

(b)                               stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge, no Default or Event of Default has occurred as at the end of such quarter or year, as the case may be, or, if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred, disclosing each such Default or Event of Default and its nature, when it occurred, whether it is continuing, and the steps being taken by the Borrower with respect to such Default or Event of Default;

 

(c)                                setting forth a list updating the information set forth on Schedule 5.1(c)-1 with respect to the Borrower Parties and on Schedule 5.1(c)-2 with respect to the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in each case to the extent that the Borrower shall have formed or acquired any new Subsidiaries or designated any additional Unrestricted Subsidiaries during such quarter;

 

(d)                               setting forth a list and description of all Investments, Restricted Payments and Restricted Purchases made by the Rainbow Companies during such quarter; and

 

(e)                                setting forth a list and description of, together with applicable financial statements, if available, for any Acquisition, formation or designation of any new Subsidiary of any Rainbow Company during the period for which such performance certificate is being given.

 

 

78



 

Section 7.4                                    Copies of Other Reports.

 

(a)                                Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all reports, if any, submitted to the Borrower by its independent public accountants regarding any of the Rainbow Companies, including, without limitation, any management report prepared in connection with the annual audit referred to in Section 7.2 hereof.

 

(b)                               Within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the annual budget for the Rainbow Group and a statement of anticipated sources and uses of funds for the Rainbow Group, in each case for the current fiscal year.

 

(c)                                Promptly after the sending thereof, copies of all material statements, reports and other financial information relating to the Borrower Parties that is sent to any of the shareholders of the Borrower or RME.

 

(d)                               Promptly after the preparation of the same, copies of all material reports or financial information filed with any governmental agency, department, bureau, division or other governmental authority or regulatory body, or evidencing facts or containing information which could have a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                From time to time and promptly upon each request, such data, certificates, reports, statements, documents, or further information regarding the business, assets, liabilities, financial position, projections or results of operations of any of the Borrower Parties as the Arranger Banks or the Majority Lenders may reasonably request.

 

(f)                                  At the time audited financial statements are required to be provided under Section 7.2 hereof, summary information of the type set forth in Schedule 5.1(q) with respect to each Material Affiliation Agreement and each Material Film Rights Agreement then in effect to which any of Borrower Parties is a party (noting any Material Affiliation Agreements or Material Film Rights Agreements that have been either added or deleted with respect to the prior year).

 

Section 7.5                                    Notice of Litigation and Other Matters.

 

(a)                                Prompt notice of the following events as to which Holdings or the Borrower has received notice or otherwise become aware thereof:

 

(i)                         The commencement of all material proceedings and investigations by or before any governmental body and all actions and proceedings in any court or before any arbitrator (i) against or, (ii) to the extent known to Holdings or the Borrower, in any other way relating adversely and directly to any of the Borrower Parties, or any of their respective properties, assets or businesses, or which calls into question the validity of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Credit Party Interest Hedge

 

79



 

Agreement, except where the adverse outcome of such proceeding or investigation is not likely to have a Materially Adverse Effect;

 

(ii)                      The commencement of any proceeding by or before any governmental body and all actions and proceedings in any court or before any arbitrator with respect to the ownership or use of “American Movie Classics”;

 

(iii)                   Any notice of termination, partial termination or expiration of any Affiliation Agreement which results in a reduction of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the number of Viewing Subscribers of the Borrower Parties in the aggregate during any calendar quarter when added to all other terminations or expirations during such quarter;

 

(iv)                  Any material adverse change with respect to the business, assets, liabilities, financial position, or results of operations of any of the Borrower Parties, other than changes in the ordinary course of business which have not had and are not likely to have a Materially Adverse Effect;

 

(v)                     Any Default or Event of Default, or any default by any of the Borrower Parties under any agreement (other than this Agreement) to which any of the Borrower Parties is party or by which any of their respective properties is bound, or the occurrence of any other event which could have a Materially Adverse Effect, giving in each case the details thereof and specifying the action proposed to be taken with respect thereto; and

 

(vi)                  The occurrence of any Reportable Event or “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) which is not statutorily or administratively exempt under Sections 407 or 408 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to any Plan of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or the institution or threatened institution by the PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA to terminate or to partially terminate any such Plan or the commencement or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened commencement of any litigation regarding any such Plan or naming it or the trustee of any such Plan with respect to such Plan.

 

(b)                               Notice of the date of the proposed consummation of the RME Spin-Off at least ten (10) Business Days in advance thereof.  The RME Spin-Off shall be consummated substantially in accordance with the schedule of steps set forth on Schedule 7.5(b) attached hereto or as otherwise consented to in writing by the Arranger Banks, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Signatory of RME and the Borrower certifying as to the foregoing and to the consummation of the RME Spin-Off.  On or before the consummation of the RME Spin-Off, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent (a) notice of any new Plans of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of the date of the RME Spin-Off, (b) a new Schedule 5.1(m), updated as of the date of the RME Spin-Off, and (c) copies of insurance

 

80



 

binders or certificates covering the assets of the Rainbow Companies, and otherwise meeting the requirements of, and to the extent required by, Section 6.5 hereof, as of the date of the RME Spin-Off.

 

ARTICLE 8 -  Negative Covenants

 

So long as any of the Obligations is outstanding and unpaid (other than Obligations under Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements) or the Borrower has a right to borrow hereunder (whether or not the conditions to borrowing have been or can be fulfilled) and unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise give their prior consent in writing:

 

Section 8.1                                    Indebtedness.  The Borrower Parties shall not, and shall not permit any of the other Borrower Parties to, create, assume, incur or otherwise become or remain obligated in respect of, or permit to be outstanding any Indebtedness except:

 

(a)                                Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any Incremental Facility Indebtedness);

 

(b)                               accounts payable, accrued expenses, customer advance payments and other current liabilities (other than Indebtedness For Money Borrowed) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Rainbow Companies in an aggregate amount over the remainder of the term of such obligations not to exceed $60,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(d)                               Indebtedness of the Rainbow Companies with respect to Interest Hedge Agreements having aggregate notional amounts not to exceed the Commitments, provided that the term of any such Interest Hedge Agreement does not extend beyond the Final Maturity Date;

 

(e)                                intercompany Indebtedness among any of the Borrower Parties;

 

(f)                                  Indebtedness of the Rainbow Companies that is, in each case, on terms and conditions which shall (i) have a maturity date no earlier than six (6) months after the Final Maturity Date, (ii) not have any required cash redemptions prior to six (6) months after the Final Maturity Date, (iii) be unsecured, (iv) be contractually subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger Banks, (v) not be supported by any guaranty of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (unless such guaranty shall be contractually subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger Banks), (vi) be issued subject to demonstration to the reasonable satisfaction of the Arranger Banks of pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenants through the Final Maturity Date, (vii) be issued on market terms and

 

81



 

conditions which shall be no more restrictive on the Borrower Parties than the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (viii) be otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger Banks;

 

(g)                               any Indebtedness issued in connection with an Authorized Debt Issuance; and

 

(h)                               Indebtedness of Holdings that is, in each case, on terms and conditions which shall (i) have a maturity date no earlier than six (6) months after the Final Maturity Date, (ii) not have any required cash redemptions prior to six (6) months after the Final Maturity Date, (iii) be unsecured, (iv) not be supported by any guaranty of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (v) be issued on market terms and conditions which shall be no more restrictive on the Borrower Parties than the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (viii) be otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Arranger Banks.

 

Section 8.2                                    Investments.  The Borrower shall not and, shall not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, make any Investment, except that:

 

(a)                                any of the Rainbow Companies may purchase or otherwise acquire and own Cash Equivalents;

 

(b)                               any of the Rainbow Companies may make payments in respect of Film Rights Agreements and Affiliation Agreements;

 

(c)                                any of the Rainbow Companies may make Investments in any Subsidiary of such Rainbow Company, so long as such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor; and

 

(d)                               so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby and in each case subject to compliance with Section 6.14 hereof, the Rainbow Companies may do the following:

 

(i)                        make cash Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed during any year, together with the amount of any Restricted Payments made during such year under Section 8.7(c)(i)(A) hereof, the Rainbow DBS Holdings Basket Amount applicable to such period;

 

(ii)                     make cash Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed during any year, together with the amount of any Acquisitions made during such year under Section 8.5(d)(v)(A) hereof and the amount of any Restricted Payments made during such year under Section 8.7(c)(i)(B) hereof, the Discretionary Distributions Basket Amount applicable to such period; and

 

82



 

(iii)                  make cash Investments funded by Net Cash Proceeds received in connection with the issuance of any New Affiliated Equity to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are not used by the Rainbow Companies for any other purpose.

 

Section 8.3                                    Limitation on Liens.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, create, assume, incur or permit to exist or to be created, assumed, incurred or permitted to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Permitted Liens.  Except for the agreement set forth in the foregoing sentence, (a) none of the Rainbow Companies shall agree with any other Person not to grant a Lien on any material portion of their respective assets to secure Indebtedness and (b) Holdings shall not agree with any other Person not to grant a Lien on the capital stock or other equity interests of the Borrower to secure Indebtedness.

 

Section 8.4                                    Amendment and Waiver.  None of the Borrower Parties shall, nor shall permit any of the other Borrower Parties to, enter into any amendment, or agree to or accept any waiver, (a) which would materially adversely affect the rights of the Borrower Parties and the Credit Parties, or any of them, of any of the provisions of (i) the Constituent Documents of any of the Borrower Parties and (ii) any Material Affiliate Contracts and (b) which would have a Materially Adverse Effect, of any of the provisions of any agreement between any of the Borrower Parties, on the one hand, and any of its Affiliates, on the other hand.

 

Section 8.5                                    Liquidation; Disposition or Acquisition of Assets.

 

(a)                                (i) None of the Borrower Parties shall, nor shall permit any of the other Borrower Parties to, liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or otherwise wind up, or (ii) the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, at any time, (A) sell, lease, abandon, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any assets (not constituting capital stock, partnership interests or other equity interests) or business in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, provided, however, that the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor may sell, lease, abandon, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any assets (not constituting capital stock, partnership interests or other equity interests) or business in excess of $10,000,000 and up to $100,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement so long as (1) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, (2) the Net Cash Proceeds received in connection therewith are (x) used to acquire assets useful in the business of such Borrower Party within three hundred sixty (360) days after receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (y) if not so used within such three hundred sixty (360) day period, applied to prepay the Loans as provided in Section 2.6(b), and (3) such new assets are subject to the Lien of the Administrative Agent under the Security Documents, or (B) enter into any merger or consolidation, except, in each case, for (1) sales, dispositions, mergers, consolidations or exchanges by any Guarantor

 

83



 

of its businesses, assets or rights to or with another Borrower Party, and (2) sales or dispositions in the ordinary course of business by any of the Rainbow Companies of obsolete or worn-out property or other property reasonably determined by the management of the disposing Company to be not used or useful in its business.

 

(b)                               None of the Borrower Parties shall, nor shall permit any of the other Borrower Parties to, sell, lease, abandon, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any assets constituting capital stock, partnership interests or other equity interests of any Material Subsidiary, unless in any such case the Arranger Banks shall have provided their prior written consent to such transaction.

 

(c)                                The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, at any time, issue any capital stock, partnership interests or other equity interests in any of the Rainbow Companies, except (i) for the issuance of capital stock, partnership interests or other equity interests in the Borrower in connection with the issuance of any New Affiliated Equity, (ii) on the Agreement Date, AMC may exchange PIK Preferred in an initial face and fair market value not to exceed $350,000,000 in the aggregate for (A) RMH’s common membership interest in AMC and (B) part of AMC IV’s common membership interest in AMC, (iii) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, AMC may make non-cash distributions in the form of PIK Preferred to the holders of the PIK Preferred in accordance with Section 17(c) of the AMC LLC Agreement as in effect on the Agreement Date and as amended, modified or supplemented on terms no less favorable to the Rainbow Companies, taken as a whole, and (iv) on or before the RME Spin-Off, AMC may (A) re-allocate the PIK Preferred among the holders of the PIK Preferred and (B) issue additional common membership interests to AMC IV or the Borrower, or both.

 

(d)                               The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, at any time, acquire assets, property, stock or the business of any other Person except for (i) Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business of the applicable Borrower Parties, (ii) purchases of assets in the ordinary course of business of the applicable Borrower Parties, (iii) Film Rights Agreements, (iv) Permitted Investments and (v) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby and subject to compliance with Section 6.14 hereof, (A) Acquisitions in an aggregate amount not to exceed during any year, together with the amount of any Investments made during such year under Section 8.2(d)(ii) hereof and the amount of any Restricted Payments made during such year under Section 8.7(c)(i)(B) hereof, the Discretionary Distributions Basket Amount applicable to such period, and (B) Acquisitions funded by Net Cash Proceeds received in connection with (1) the issuance of any New Affiliated Equity or (2) any Subsequent Authorized Debt Issuance, in each case to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are not used by the Rainbow Companies for any other purpose.

 

84



 

Section 8.6                                    Limitation on Guaranties.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, at any time guarantee, or assume, be obligated with respect to, or permit to be outstanding any Guaranty of, any obligation of any other Person other than (a) under any Loan Document or any Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreement, (b) obligations under agreements to indemnify Persons who have issued bid or performance bonds or letters of credit issued in lieu of such bonds in the ordinary course of business of such Rainbow Company securing performance by any Rainbow Company of activities otherwise permissible hereunder, (c) a guaranty by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, (d) Guaranties constituting Investments permitted to be made pursuant to Section 8.2(d), (f) unsecured Guaranties of the Borrower’s or Holdings’s obligations in respect of any Authorized Debt Issuance, and (g) those Guaranties described on Schedule 8.6 attached hereto (as such schedule may be amended by the Borrower from time to time), undertaken in the ordinary course of business of the Rainbow Companies, including, without limitation, Guaranties issued for purposes of securing (i) programming or transponder rights, (ii) production and product related arrangements, (iii) affiliation agreements, (iv) advertising representation agreements, marketing and service arrangements, or (v) real estate leases, and extensions, replacements and modifications of the foregoing, provided that the aggregate amount of all such Guaranties under this Section 8.6(g) at any time outstanding does not exceed $45,000,000.

 

Section 8.7                                    Restricted Payments and Purchases.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, declare or make any Restricted Payment or Restricted Purchase, except that:

 

(a)                                the Subsidiary Guarantors may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower;

 

(b)                               the Borrower may make payments in respect of Employee Stock Compensation Plan Expense;

 

(c)                                so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, the Borrower may:

 

(i)                         so long as the Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence (x) that the aggregate amount of Liquidity, both before and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, is at least $35,000,000, (y) that the Borrower is permitted to borrow the aggregate amount of clause (a) of the definition of Liquidity both before and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment and (z) of pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenants, both before and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment,

 

(A)        make cash distributions to Holdings for the benefit of Rainbow DBS Holdings, Inc., and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed during any year, together with the amount of any Investments made during

 

85



 

such year under Section 8.2(d)(i) hereof, the Rainbow DBS Holdings Basket Amount applicable to such period,

 

(B)          make cash distributions to Holdings in an aggregate amount not to exceed during any year, together with the amount of any Investments made during such year under Section 8.2(d)(ii) hereof and the amount of any Acquisitions made during such year under Section 8.5(d)(v)(A) hereof, the Discretionary Distributions Basket Amount applicable to such period, and

 

(C)          so long as the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to the lesser of (1) 5.00 to 1.00 and (2) the Total Leverage Ratio required by Section 8.8 hereof for the relevant period, make cash distributions to Holdings funded by the Net Cash Proceeds received in connection with any Subsequent Authorized Debt Issuance by the Borrower substantially concurrently with the closing of such Subsequent Authorized Debt Issuance,

 

(ii)                      so long as the Borrower is a Flow Through Entity, make Restricted Payments to Holdings or an Affiliate of Holdings for and in the amount of Federal and state taxes payable by Holdings or such Affiliate which are attributable to the operations or assets of the Borrower,

 

(iii)                   make regularly scheduled payments of interest in respect of (A) Indebtedness outstanding in connection with an Authorized Debt Issuance by the Borrower and (B) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.1(f) hereof,

 

(iv)                  make cash distributions to Holdings to fund regularly scheduled payments of interest in respect of Indebtedness outstanding in connection with an Authorized Debt Issuance by Holdings,

 

(v)                     prior to the RME Spin-Off, make Restricted Payments, subject to the Subordination of Intercompany Obligations Agreement, for payment of fees under the AMC Consulting Agreement,

 

(vi)                  make Restricted Payments, subject to the Subordination of Intercompany Obligations Agreement, for reimbursement of services to the extent set forth in the Services Agreement,

 

(vii)               on the Agreement Date, make a cash distribution to Holdings funded by the Term B Loans and the Net Cash Proceeds received in connection with the Initial Authorized Debt Issuance by the Borrower in an amount equal to the result of (A) the sum of the Term B Loans plus the proceeds of the Initial Permitted Debt Offering minus (B) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Initial Permitted Debt Offering, and

 

86



 

(viii)            make cash distributions to Holdings funded by Net Cash Proceeds received in connection with the issuance of any New Affiliated Equity to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are not used by the Rainbow Companies for any other purpose; and

 

(d)                               AMC may, as permitted by Section 8.5(c) hereof (i) exchange PIK Preferred for common membership interests, (ii) make non-cash distributions to the holders of the PIK Preferred and (iii) exchange common membership interests for PIK Preferred.

 

Section 8.8                                    Total Leverage Ratio.  The Borrower shall not permit, (a) as of the end of any fiscal quarter or (b) as of the date of any Advance increasing the Obligations hereunder, the Total Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to such Advance, if applicable) to exceed the applicable ratio for calculation dates during the periods set forth below:

 

Period

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

Agreement Date through December 31, 2006

 

6.75 to 1.00

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007

 

6.50 to 1.00

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2008

 

6.00 to 1.00

 

 

 

 

 

July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008

 

5.75 to 1.00

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009

 

5.50 to 1.00

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2010 and thereafter

 

5.00 to 1.00

 

 

Section 8.9                                    Senior Leverage Ratio.  The Borrower shall not permit, (a) as of the end of any fiscal quarter, or (b) as of the date of any Advance increasing the Obligations hereunder, the Senior Leverage Ratio (after giving effect to such Advance, if applicable) to exceed the applicable ratio for calculation dates during the periods set forth below:

 

Period

 

Ratio

 

 

 

Agreement Date through September 30, 2005

 

5.00 to 1.00

 

 

 

October 1, 2005 through March 31, 2006

 

4.75 to 1.00

 

 

 

April 1, 2006 through December 31, 2007

 

4.50 to 1.00

 

 

 

January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2008

 

4.00 to 1.00

 

 

 

July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008

 

3.75 to 1.00

 

 

 

January 1, 2009 and thereafter

 

3.50 to 1.00

 

 

87



 

 

Section 8.10                              Interest Coverage Ratio.  The Borrower shall not permit, as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the term of this Agreement, the Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.75 to 1.00.

 

Section 8.11                              Debt Service Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit, as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the term of this Agreement, the Debt Service Ratio to be less than the applicable ratio for calculation dates during the periods set forth below:

 

Period

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

Agreement Date through December 31, 2006

 

1.25 to 1.00

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2007 and thereafter

 

1.50 to 1.00

 

 

Section 8.12                              Affiliate Transactions. None of the Borrower Parties shall, nor shall they permit any of the other Borrower Parties to, at any time engage in or amend any transaction with any Affiliate, or make an assignment or other transfer of any of its assets to any Affiliate, on terms less advantageous to such Borrower Party than would be the case if such transaction had been effected with a non-Affiliate, in each case other than as set forth on Schedule 8.12 attached hereto or as otherwise permitted under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.13                              Real Estate.  None of the Rainbow Companies shall purchase, or become obligated to purchase, real estate in an amount in excess of $20,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.14                              ERISA Liabilities.  The Borrower shall not fail, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to fail, to make all material contributions in accordance with the terms of their respective Plans and to meet all of the applicable minimum funding requirements of ERISA and the Code, and, to the extent that the assets of such Plans would be less than an amount sufficient to provide all accrued benefits payable under such Plans determined on an ongoing basis, shall make the maximum deductible contributions allowable under the Code.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall incur any material withdrawal liability with respect to any Multiemployer Plan.  Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall make any commitment to provide post-employment health or life insurance benefits, except as required by Section 601

 

88



 

through 609 of ERISA, Section 4980(B) of the Code and applicable state law, nor terminate any Plan if its termination would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

 

Section 8.15                              Sales and Leasebacks.  None of the Rainbow Companies shall enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby any such Rainbow Company shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and whereby any such Rainbow Company shall then or thereafter rent or lease as lessee such property or any part thereof or other property which any such Rainbow Company intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, unless in each case, the sale or transfer of such property is permitted by Section 8.5 hereof.

 

Section 8.16                              Negative Pledge.  (a) None of the Rainbow Companies shall, nor shall they or Holdings permit any of the Rainbow Companies to, directly or indirectly, enter into any agreement (other than the Loan Documents) with any Person that prohibits or restricts or limits the ability of any such Borrower Party to create, incur, pledge or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its respective assets, or restricts the ability of any Subsidiary Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, and (b) Holdings shall not enter into any agreement (other than the Loan Documents) with any Person that prohibits or restricts or limits the ability of Holdings to create, incur, pledge or suffer to exist any Lien upon the capital stock or other equity interests of the Borrower.

 

ARTICLE 9 -  Default

 

Section 9.1                                    Events of Default.  Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default, whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment or order of any court or any order, rule, or regulation of any governmental or non-governmental body:

 

(a)                                Any representation or warranty made under this Agreement shall prove incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made;

 

(b)                               The Borrower shall default (i) in the payment of any interest and fees payable hereunder or under the other Loan Documents and such Default shall not have been cured by payment of such overdue amounts in full within five (5) days from the date such payment became due, or (ii) in the payment of any principal of the Loans when due hereunder or under the other Loan Documents;

 

(c)                                Any Borrower Party shall default in the performance or observance of any agreement or covenant contained in Article 8;

 

89



 

(d)                               There shall occur any Default in the performance or observance of any agreement or covenant or breach of any representation or warranty contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than this Agreement or as otherwise provided in Section 9.1 of this Agreement), which shall not be cured to the Majority Lenders’ satisfaction within the applicable cure period, if any, provided for in such Loan Document;

 

(e)                                Any Borrower Party shall default in the performance or observance of any other agreement or covenant contained in this Agreement not specifically referred to elsewhere in this Section 9.1, and such Default shall not be cured to the Majority Lenders’ satisfaction within a period of thirty (30) days from the occurrence of such default;

 

(f)                                  There shall have occurred a Change of Control;

 

(g)                               Subject to subsection (h) below, the aggregate number of Viewing Subscribers of the Borrower Parties shall at any time be less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the aggregate number of such Viewing Subscribers as of December 31, 2002, if such loss of Viewing Subscribers would have a Materially Adverse Effect and if such loss of Viewing Subscribers is not cured by the creation of new Viewing Subscribers of the Borrower Parties within sixty (60) days after the occurrence thereof;

 

(h)                               The aggregate number of Viewing Subscribers of the Borrower Parties shall at any time be less than seventy percent (70%) of the aggregate number of such Viewing Subscribers as of December 31, 2002, if such loss of Viewing Subscribers would have a Materially Adverse Effect;

 

(i)                                   There shall be entered a decree or order for relief in respect of the Borrower, any of its Material Subsidiaries, Holdings, RME or, prior to the RME Spin-Off, CVC under the Bankruptcy Code, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, or similar official of the Borrower, any of its Material Subsidiaries, Holdings, RME or, prior to the RME Spin-Off, CVC, or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of any of the Borrower, any of its Material Subsidiaries, Holdings, RME or, prior to the RME Spin-Off, CVC, or an involuntary petition shall be filed against any of the Borrower, any of its Material Subsidiaries, Holdings, RME or, prior to the RME Spin-Off, CVC and a temporary stay entered, and (i) such petition and stay shall not be diligently contested, or (ii) any such petition and stay shall continue undismissed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days;

 

(j)                                   The Borrower, any of its Material Subsidiaries, Holdings, RME or, prior to the RME Spin-Off, CVC shall file a petition, answer, or consent seeking relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or the Borrower, any of its Material Subsidiaries, Holdings, RME or, prior to the RME Spin-Off, CVC shall consent to the institution of proceedings thereunder or to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment or

 

90



 

taking of possession of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, or other similar official of the Borrower, any of its Material Subsidiaries, Holdings, RME or, prior to the RME Spin-Off, CVC, or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or the Borrower, any of its Material Subsidiaries, Holdings, RME or, prior to the RME Spin-Off, CVC shall fail generally to pay their respective debts as they become due, or the Borrower, any of its Material Subsidiaries, Holdings, RME or, prior to the RME Spin-Off, CVC shall take any action in furtherance of any such action;

 

(k)                                A final judgment shall be entered by any court against any of the Borrower Parties for the payment of money which exceeds $5,000,000, or a warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against property of any of the Borrower Parties which, together with all other property of any of the Borrower Parties subject to other such process, exceeds in value $5,000,000 in the aggregate, and if, within thirty (30) days after the entry, issue, or levy thereof, such judgment, warrant, or process shall not have been paid or discharged or stayed pending appeal, or if, after the expiration of any such stay, such judgment, warrant, or process shall not have been paid or discharged;

 

(l)                                   There shall be at any time (i) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA or in Section 412 of the Code) with respect to any Plan maintained by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, has any material liabilities, or any trust created thereunder, or (ii) a trustee appointed by a United States District Court to administer any such Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA, or (iii) proceedings instituted by the PBGC to terminate any such Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA, or (iv) incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries any liability to the PBGC in connection with the distress termination of any such Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA; or any fiduciary of, or party in interest to, any Plan or trust created under any Plan of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall engage in a “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) which would subject the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to a tax on “prohibited transactions” imposed by Section 4975 of the Code, or (v) any fiduciary of, or party in interest to, any Plan or trust created under any Plan of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall engage in a breach of fiduciary responsibility or knowingly participate in any violation of ERISA; or any Plan of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code shall have its application for or a favorable IRS determination with respect to the qualification requirements under such section of the Code denied by the IRS, or have the IRS revoke its previously issued determination; and in each case, such event or condition, together with other such events or conditions, if any, would subject the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any tax, liability or penalty in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

(m)                             There shall occur any default under any indenture, agreement, or instrument evidencing Indebtedness For Money Borrowed of any of the

 

91



 

Borrower Parties (including, without limitation, any Authorized Debt Issuance) in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $15,000,000 (determined singly or in the aggregate with other Indebtedness For Money Borrowed);

 

(n)                               All or any portion of any Loan Document shall at any time and for any reason be declared to be null and void or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction in a suit with respect to such Loan Document, or a proceeding shall be commenced by any governmental authority having jurisdiction over any of the Borrower Parties involving a legitimate dispute or a proceeding shall be commenced by any of the Borrower Parties, in either case seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability of any Loan Document (exclusive of questions of interpretation of any provision thereof), or any of the Borrower Parties shall deny that it has any liability or obligation for the payment of principal or interest purported to be created under any Loan Document;

 

(o)                               There shall occur a default by any of the Borrower Parties (if such default is not cured or waived within any applicable grace period) under any Material Affiliation Agreement, which default would have a Materially Adverse Effect; or

 

(p)                               There shall exist any default under, or any cancellation of (without a contemporaneous replacement, or if interim substitute arrangements have been made with respect thereto, replacement within forty-five (45) days, of), any Transponder Lease Agreement if such default is not cured within any applicable cure period and if such default or cancellation, as applicable, would have a Materially Adverse Effect;

 

Section 9.2                                    Remedies.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing:

 

(a)                                With the exception of an Event of Default specified in Sections 9.1(i) or 9.1(j) hereof, the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Majority Lenders, shall (i) terminate the Commitments and any obligations of the Swing Loan Lender to advance the Swing Loan Committed Amount hereunder and (ii) declare the principal of and interest on the Loans and all other Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to be forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, or both.

 

(b)                               Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default specified in Sections 9.1(i) or 9.1(j) hereof, the principal of and interest on the Loans and all other Obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall thereupon and concurrently therewith become due and payable, and the Commitments shall forthwith terminate and any obligations of the Swing Loan Lender to advance the Swing Loan Committed Amount shall forthwith terminate, all without any action by the Credit Parties or the Majority Lenders and without presentment, demand, protest, or other

 

92



 

notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived, anything in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

(c)                                With respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of any acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to this Section 9.2, the Borrower shall promptly upon demand by any Issuing Bank deposit in an account of such Issuing Bank for the benefit of such Issuing Bank an amount equal to the aggregate undrawn and unexpired amount of each outstanding Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, which cash will be held by such Issuing Bank and applied to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit and the unused portion thereof after such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay other Obligations hereunder in the manner set forth in Section 2.12(b) hereof.

 

(d)                               The Administrative Agent, with the concurrence of the Majority Lenders, shall exercise all of the post-default rights granted to it and to them under the Loan Documents or under Applicable Law.

 

(e)                                The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder shall be cumulative, and not exclusive.

 

ARTICLE 10 -  The Agents

 

Section 10.1                              Appointment and Authorization.  Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes, and hereby agrees that it will require any transferee of any of its interest in its Commitments and Loans irrevocably to appoint and authorize, each of the Agents to take such actions as its agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers hereunder and under the Security Documents as are delegated by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and as may be provided by any Loan Document.  Any action taken by any of the Agents under this Agreement or any Loan Document shall be taken for itself and for the ratable benefit of each of the other Credit Parties, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document.  None of the Agents nor any of their respective Lender Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them hereunder or in connection herewith, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Neither the Syndication Agent and neither of the Co-Documentation Agents shall have any obligations under this Agreement in such capacity.

 

Section 10.2                              Delegation of Duties.  The Agents may execute any of their respective duties under the Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys selected by them, respectively, using reasonable care and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  None of the Agents shall be responsible to any of the Lenders for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys selected by any of them, respectively, with reasonable care.

 

93



 

Section 10.3                              Interest Holders.  The Agents may treat each Lender, or the Person designated in the last notice filed with the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.3, as the holder of all of the interests of such Lender in its Commitments and its Loans until written notice of transfer, signed by such Lender (or the Person designated in the last notice filed with the Administrative Agent) and by the Person designated in such written notice of transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 10.4                              Consultation with Counsel.  Each of the Agents may consult with legal counsel selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

 

Section 10.5                              Documents.  None of the Agents shall be under any duty to examine, inquire into, or pass upon the validity, effectiveness, or genuineness of this Agreement or any instrument, document, or communication furnished pursuant hereto or in connection herewith, and each of the Agents shall be entitled to assume that they are valid, effective, and genuine, have been signed or sent by the proper parties, and are what they purport to be.

 

Section 10.6                              Security Documents; Release of Collateral.  (a) The Administrative Agent, as administrative agent hereunder and under the Security Documents, is hereby authorized to act on behalf of the Credit Parties, in its own capacity and through other agents and sub-agents appointed by it with due care, under the Security Documents and to file UCC-1 financing statement forms in connection therewith, provided that, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not agree to the release of any Collateral except in compliance with Sections 10.6(b) and 12.12 hereof.  In connection with its role as secured party with respect to the Collateral hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall act as administrative agent, for itself and for the benefit of the Credit Parties, and such role as administrative agent shall be disclosed on all appropriate accounts, certificates, filings, mortgages, and other collateral documentation.

 

(b)                               Each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby directs, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Administrative Agent to release any Lien held by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties:

 

(i)                         against all of the Collateral, upon final and indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Commitments; or

 

(ii)                      against any part of the Collateral sold or disposed of by the Borrower Parties if such sale or disposition is permitted by Section 8.5(a) or (b) hereof or is otherwise consented to by the requisite Lenders for such release as set forth in Section 12.12, as certified to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower in a certificate of an Authorized Signatory.

 

94



 

(c)                                Each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby directs the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver or file or authorize the filing of such termination and partial release statements and do such other things as are necessary to release Liens to be released pursuant to Section 10.6(b) hereof promptly upon the effectiveness of any such release.  Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders and the Issuing Bank will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.6.

 

Section 10.7                              Affiliates.  With respect to the Commitments and the Loans, any Lender which is a Lender Affiliate of any Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender, and each Agent and its respective Lender Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Lender Affiliates of, or Persons doing business with, the Borrower, as if it were not affiliated with such Agent and without any obligation to account therefor.

 

Section 10.8                              Responsibility of the Agents.  The duties and obligations of the Agents under this Agreement are only those expressly set forth in this Agreement.  Each of the Agents shall be entitled to assume that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unless it has actual knowledge, or has been notified by the Borrower, of such fact, or has been notified by a Lender that such Lender considers that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and such Lender shall specify in detail the nature thereof in writing.  None of the Agents shall be liable to any of the Lenders hereunder for any action taken or omitted to be taken except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall provide each Lender with copies of such documents received from the Borrower as such Lender may reasonably request.

 

Section 10.9                              Action by Agents.

 

(a)                                Except for action requiring the approval of the Majority Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be, each Agent shall be entitled to use its discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any rights which may be vested in it by, and with respect to taking or refraining from taking any action or actions which it may be able to take under or in respect of, this Agreement, unless such Agent shall have been instructed by the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders, as the case may be, to exercise or refrain from exercising such rights or to take or refrain from taking such action, provided that such Agent shall not exercise any rights under Section 9.2(a) of this Agreement without the request of the Majority Lenders.  None of the Agents shall incur any liability under or in respect of this Agreement with respect to anything which it may do or refrain from doing in the reasonable exercise of its judgment or which may seem to it to be necessary or desirable in the circumstances, except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

95



 

(b)                               None of the Agents shall be liable to the Lenders, or any of them, in acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders or all the Lenders, as the case may be, and any action taken or failure to act pursuant to such instructions shall be binding on all Lenders.

 

Section 10.10                        Notice of Default or Event of Default.  In the event that any of the Credit Parties shall acquire actual knowledge, or shall have been notified in writing, of any Default or Event of Default, such Credit Party shall promptly notify the other Credit Parties, and each Agent shall take such action and assert such rights under this Agreement as the Majority Lenders shall request in writing, and none of the Agents shall be subject to any liability by reason of its acting pursuant to any such request.  If the Majority Lenders shall fail to request an Agent to take action or to assert rights under this Agreement in respect of any Default or Event of Default within ten (10) days after their receipt of the notice of any Default or Event of Default from any Credit Party, or shall request inconsistent action with respect to such Default or Event of Default, such Agent may, but shall not be required to, take such action and assert such rights (other than rights under Article 9 hereof) as it deems in its discretion to be advisable for the protection of the Lenders, except that, if the Majority Lenders have instructed such Agent not to take such action or assert such right, in no event shall such Agent act contrary to such instructions.

 

Section 10.11                        Responsibility Disclaimed.  None of the Agents shall be under any liability or responsibility whatsoever as such:

 

(a)                                To the Borrower or any other Person or entity as a consequence of any failure or delay in performance by or any breach by, any Lender or Lenders of any of its or their obligations under this Agreement;

 

(b)                               To any Lender or Lenders, as a consequence of any failure or delay in performance by, or any breach by, the Borrower or any other obligor of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; or

 

(c)                                To any Lender or Lenders for any statements, representations, or warranties in this Agreement, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement or any information provided pursuant to this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement, or for the validity, effectiveness, enforceability, or sufficiency of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 10.12                        Indemnification.  Each of the Lenders agrees to indemnify each of the Agents in their respective capacities as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so) pro rata according to their respective Commitment Percentages, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including fees and expenses of experts, agents, consultants and counsel), or

 

96



 

disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement, except that no Lender shall be liable to such Agent for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent.

 

Section 10.13                        Credit Decision.  Each Lender represents and warrants to each other and to each Agent that:

 

(a)                                In making its decision to enter into this Agreement and to make Advances, it has independently taken whatever steps it considers necessary to evaluate the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower Parties and that it has made an independent credit judgment, and that it has not relied upon information provided by any Agent; and

 

(b)                               So long as any portion of the Loans remains outstanding, it will continue to make its own independent evaluation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower Parties.

 

Section 10.14                        Successor Agents.  Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Agent (which shall be any Lender or a Lender Affiliate or a commercial lender organized under the laws of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof which has a combined capital and reserves in excess of $250,000,000) as provided below, any Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower and may be removed at any time for cause by the Majority Lenders.  Upon any such resignation or removal, the Majority Lenders shall have the right to appoint, subject to such Lender’s consent in its sole discretion, a successor Agent from among the Lenders or the Lender Affiliates.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Majority Lenders’ removal of the retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent which shall be any Lender or a Lender Affiliate or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof which has combined capital and reserves in excess of $250,000,000.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges, duties, and obligations of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  After any retiring Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 10.14 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as an Agent.

 

97



 

ARTICLE 11 -  Change in Circumstances

Affecting Eurodollar Advances

 

Section 11.1                              Eurodollar Basis Determination Inadequate or Unfair.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein which may be construed to the contrary, if with respect to any proposed Eurodollar Advance for any Eurodollar Advance Period, the Administrative Agent determines after consultation with the Lenders that deposits in Dollars (in the applicable amount) are not being offered to each of the Lenders in the relevant market for such Eurodollar Advance Period, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such situation no longer exist, the obligations of the Lenders to make Eurodollar Advances shall be suspended.

 

Section 11.2                              Illegality.  If any Applicable Law, or any change therein, or any interpretation or change in interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency, shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Lender to make, maintain or fund its Eurodollar Advances, such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other Lenders and the Borrower.  Before giving any notice to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 11.2, such Lender shall designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not, in the judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.  Upon receipt of such notice, notwithstanding anything contained in Article 2 hereof, the Borrower shall repay in full the then outstanding principal amount of each Eurodollar Advance of such Lender so affected, together with accrued interest thereon, either (a) on the last day of the then current Eurodollar Advance Period applicable to such Advance if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain and fund such Eurodollar Advance to such day or (b) immediately if such Lender may not lawfully continue to fund and maintain such Eurodollar Advance to such day.  Concurrently with repaying each Eurodollar Advance of such Lender, notwithstanding anything contained in Article 2 or Article 4 hereof, the Borrower shall borrow a Base Rate Advance from such Lender, and such Lender shall make such Base Rate Advance in an amount such that the outstanding principal amount of the Loans held by such Lender shall equal the outstanding principal amount of such Loans immediately prior to such repayment.

 

Section 11.3                              Increased Costs and Taxes.

 

(a)                                If any Regulatory Change:

 

(i)                         Shall subject any Lender to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to its obligation to make Eurodollar Advances, or its Eurodollar

 

98



 

Advances, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any Lender of the principal of or interest on its Eurodollar Advances or in respect of any other amounts due under this Agreement in respect of its Eurodollar Advances or its obligation to make Eurodollar Advances (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Lender imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Lender’s principal executive office is located); or

 

(ii)                      Shall impose, modify, or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding any included in an applicable Eurodollar Reserve Percentage), special deposit, assessment or other requirement or condition against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or commitments or credit extended by any Lender, or shall impose on any Lender or the eurodollar interbank borrowing market any other condition affecting such Lender’s obligation to make such Eurodollar Advances or its Eurodollar Advances;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining any such Eurodollar Advances, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender under this Agreement or otherwise in respect of its Loans, then, in any such case, on the earlier of demand by such Lender or the applicable Maturity Date, the Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased costs.  Each Lender requesting compensation will promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 11.3 and will designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the sole judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

(b)                               A certificate of any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 11.3 and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and calculations therefor shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.  If any Lender demands compensation under this Section 11.3, the Borrower may at any time, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior notice to such Lender, prepay in full the then outstanding Eurodollar Advances of such Lender, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment, along with any reimbursement required under Section 2.11 hereof.  Concurrently with prepaying such Eurodollar Advances, the Borrower shall borrow a Base Rate Advance from such Lender, and such Lender shall make such Base Rate Advance in an amount such that the outstanding principal amount of the Loans held by such Lender shall equal the outstanding principal amount of such Loans immediately prior to such prepayment.

 

99



 

Section 11.4                                Effect On Other Advances.  If notice has been given pursuant to Section 11.1, 11.2 or 11.3 hereof suspending the obligation of any Lender to make Eurodollar Advances, or requiring Eurodollar Advances of any Lender to be repaid or prepaid, then, unless and until such Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such repayment no longer apply, all Advances which would otherwise be made by such Lender as Eurodollar Rate Advances shall be made instead as Base Rate Advances.

 

ARTICLE 12 Miscellaneous

 

Section 12.1                                Notices.

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given three (3) days after deposit in the mail, designated as certified mail, return receipt requested, postage-prepaid, or one (1) day after being entrusted to a reputable commercial overnight delivery service, or when sent by telecopy addressed to the party to which such notice is directed at its address determined as provided in this Section 12.1.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:

 

(i)                                     If to the Borrower, to it at:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York 11753-2701

Attn:  President

Telecopy No.:  (516) 803-4824

 

with copies to:

 

Rainbow National Services LLC

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York 11753-2701

Attn:  General Counsel

Telecopy No.:  (516) 803-4824

 

and

 

Rainbow Media Enterprises, Inc.

200 Jericho Quadrangle

Jericho, New York 11753-2701

Attn:  Chief Financial Officer

Telecopy No.:  (516) 803-4824

 

100



 

(ii)                                  If to the Administrative Agent, to it at:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

1111 Fannin Street, 10th Floor

Houston, Texas  77002

Attn:  Christie Tran

Telecopy No.: 713-750-2358

 

with a copy to:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

270 Park Avenue, 4th Floor

New York, New York 10017

Attn:  Joan Fitzgibbon, Managing Director

Telecopy No.:  (212) 270-4584

 

and

 

Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP

600 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 2400

Atlanta, Georgia  30308

Attn:  Chris D. Molen, Esq.

Telecopy No.: (404) 815-2424

 

(iii)                               If to Bank of America, N.A., as an Arranger Bank, to it at:

 

Bank of America, N.A.

901 Main Street, 64th Floor

Dallas, Texas  75202

Attn:  Todd Shipley, Managing Director

Telecopy No.: (214) 209-9390

 

(iv)                              If to the Lenders, to them at the addresses set forth beside their names on the Lender Addendum with respect thereto or in an Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Copies shall be provided to Persons other than parties hereto only in the case of notices under Article 7 hereof.

 

(c)                                  Any party hereto may change the address to which notices shall be directed under this Section 12.1 by giving ten (10) days’ written notice of such change to the other parties.

 

101



 

Section 12.2                                Expenses.  The Borrower agrees to promptly pay:

 

(a)                                  All reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent on the Agreement Date in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, and the making of the initial Advance hereunder, including, but not limited to, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent;

 

(b)                                 All reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of any waiver, modification, amendment, or consent by the Lenders relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents whether or not executed, including, but not limited to, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent;

 

(c)                                  All reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the syndication of the Loans; and

 

(d)                                 From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agents and the Lenders in respect of such Event of Default, irrespective of whether suit or other proceeding has commenced in respect thereto, which shall include reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Agents and the Lenders, and the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of any experts, agents, or consultants engaged by the Agents and the Lenders.

 

Section 12.3                                Waivers.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreements shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers or privileges which they would otherwise have.  No failure or delay by the Credit Parties or the Majority Lenders, or any of them, in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege shall operate as a waiver thereof.  The Credit Parties expressly reserve the right to require strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement in connection with any funding of a request for an Advance.  In the event the Lenders decide to fund a request for an Advance at a time when the Borrower is not in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement, such decision by the Lenders shall not be deemed to constitute an undertaking by the Lenders to fund any further requests for Advances or preclude the Lenders from exercising any rights available to the Lenders under the Loan Documents or at law or equity.  Any waiver or indulgence granted by the Credit Parties or the Majority Lenders, or any of them, shall not constitute a modification of this Agreement, except to the extent expressly provided in such waiver or indulgence, or constitute a course of dealing by the Credit Parties or the Majority Lenders, or any of them, at variance with the terms of the Agreement such as to require further notice of their intent to require strict adherence to the terms of the Agreement in the future.

 

102



 

Section 12.4                                Set-Off.  In addition to any rights and remedies now or hereafter granted under Applicable Law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, after the applicable Maturity Date (whether by acceleration or otherwise), the Lenders and any Lender Affiliates are hereby authorized by the Borrower at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Borrower or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set-off and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, including, but not limited to, Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, in each case whether matured or unmatured) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Lenders or such Lender Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any of the Borrower Parties, against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of any of the Borrower Parties to the Lenders under this Agreement, any other Loan Document and any Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreement, including, but not limited to, all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreement, irrespective of whether or not (a) the Lenders shall have made any demand hereunder or (b) the Lenders shall have declared the principal of and interest on the Loans and other amounts due hereunder to be due and payable as permitted by Section 9.2 hereof and although said obligations and liabilities, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured.  Any sums obtained by any Lender or any Lender Affiliate shall be subject to the application of payments provisions of Article 2 hereof.  Upon direction by the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, after the applicable Maturity Date (whether by acceleration or otherwise), each Lender and each Lender Affiliate holding deposits of any of the Borrower Parties shall exercise its set-off rights as so directed.

 

Section 12.5                                Assignment.

 

(a)                                  No Borrower Party may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of each of the Lenders.

 

(b)                                 Each of the Lenders (other than the Swing Loan Lender with respect to the Swing Loans) may at any time enter into assignment agreements or participations with respect to its interest hereunder and under the other Loan Documents with one or more Eligible Assignees, provided that (x) any such assignment shall be in an aggregate amount, with respect to each assignment or series of related assignments, of (A) in the case of any assignment of the Term B Loans, not less than $1,000,000 and (B) in the case of any assignment of the Revolving Loans and Revolving Loan Commitments, not less than $5,000,000 (in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), unless such assignment is to another Lender or an assignment of all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder), and (y) after giving effect to any assignment or series of related assignments, the aggregate amount of the assigning Lender’s Loans and Commitments under this Agreement shall (A) in the case of any assignment of the Term B Loans, not be less than $1,000,000 (which amount shall be in the aggregate in the event

 

103



 

of contemporaneous assignments by a Lender to one or more funds that invest in commercial loans that are managed or advised by the same investment advisor), and (B) in the case of any assignment of the Revolving Loans and Revolving Loan Commitments, not be less than $5,000,000 (in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), unless such assignment is an assignment of all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder).  All of the foregoing assignments and participations shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)                                     Except for (A) assignments made to any Federal Reserve Bank or which are otherwise permitted under Section 12.5(d) below and (B) assignments made between any Lender and any Lender Affiliate of such Lender or to another Lender or a Lender Affiliate of another Lender or to an Approved Fund, no assignment shall be made or sold without the consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and, if no Default or Event of Default then exists, the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(ii)                                  Except for (A) assignments made to any Federal Reserve Bank or which are otherwise permitted under Section 12.5(d) below and (B) assignments of the Term B Loans, no assignment shall be made or sold without the consent of the Issuing Bank, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(iii)                               The Borrower and the Credit Parties agree that assignments permitted hereunder (including the assignment of any Advance or portion thereof) may be made with all voting rights, and shall be made pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement which shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent.  An administrative fee of $3,500 with respect to each Assignment and Assumption Agreement delivered hereunder shall be payable to the Administrative Agent by the assigning Lender at the time of any assignment hereunder (except that in the case of assignments on the same day by a Lender to more than one fund managed or advised by the same investment advisor, only a single $3,500 fee shall be payable for all such assignments by such Lender to such funds).  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Assumption Agreement delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of and interest on the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement from time to time (the “Register”).  Upon receipt of any Assignment and Assumption Agreement delivered in accordance with the terms hereof (and payment of the $3,500 administrative fee related thereto), the Administrative Agent shall record the information contemplated by the foregoing sentence in the Register.  No assignments shall be effective hereunder until the Loans and Commitments set forth in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement are recorded in the Register by the Administrative Agent.  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lender shall treat each

 

104



 

Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.

 

(iv)                              No participation agreement shall confer any rights under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to any purchaser thereof, or relieve any issuing Lender from any of its obligations under this Agreement, and all actions hereunder shall be conducted as if no such participation had been granted; provided, however, that any participation agreement may confer on the participant the right to approve or disapprove changes in the interest rate and principal amount, fees and the applicable Maturity Date.

 

(v)                                 Each Lender agrees to provide the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with prompt written notice of any assignments of its interests hereunder.

 

(vi)                              No assignment, participation or other transfer of any rights hereunder shall be effected that would result in any interest requiring registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or qualification under any state securities law.

 

(vii)                           No such assignment, participation or transfer of any rights hereunder may be made to any bank or other financial institution (A) with respect to which a receiver or conservator (including, without limitation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Office of Thrift Supervision) has been appointed or (B) that has failed to meet any of the capital requirements of its primary regulator or insurer.

 

(viii)                        If applicable, each Foreign Lender shall, and shall cause each of its assignees that becomes a Foreign Lender to provide to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Agreement Date or the effective date of any assignment, as the case may be, all appropriate IRS forms required to be delivered by such Foreign Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(c)(iii) hereof.

 

(c)                                  Except as specifically set forth in Section 12.5(b) hereof, nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the respective parties hereto and thereto and their successors and assignees permitted hereunder and thereunder any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Lender may, without the consent of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, issued to such Lender to secure obligations of such Lender, including, without limitation, any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or its trustee in support of its obligations thereto; provided,

 

105



 

however, that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(e)                                  An assigning Lender shall retain such indemnification and expense reimbursement rights to which such Lender was entitled pursuant to this Agreement to the effective date of the assignment of its rights hereunder.

 

Section 12.6                                Counterparts.  This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  In proving this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought.  Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission of an adobe file format document (also known as a PDF file) shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

 

Section 12.7                                Governing Law.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW AND SECTION 327(b) OF THE NEW YORK CIVIL PRACTICE LAWS AND RULES AND WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CONFLICT OR CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR REMEDIES UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR COLLATERAL ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 12.8                                Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 12.9                                Headings.  Headings and footnotes used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in connection with the interpretation of any provision hereof.

 

Section 12.10                          Interest.

 

(a)                                  In no event shall the amount of interest due or payable hereunder or otherwise in respect of the Loans exceed the maximum rate of interest allowed by Applicable Law, and in the event any such payment is inadvertently made by

 

106



 

any Borrower Party or is inadvertently received by any Lender, then such excess sum shall be credited as a payment of principal, unless such Borrower Party shall notify such Lender in writing that it elects to have such excess sum returned forthwith.  It is the express intent hereof that the Borrower Parties not pay and the Lenders not receive, directly or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, interest in excess of that which may legally be paid by the Borrower Parties under Applicable Law.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the use by the Lenders of the Prime Rate, the Eurodollar Rate and the Federal Funds Effective Rate as reference rates for the determination of interest on the Loans, the Lenders shall be under no obligation to obtain funds from any particular source in order to charge interest to the Borrower at interest rates tied to such reference rates.

 

Section 12.11                          Entire Agreement.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and thereto and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, and conversations relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

Section 12.12                          Amendment and Waiver.  Neither this Agreement nor any Loan Document, nor any term or provision hereof or thereof, may be amended or waived orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Majority Lenders (or, in the case of Security Documents executed by the Administrative Agent, signed by the Administrative Agent and approved by the Majority Lenders) and, in the case of an amendment, also by the Borrower, except that (a) any decrease (other than pro rata) or increase in the amount of the Commitments of any Lender shall require the consent of such Lender, (b) any issuance of an Incremental Facility Commitment shall require only the consent of the Incremental Facility Lenders, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (c) in the event of (i) any postponement in the scheduled time as set forth in Section 2.7 hereof for the payment of, or any reduction of, any scheduled payments of principal, interest or fees due hereunder or any extension of the Initial Maturity Date or the Final Maturity Date, (ii) any change in the Applicable Margin as set forth in Section 2.3(f) hereof, (iii) any release or impairment of any Collateral pledged by, or Guaranties of, AMC, IFC or WE (other than as provided in Section 10.6(b)), (iv) any release of the Borrower from the Obligations or any release or impairment of substantially all of the other Collateral or Guaranties issued in favor of the Administrative Agent (other than as provided in Section 10.6(b)), (v) any waiver of any Event of Default due to the failure by the Borrower to pay any sum due hereunder, (vi) except in connection with the implementation of the Incremental Facility Indebtedness to the extent necessary to accord the various types of Incremental Facility Loans treatment similar to the treatment accorded Loans of a similar type thereunder, any change to the application of payments made to the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties described in Sections 2.6(c), 2.12(a) and 2.12(b) hereof, or any change in the sharing of payment procedures described in Section 2.12(c) hereof, or (vii) any amendment of this Section 12.12 or of the definition of “Majority Lenders” or of any provision of this Agreement which refers

 

107



 

to “Majority Lenders” if the effect thereof would be to amend the definition of “Majority Lenders”, as used in such provision, any amendment or waiver may be made only by an instrument in writing signed by each of the Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, also by the Borrower; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any amendment of Section 2.14 or any other term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document required in connection with the implementation of the Incremental Facility Indebtedness shall require only the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower.  Any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, termination or release of any Credit Party Interest Hedge Agreement may be effected by the parties thereto without the consent of the Lender Group.

 

Section 12.13                          Other Relationships.  No relationship created hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall in any way affect the ability of any of the Credit Parties to enter into or maintain business relationships with the Borrower or any of its Lender Affiliates beyond the relationships specifically contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 12.14                          Confidentiality.  The parties hereto shall preserve in a confidential manner all information received from any other party pursuant to the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereunder, and shall not disclose such information except to (i) any Agent, any Lender or any Persons with which a confidential relationship is maintained (including designated agents, legal counsel, accountants and regulators), (ii) where required by law, (iii) any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in an asset swap agreement or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor, as the case may be, has agreed in a writing in favor of the Borrower to be bound by the provisions of this Section 12.14), (iv) prospective transferees (so long as such any such prospective transferee has agreed in a writing in favor of the Borrower to be bound by the provisions of this Section 12.14), and (v) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners and other insurance regulatory agencies to the extent required by law or (so long as such Person has agreed in a writing in favor of the Borrower to be bound by the provisions of this Section 12.14) to maintain any industry ratings applicable to such parties.

 

Section 12.15                          Liability of Partners, Members and Other Persons. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties hereto expressly agree that no partner, member, officer, director or other holder of an ownership interest of or in the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower, Holdings, RME or CVC, or any partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity which is a partner, member, stockholder or holder of an ownership interest of or in the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower, Holdings, RME or CVC shall have any personal or individual liability or responsibility in respect of Obligations of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower, Holdings, RME or CVC pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document solely by reason of his or her status as such partner, member, officer, director, stockholder or holder.

 

108



 

Section 12.16                          Survival.  The provisions of this Agreement set forth in (a) Sections 2.10(c)(ii), 2.11, 6.12, 6.13, 10.11 and 11.3 hereof and (b) to the extent that any Obligations shall remain outstanding, Article 3 hereof, in each case, shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

Section 12.17                          Delivery of Lender Addenda.  Each initial Lender shall become a party to this Agreement by delivering to the Administrative Agent a Lender Addendum duly executed by such Lender, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 12.18                          USA Patriot Act.  Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

 

ARTICLE 13 Waiver of Jury Trial

 

Section 13.1                                Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE BORROWER PARTIES AND EACH OF THE CREDIT PARTIES HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY COURT AND IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY TYPE IN WHICH ANY OF THE BORROWER PARTIES, ANY OF THE CREDIT PARTIES, OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS IS A PARTY, AS TO ALL MATTERS AND THINGS ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE RELATIONS AMONG THE PARTIES LISTED IN THIS SECTION 13.1.

 

Section 13.2                                Consent to Jurisdiction.  EACH OF THE BORROWER PARTIES AND EACH OF THE CREDIT PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND EACH CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT AND THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 12.1.  EACH OF THE BORROWER PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTIONS THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

109



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused it to be executed under seal by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

RAINBOW NATIONAL SERVICES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 


EX-10.2 5 a04-12386_1ex10d2.htm EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

 

August 2, 2004

 

 

Mr. Michael Huseby

4995 South Vine Street

Cherry Hills Village, CO 80113

 

Dear Mike:

 

Following up on our recent conversations and meetings, I am pleased to forward this letter setting forth the details of our employment offer.  My colleagues and I are excited by the prospect of your joining Cablevision, and I am gratified by your initial enthusiastic response to our offer.

 

As I indicated to you, this offer is conditioned upon your successful completion of our pre-employment screening and testing process.  Following the completion of that process and your acceptance of this offer, you will join Cablevision as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer reporting to the President and Chief Executive Officer.  As Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer you will have responsibility for the Company’s finance, accounting, financial control, financial planning and budgeting, treasury, tax, internal audit and risk management functions and such other responsibilities as the President and Chief Executive Officer may designate from time to time.

 

Your starting annual base salary will be $750,000, and your annual target bonus will be 80% of the salary paid to you during the year for which the bonus is being paid.  Actual bonuses may range from zero to two times target or 160% of salary paid, depending on company, unit and individual performance.  Bonuses are administered under the Executive Incentive Performance Plan or the Management Incentive Performance Plan and are typically paid early in the year following the year for which the bonuses are being paid.  You must be employed by the Company at the time bonus payments are made in order to receive such bonus.  In recognition of your joining us in mid-year and, thereby, foregoing the bonus you would have earned at your current employer, we will pay you $225,000 upon your joining the Company.

 

You will also be eligible, subject to your continued employment by the Company and actual grant by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) which has already approved the terms of this Offer, for various long-term incentive grants and awards, including annual awards of 10,000

 



 

restricted shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to four-year cliff vesting; annual stock option grants with respect to 10,000 shares of Class A Common Stock; annual conjunctive rights grants with respect to 10,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to performance based vesting (with performance criteria to be determined by management and subject to approval by the Compensation Committee); annual contingent Performance Awards of $750,000 to be earned on the basis of performance achieved in overlapping three-year performance periods (with performance criteria to be determined by management and subject to approval by the Compensation Committee); and participation in a non-qualified deferred compensation program in which you will be credited initially with a balance of $500,000, which balance will be augmented by annual credits for each of the following six years of your employment of the lesser of $150,000 and 20% of your then current annual salary, plus accrued interest on the entire account balance. Under this plan, 50% of your account balance would be paid at the end of the fifth year of your participation with the remaining balance paid at the conclusion of your seventh year of participation.

 

All long-term incentive grants and awards will be pursuant to the Employee Stock Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), and will be subject to terms and conditions, established by the Compensation Committee, that will be detailed in separate agreements you will receive after the awards and grants are actually made.

 

You will be eligible to participate in our standard executive benefits program.  Participation in our benefits program is subject to meeting the relevant eligibility requirements, payment of the required premiums, and the terms of the plans themselves.  We currently offer medical, dental, life, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance; short- and long-term disability insurance; a savings and retirement program; and for executives whose annual pay exceeds certain limits that are subject to revision (for 2004 that limit is $205,000) the Cablevision Choice 401(k) Excess Savings Plan and the Cablevision Choice Excess Cash Balance Plan.  The Company provides ten paid holidays, and you will also be eligible for four (4) weeks of vacation, annually, to be used in accordance with Company policy.

 

If your employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company (for reasons other than cause) during the first 24 months of your employment, or a change in control occurs during the first 24 months of your employment and you are not offered an equivalent position in the surviving entity, then, subject to your execution and effectiveness of a severance agreement (including, for example, a non-compete) and a general release, each to the Company’s satisfaction, you will be paid your base salary and a pro rata bonus (determined on the basis of your target percentage at the time) for the period from the date of your termination until the end of the initial 24 month period.

 

For purposes of the provisions set forth in this letter, (1) “cause” means your (i) commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, gross negligence or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company or an affiliate thereof, or (ii) commission of any act or omission that results in, or may reasonably be expected

 

2



 

to result in, a conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or crime involving moral turpitude and (2) “change in control” will have the meaning set forth in the Company’s current standard form of agreement under the Employee Stock Plan.

 

The Company will reimburse you for reasonable and customary relocation expenses for your move to Long Island from Denver, up to a maximum of $150,000.  In addition to the above, for the period (if any) that you have not yet sold one of your homes in Denver, the Company will reimburse you for your monthly housing rental on Long Island up to a maximum of $5,000 per month for up to a maximum of six months.

 

As I hope you can appreciate, I am required to include certain additional terms, as set forth below as well as in the attachment to this letter (which attachment shall be deemed a part of this letter).

 

This letter does not constitute a guarantee of employment for any definite period.  Your employment is at will and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without notice or reason.  The Company may withhold from any payment due to you any taxes that are required to be withheld under any law, rule or regulation.  This letter will automatically terminate, and be of no further force or effect, on the close of the 24th month of your employment.

 

Once again, we are all most enthusiastic about your joining Cablevision and are looking forward to seeing you soon.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hank Ratner

 

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Huseby

 

 

 

3



 

ATTACHMENT – ADDITIONAL TERMS

(This Attachment constitutes a part of the letter)

 

More information regarding your employment is contained in the Company’s Employee Handbook, a copy of which will be given to you with the new hire packet.

 

This letter is personal to you and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by you otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This letter shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your legal representatives.  This letter shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

If any payment due to you would result in the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, you will have the option to receive either (a) such payments or (b) the maximum amount that could be paid to you without the imposition of the excise tax.

 

To the extent permitted by law, you and the Company waive any and all rights to the jury trial with respect to any matter relating to this letter.

 

This letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within that State.

 

Both the Company and you hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the federal courts of the United States of America located in the State of New York solely in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this letter, and each of us hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, as a defense that either of us, as appropriate, is not subject thereto or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate.  We each hereby agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in any manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

 

This letter may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this letter shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this letter.  It is the parties’ intention that this letter not be construed more strictly with regard to you or the Company.

 

You agree to keep this letter and its terms strictly confidential; provided that (1) you are authorized to make any disclosure required of you by any federal, state or local laws or judicial proceedings, after providing the Company with prior written notice and an opportunity to respond to such disclosure (unless such notice is prohibited by law) and

 

4



 

(2) you and your representatives and agents may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of this letter and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to you relating to such tax treatment or structure.

 

5


EX-10.3 6 a04-12386_1ex10d3.htm EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

October 11, 2004

 

 

Mr. Wm. Keith Harper

7929 South Wabash Street

Centennial, CO 80112

 

Dear Keith:

 

Following up on our recent conversations and meetings, I am pleased to forward this letter setting forth the details of our employment offer.  My colleagues and I are excited by the prospect of your joining Cablevision, and I am gratified by your initial enthusiastic response to our offer.

 

Assuming your acceptance of this offer this week, effective as of October 18, 2004, you will join Cablevision as Senior Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) reporting to me in my capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.  As Senior Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) you will have responsibility for the Company’s accounting and financial control functions and such other responsibilities as the Chief Financial Officer may designate from time to time.

 

Your starting annual base salary will be $485,000, and your annual target bonus will be 60% of the salary paid to you during the year for which the bonus is being paid.  Actual bonuses may range from zero to two times target or 120% of salary paid, depending on Company, unit and individual performance.  Bonuses are administered under the Executive Incentive Performance Plan or the Management Incentive Performance Plan and are typically paid early in the year following the year for which the bonuses are being paid.  You must be employed by the Company at the time bonus payments are made in order to receive such bonus.

 

You will also be eligible, subject to your continued employment by the Company and actual grant by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) which has already been briefed on the terms of this Offer, for various long-term incentive grants and awards, including annual conjunctive rights grants with respect to 8,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to three-year vesting (vesting in thirds on each anniversary of grant); annual contingent Performance

 



Awards of $450,000 to be earned on the basis of performance achieved in overlapping three-year performance periods (with performance criteria to be determined by management and subject to approval by the Compensation Committee); and participation in a non-qualified deferred compensation program in which you will be credited initially with a balance of $500,000, which balance will be augmented by annual credits for each of the following six years of your employment of the lesser of $150,000 and 20% of your then current annual salary, plus accrued interest on the entire account balance. Under this plan, 50% of your account balance would be paid at the end of the fifth year of your participation with the remaining balance paid at the conclusion of your seventh year of participation.

 

All long-term incentive grants and awards will be pursuant to the Employee Stock Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), and will be subject to terms and conditions, established by the Compensation Committee, that will be detailed in separate agreements you will receive after the awards and grants are actually made.

 

You will be eligible to participate in our standard executive benefits program.  Participation in our benefits program is subject to meeting the relevant eligibility requirements, payment of the required premiums, and the terms of the plans themselves.  We currently offer medical, dental, life, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance; short- and long-term disability insurance; a savings and retirement program; and for executives whose annual pay exceeds certain limits that are subject to revision (for 2004 that limit is $205,000) the Cablevision Choice 401(k) Excess Savings Plan and the Cablevision Choice Excess Cash Balance Plan.  The Company provides ten paid holidays, and you will also be eligible for four (4) weeks of vacation, annually, to be used in accordance with Company policy.

 

If your employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company (for reasons other than “cause”) during the first 24 months of your employment, or a “change in control” occurs during the first 24 months of your employment and you are not offered a similar position in the surviving entity, then, subject to your execution and effectiveness of a severance agreement (including, for example, non-compete, non-disparagement, no-solicit and confidentiality restrictions and further cooperation commitments) and a general release of the Company and its affiliates, each to the Company’s satisfaction, you will be paid your base salary and a pro rata bonus (determined on the basis of your target percentage at the time) for the period from the date of your termination until the end of the initial 24 month period.

 

For purposes of the provisions set forth in this letter, (1) “cause” means your (i) commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, gross negligence or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company or an affiliate thereof, or (ii) commission of any act or omission that results in, or may reasonably be expected to result in, a conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or crime involving moral turpitude and (2) “change in control” will have the meaning set forth in the Company’s then current standard form of agreement under the Employee Stock Plan.

 

2



 

The Company will reimburse you for reasonable and customary relocation expenses for your move to Long Island from Denver, up to a maximum of $150,000 and in accordance with the Company’s related policies.  In addition, the Company will reimburse you for your reasonable monthly housing rental expenses on Long Island, in a monthly amount to be pre-approved by the Company, for a period no longer than through June 2005.  Through no longer than June 2005, the Company will also reimburse you for the purchase of coach airline tickets for your commutation between New York and Denver on an every-other week basis.

 

As I hope you can appreciate, I am required to include certain additional terms, as set forth below as well as in the attachment to this letter (which attachment shall be deemed a part of this letter).

 

This letter does not constitute a guarantee of employment for any definite period.  Your employment is at will and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without notice or reason.  The Company may withhold from any payment due to you any taxes that are required to be withheld under any law, rule or regulation.  This letter will automatically terminate, and be of no further force or effect, on the close of the 24th month of your employment.

 

Once again, we are all most enthusiastic about your joining Cablevision and are looking forward to seeing you soon.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael P. Huseby

 

 

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wm. Keith Harper

 

 

 

3



 

ATTACHMENT – ADDITIONAL TERMS

(This Attachment constitutes a part of the letter)

 

More information regarding your employment is contained in the Company’s Employee Handbook, a copy of which will be given to you with the new hire packet.

 

This letter is personal to you and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by you otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  This letter shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your legal representatives.  This letter shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

If any payment due to you would result in the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, you will have the option to receive either (a) such payments or (b) the maximum amount that could be paid to you without the imposition of the excise tax.

 

To the extent permitted by law, you hereby waive any and all rights to the jury trial with respect to any matter relating to this letter.

 

This letter will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within that State.

 

You hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the federal courts of the United States of America located in the State of New York solely in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the provisions of this letter, and you hereby waive, and agree not to assert, as a defense that you are not subject thereto or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate.  You hereby agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in any manner as may be permitted by law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

 

This letter may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this letter shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this letter.  It is the parties’ intention that this letter not be construed more strictly with regard to you or the Company.

 

You agree to keep this letter and its terms strictly confidential; provided that (1) you are authorized to make any disclosure required of you by any federal, state or local laws or judicial proceedings, after providing the Company with prior written notice and an opportunity to respond to such disclosure (unless such notice is prohibited by law) and (2) you and your representatives and agents may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of this letter and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to you relating to such tax treatment or structure.

 

4


EX-31.1 7 a04-12386_1ex31d1.htm EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

 

 

I, James L. Dolan, President and Chief Executive Officer of Cablevision Systems Corporation and CSC Holdings, Inc. (the “Registrants”) certify that:

 

1.                           I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of the Registrants;

 

2.                           Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

 

3.                           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrants as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

 

4.                           The Registrants’ other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Registrants and have:

 

a)         designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrants, including their consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

 

b)        evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrants’ disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)         disclosed in this quarterly report any change in the Registrants’ internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrants’ most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrants’ fourth fiscal quarter in the case of a annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrants’ internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                           The Registrants’ other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrants’ auditors and the audit committee of each Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)                          all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrants’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                         any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrants’ internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:

  November 9, 2004

 

By:

 /s/ James L. Dolan

 

 

 

 

 James L. Dolan

 

 

 

 

 President and Chief Executive Officer

 


EX-31.2 8 a04-12386_1ex31d2.htm EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

 

 

I, Michael P. Huseby, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cablevision Systems Corporation and CSC Holdings, Inc. (the “Registrants”) certify that:

 

1.                           I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of the Registrants;

 

2.                           Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this quarterly report;

 

3.                           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrants as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

 

4.                           The Registrants’ other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Registrants and have:

 

a)         designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrants, including their consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

 

b)        evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrants’ disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report based on such evaluation; and

 

c)         disclosed in this quarterly report any change in the Registrants’ internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrants’ most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrants’ fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrants’ internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                           The Registrants’ other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrants’ auditors and the audit committee of each Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)                          all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrants’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                         any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrants’ internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date:

  November 9, 2004

 

By:

 /s/ Michael P. Huseby

 

 

 

 

 Michael P. Huseby

 

 

 

 

 Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 


EX-32 9 a04-12386_1ex32.htm EX-32

Exhibit 32

 

 

Certification

 

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, each of the undersigned officers of Cablevision Systems Corporation (“Cablevision”) and CSC Holdings, Inc. (“CSC Holdings”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that Cablevision’s and CSC Holdings’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Cablevision and CSC Holdings.

 

 

Date:

 November 9, 2004

 

By:

 /s/ James L. Dolan

 

 

 

 

 James L. Dolan

 

 

 

 

 President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 November 9, 2004

 

By:

 /s/ Michael P. Huseby

 

 

 

 

 Michael P. Huseby

 

 

 

 

 Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 


-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----